WIS_G05_EMEG_SEM2_AY25

5 Wisdom

Unlock Learning Across Subjects Semester 2

Wisdom

5

Semester 2

English Mathematics

General Knowledge Science

Social Science

Acknowledgements

Academic Authors: Melanie Grobler, Chandani Goyal, Neena Aul, Animesh Mittal, Muskan Panjwani, Sneha Sharma, Anuj Gupta

Creative Directors: Bhavna Tripathi, Mangal Singh Rana, Satish

Book Production: Sanjay Kumar Goel, Tauheed Danish, Amisha Gupta

Project Lead: Chandani Goyal

VP, Learning: Abhishek Bhatnagar

All products and brand names used in this book are trademarks, registered trademarks or trade names of their respective owners.

© Uolo EdTech Private Limited

First impression 2025

This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior written consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published and without a similar condition including this condition being imposed on the subsequent purchaser and without limiting the rights under copyright reserved above, no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of both the copyright owner and the above-mentioned publisher of this book.

Book Title: Wisdom 5 Semester 2

ISBN: 978-81-980880-3-1

Published by Uolo EdTech Private Limited

Corporate Office Address: 85, Sector 44, Gurugram, Haryana 122003

CIN: U74999DL2017PTC322986

Illustrations and images: www.shutterstock.com, www.stock.adobe.com and www.freepik.com

All suggested use of the internet should be under adult supervision.

English

Grammar Worksheets

Social Science

Detailed Framework

Writing an email

Interview

Listen and sequence

Types of adjectives–quantity, quality, possessive, demosntrative, number, interrogative, comparative and superlative Quantifiers

Antonyms using prefixes–un, dis, in

Identifying contextual meaning Identifying character characters’ feelings Making inferences Comparing characters Identifying point of view Inferring the message Identifying similies Making connections

Realistic story

Lavanya Karthik

The Girl Who Was a Forest

9. Gender Equality

Writing a travel blog

Extempore

Listen and answer

Kinds of sentences–declarative, interrogative, imperative and exclamatory

Clauses–dependent and independent

Collocations

Root words and suffixes–-ion, -ship, -al

Story writing

Debate

Listen and fill in

Punctuation–full stop, comma, exclamation mark, question mark

Tenses–past, present, future simple and continuous

Perfect tense–past and present

Text-based vocabulary

Compound words

Synonyms and antonyms

Paragraph writing

Group discussion– planning a tree- planting drive

Listen and answer

Active and passive voice

Text-based vocabulary

Words to describe character

Substituting one word for a phrase

Text-based vocabulary

Factual questions Identifying key features Identifying genre Doing research

Interview

10. Art and Culture An Art Journey Across India

Project 3: Celebrating Indian Art and Culture

Factual questions

Identifying key events and plot structure Comparing characters Making inferences Identifying genres Analysing character traits Making connections

Mystery story

The Mystery of the Silk Umbrella Asha Nehemia

11. Adventure and Mystery

Factual questions Ordering Making inferences Poetry appreciation–imagery, metaphor and personification

Rabindranath Tagore Poem

Paper Boats

12. Adventure and Mystery

Factual questions Making inferences Identifying cause and effect Making connections

13. Environment Jadav and the Tree- Place Vinayak Varma Realistic story

Persuasive speech

Enacting a scene

Listen and fill in

Direct and reported speech

Text-based vocabulary Word web Idioms

Describing a scene

14. Environment Warned Sylvia Stults Poem

Identifying cause and effect

Identifying main idea and theme Identifying contextual meaning Identifying problem and solution Inferring tone Poetry appreciation–imagery, alliteration and metaphor Making connections

Making connections Factual questions

Graphic story

Full of Light Mathangi Subramanian

Identifying cause and effect Comparing characters Making inferences Tracing character development

15. Self Image and Confidence

Project 4: Confidence Sheild

Gender Equality

9 . The Girl Who Was a Forest

—Lavanya Karthik

Get Set

List ten activities or jobs that are done by both men and women.

Share the list with your classmates and discuss what different students wrote.

In a little town in India, Janaki lives in a world filled with simple comforts and strict rules. She wishes to be free from these rules and create a world of her own. Let’s join her on a journey where she learns about self-image and confidence, guided by her father’s love and the secrets of the forest.

The seaside town of Thalassery in Kerala is Janaki’s world. It is a world of simple comforts. It is also a world of rules.

Rules that say girls do not need school. Rules that say girls must marry early and start a family. Rules that say she is too tall, too plain, too different.

Until she discovers a secret world. It lurks in her father’s smile as he watches the birds flying overhead. It shines in his eyes as they row through the mangrove forest near Thalassery, watching the birds. It shimmers in the pages of the notebooks he fills with observations about those birds.

Think and Tell

What are the rules that Janaki has to live by?

‘Achan, I wish I was a bird,’ Janaki sighs, on one of their trips into the forest. ‘I would fly far, far away.’

Did You Know?

lurks: hides or waits secretly mangrove: a type of tree or shrub that grows in coastal areas with roots that come up out of the water shimmers: glows or shines with a soft, flickering light

Achan: an elder male member of the family

Mangrove forests, like the ones in Kerala, protect coastlines from storms and provide homes for many birds and animals.

Achan laughs, ‘You’re not a bird, Janaki.’ He reaches into the water and picks up a mangrove seed floating by the boat.

‘This is what you are,’ he beams. ‘A seed!’

Think and Tell

What does Achan say Janaki is?

Tears sting Janaki’s eyes. Is that all she is—a seed, bound to the ground, the way she feels bound by rules?

Can’t she fly like the birds Achan loves so much?

‘I don’t want to be!’ she cries, flinging the seed down. ‘I wish to fly. Be free!’

‘Where would you fly to?’ he asks, puzzled.

‘A secret world like yours! The one you slip away to when you think about your birds!’

There is only the quiet lap of water, the hum of bees, and the chirps and twitters of a hundred birds. The air hangs heavy and still.

‘Is this world not enough?’ Achan’s voice is gentle.

Janaki shakes her head. ‘I do not belong in it,’ she whispers. ‘I do not fit its rules.’

‘They don’t belong here either,’ Achan says, pointing at the mangroves around them.

Think and Tell

According to Achan, what does not belong to this world either? Why do you think so?

Janaki stares up at the dense green foliage and down at the gnarled roots twisting up out of the water.

‘But, Achan,’ she says, ‘You said this forest has been here for hundreds of years!’

‘It has. But it only grew because something swam hundreds of leagues across the sea and took root here.’

‘What was it?’ Janaki asks, her eyes wide in wonder.

beams: smiles happily bound: tied or held down flinging: throwing something with force lap: the gentle sound of water moving against something the air hangs heavy: the air feels thick, warm, and still

dense: thick or closely packed foliage: leaves of plants or trees gnarled: twisted and rough leagues: a unit to measure distance (1 league = approximately 5 kilometres)

‘This.’ Achan points to the seed lying at her feet. ‘A single seed like this one.’

‘A single seed grew this forest?’

Achan nods. ‘Every seed is the promise of a forest, Janaki,’ he says, ‘Like you are.’

‘I’m...a forest?’

‘Indeed. A forest of dreams, ideas, and possibilities!’ Achan smiles. ‘Nothing can stop a forest from growing, Janaki. Not even rules.’

A lifetime spent studying birds—that is Achan’s secret world.

Janaki imagines a life for herself of quiet study and solitude, of learning and discovery. A secret world all of her own.

And Achan sees a light in her eyes—a light just like his own.

As they head home, Janaki reaches down for the mangrove seed lying at her feet.

‘Go,’ she whispers, placing it in the water. ‘Go be a forest.’

One day, she would be one too.

solitude: quiet time alone

Think and Tell

What would Janaki become one day?

Listen to all the keywords here.

Read and Respond

1. Complete the paragraph with words from the story.

At the beginning of the story Janaki feels trapped in a world of that determine what a girl may and may not do. She expresses the wish to away and be as as the that her father loves so much.

She is upset when her father says she is like a because she thinks it means she will be to the ground in the same way that the rules bind her.

2. Answer the questions in two to three sentences.

a Which are the rules that Janaki wishes to be free from?

b Janaki says that she does not fit in. What else does Achan say does not fit in? What explanation does he give? Where do they come from?

c According to Achan, what is the promise that lies in a seed?

d How does Achan describe the kind of forest Janaki can be?

e How does Janaki imagine her own perfect secret world?

3. Match the situations from the story and characters’ actions or emotions.

Situation

Emotion or action expressing emotion

Janaki shows her disappointment that she is not as free as a bird. beams (smiles)

Achan is proud and happy when he compares Janaki to a seed. flinging

Janaki’s anger and frustration at being compared to a seed. puzzled

Achan cannot quite understand why Janaki would want to fly away. sighs

Think and Answer

1. Describe Achan’s secret world and the world that Janaki comes to believe she can have. Use these guidelines to create a table in your notebook.

Achan’s Secret World

What is his secret world and what does he do to explore and enjoy it?

Draw a simple image that you think best represents Achan’s secret world. This is called a symbol.

Janaki’s Secret World

Do you think Janaki will stay in the village and find her perfect world or will she go away? Give reasons for your opinion.

Draw a symbol that represents the future world Janaki dreams of.

2. The beginning of the story shows it is written in the third person narrative—the storyteller stands outside the situation and talks about the characters as he and she. Answer the questions in your notebook.

a What are some of the themes that the storyteller explores in the story?

b What is the message of the story? Think about what Janaki comes to realise.

Remember!

Themes are the big ideas the writer explores, such as kindness or determination.

c How does the title of the story link with the message?

3. a Identify three similes in the following paragraph.

Janaki felt as trapped as a bird in a cage under the strict rules of her village. Her father’s encouragement was like a gentle breeze, lifting her spirits. Realising that she is like a seed from which a forest can grow, changes Janaki’s life.

Remember!

Similes compare two different things using the words ‘like’ or ‘as’ to show similarities. They make descriptions more vivid. For example: Her smile was as bright as the sun.

b Make two similes to describe Achan’s feelings or actions.

Big Idea

In the story, Janaki faces restrictions based on gender stereotypes. Reflect on your own experiences or observations. As a class, discuss how you think gender roles and stereotypes affect young people today. Do you agree with these limitations? Why or why not?

Stereotype

A generalised idea people have about members of a group or a place, e.g., Girls are not tough. Forests are dangerous.

After the discussion, answer the questions in your notebook.

a What are some things people say boys or girls should or shouldn’t do?

b Have you ever been told you can’t do something because you’re a boy or a girl?

c How did it make you feel?

d Do you think these rules about boys and girls are fair? Why/Why not?

Vocabulary

Use the clues in brackets to create antonyms using the prefixes (un-, dis- and im-).

a Janaki (liked) being bound by rules.

b She thought the rules for girls were (fair) and wanted to change them.

c Unjust rules (encouraged) her from following her dreams.

d The rules made her feel (important).

e At first, Janaki thought it was (possible) for her to accept that she was like a seed.

Types of Adjectives

Remember!

Adjectives are words that tell us something more about a noun. We say an adjective modifies (describes) the noun.

Go Grammar

Adjectives of quantity: These adjectives tell us the quantity/amount of a noun without giving a specific number.

Ask: How much … ? How many … ?

Adjectives of quality: These adjectives tell us about the qualities or features of a noun–how it feels, smells, looks or sounds.

Ask: What kind of … ?

Possessive adjectives: These adjectives tell us who owns or possesses a noun.

Ask: Whose … ?

Demonstrative adjectives: These adjectives help to identify specific nouns. They always appear before the noun referred to.

Ask: Which one?

Comparative and superlative adjectives: Comparative adjectives compare two nouns by adding -er or more to the word. Superlative adjectives compare three or more nouns by adding -est or most.

Adjectives of number

These adjectives show the number or order of nouns. They are more specific than adjectives of quantity and are only used with countable nouns.

Interrogative adjectives

These adjectives modify nouns to ask questions. They are used before a noun.

The difference between what and which:

For example: more, many, several, few, half Janaki learnt many things from her father.

For example: beautiful, black, sweet, loud, square Achan was an understanding father.

For example: his, her, its, yours, ours, theirs Her understanding of freedom changed. Janaki and Achan enjoyed their trips.

For example: that, this, those, these This seed travelled far before it grew here.

For example:

This tree is big but that one is bigger. This mangrove tree is the biggest we have seen so far. Add -er and -est and more and most for longer words.

For example: one, two, three, first, second, third A tree grows from one seed.

For example: what, which, whose What boat will Janaki and Achan use? Which boat will they choose, this one or that one? Whose boat is it?

Use which if the options are known and limited. Use what if the options are unknown or there are different options.

Interrogative adjectives

Interrogative pronouns

These always modify nouns or pronouns. (They are used immediately before a noun) They stand removed from the noun.

Which boat is bigger? Who is Janaki’s father?

1. Read the sentences. Underline the adjectives and identify the types.

a The old rules of the village were too rigid for the girls.

b These forests were once a small seed.

c The villagers are bound by stereotypical thinking.

d What bird do you choose to be like?

e You will have to follow a few rules.

Quantifiers

Adjectives that describe how much or how many are also called quantifiers. For example: few, little, much and many

We use different quantifiers depending on whether the noun is countable or uncountable.

Countable nouns

Use few with countable nouns.

There are few children in class. (meaning not many)

There are a few children in class. (meaning there are some)

Fewer is the comparative form of few.

There are fewer children in class than before.

There are few boats and even fewer people.

Many, a lot of

There are many/a lot of children in class.

A lot many is a common error.

Uncountable nouns

Use little with uncountable nouns.

Very little milk is left. (meaning not much)

There is a little milk left. (meaning there is some)

Less is the comparative form of little.

There is less milk than before. There is only a little water left but even less milk.

Much, a lot, a lot of How much water is left?

There is still a lot of water.

There isn’t a lot left.

Using lesser to compare is a common error.

2. Fill in the correct quantifiers from those given in brackets.

a Seema read (many/much) books on medical research.

b Seeing so (many/much) ambition in someone so young was encouraging.

c In those days there were very (few/less) tutors to help girls.

d Her father had too (less/little) money to educate her in the city.

e There were (a lot of/little) scholarships for boys.

f Seema was only interested in (a few/a little) courses and looking at the entry requirements there were even (less/ fewer) she could do.

g There was (little/less) chance of gaining entry and even (fewer/less) chance of finding the money. Listen to the text here.

Listen Well

Listen carefully to the text and number the sentences in the correct sequence. Events Correct Order

Maya practised hard every day after school.

Maya’s name was on the team list.

Maya loved playing football.

The coach announced tryouts for the town’s football team.

Maya became a key player, and everyone cheered for her.

Maya played with all her heart at the tryouts.

Pay close attention to the main ideas and important details in the passage. This will help you understand the overall message and remember the sequence of events.

Jot down quick notes or keywords as you listen.

Speak Well

Practise speaking here.

Sit in pairs. You will take turns to interview each other on whether or not girls and boys are treated differently at home and at school. As one of you asks the question, the other can share their experiences and give examples. Also share how you feel about the situation.

Do you think boys and girls are treated differently at home or school?

Can you share an example? How did it make you feel?

How do you think it makes people feel to be treated differently? Have you noticed any specific activities or tasks that are assigned more to boys or girls? Why do you think these differences in treatment exist?

What steps can we take at school/in our society to ensure gender equality?

Don’t interrupt, and show that you are listening by nodding or giving verbal acknowledgement.

Ask follow-up questions based on the responses you get to keep the conversation flowing.

Be respectful and considerate of the other person’s experiences and opinions.

An email is a message sent over the internet to another person. It is often used for quick and easy communication.

Model Answer

Subject: Request for permission to organise a clothes donation drive

Dear Hema ma’am,

I hope this email finds you well. I am writing to seek your permission to organise a clothes donation drive in our school.

Our class would like to organise a clothes donation drive for the shelter home near our school. We plan to hold the drive on the school premises on 3 August 2025, after school hours. Students can drop their used but good clothes, shoes and books which will then be donated to Bala Mandir to support the children there.

We believe this initiative will not only help the children of Bala Mandir but also foster a sense of community and responsibility among students. We request your approval for this event and any guidance you might have for us. Thank you for considering our request.

Yours sincerely,

Ravi Kumar Class 5-A.

Subject Line

Greeting

Introduction stating the purpose of the email

Provide necessary information and context

Summarise the main points or state any expected actions

Closing

Signature

Write an email to your school principal proposing the idea of organising a workshop to educate students about the importance of gender equality.

Art and Culture

10 . An Art Journey Across India

Look at the paintings and unscramble the letters to name the art form.

India is a land of many cultures, each with its own special art form. This is a radio show by RJ Rakesh called ‘Colours of India’. Let’s discover some of the amazing art styles that show the rich history and colourful culture of different parts of India.

BHARAT

RJ Rakesh: Good morning, art lovers! Welcome to ‘Colours of India,’ where we explore our nation’s traditional art forms. Today, we have five incredible artists from different corners of India—Sita Devi, Ramesh Warli, Lakshmi Rajan, Shyam Sundar and Gopal Singh.

Welcome, everyone! Today, our callers are grade five students from Unity International School. They have been waiting to ask you their questions.

Let’s get started with Sita Devi from Bihar, the home of Madhubani paintings.

Sita Devi: Namaste! It’s wonderful to be here.

Ananya: Hello! Sita ji. I am Ananya. I find Madhubani paintings really colourful. Can you tell us what materials you use and why these paintings are so special?

Sita Devi: Namaste, Ananya! Madhubani paintings, from the Mithila region of Bihar, are famous for their bright colours and intricate patterns. We use dyes, and natural pigments from plants and we paint with twigs, matchsticks, or even our fingers. Each Madhubani painting tells its own story and the themes are mostly based on mythology and folklore.

RJ Rakesh: Now, let us welcome Ramesh Warli from Maharashtra!

Madhubani Art

Ramesh Warli: Hello! It’s great to be here.

Priya: Hello, sir! I am Priya and I am interested in art. Can you please tell us more about Warli art?

Think and Tell

What are the themes of the Madhubani paintings?

intricate: very detailed

dyes: coloured substances used to change the colour of a cloth pigments: coloured substances used to paint on cloth or other materials mythology: stories about gods, heroes and supernatural beings that explain how things in the world work folklore: customs, beliefs and stories that are passed on from one generation to another

Ramesh Warli: Hi, Priya! Warli art uses basic shapes like circles, triangles and squares to create scenes from everyday life like farming or celebrations. These paintings highlight community values and a strong connection to nature.

Think and Tell

What is Warli art known for?

RJ Rakesh: Now let’s speak to Lakshmi Rajan from Tamil Nadu, known for its Tanjore paintings.

Lakshmi Rajan: Hello! I am happy to speak to you all.

Nisha: Good morning, Lakshmi ji! I am Nisha. Can you tell us more about the use of gold foil in Tanjore paintings?

Lakshmi Rajan: Hello, Nisha! Tanjore paintings often show Hindu gods and goddesses. We use gold foil to make the paintings shine brightly under oil lamps. Each painting is a masterpiece showcasing the artist’s skill.

RJ Rakesh: Now, let’s visit Andhra Pradesh and Telangana for Kalamkari art. Welcome, Shyam Sundar!

Shyam Sundar: Hello! I’m delighted to be here.

Meera: Hi, Shyam sir! I am Meera. Can you tell us about the process involved in Kalamkari and what scenes are shown?

Shyam Sundar: Hello, Meera! Kalamkari comes from the words ‘kalam’, meaning pen, and ‘kari’, meaning work. Artists use a pen to draw detailed scenes on fabric, often from the epics—the Ramayana and the Mahabharata.

foil: a thin, shiny metal sheet often used for decoration fabric: the cloth or materials that are used to make clothing epic: a long story or poem about a hero’s adventures

Warli Art

Kalamkari Art

Tanjore Painting

Kalamkari captures the rich storytelling tradition of the Andhra Pradesh and Telangana regions and the artists’ deep knowledge of their culture and mythology. Today, Kalamkari art usually shows flowers, peacocks and paisley designs.

RJ Rakesh: Finally, let’s welcome Gopal Singh from Rajasthan to talk to us about Phad paintings.

Gopal Singh: Namaste everyone! I feel honoured to be here.

Anil: Hi, Gopal ji! I am Anil. My family is also from Rajasthan. Can you tell us more about how Phad paintings are used by storytellers?

Gopal Singh: Hello, Anil! Phad paintings are scroll paintings depicting local heroes and gods. They’re created on long cloth scrolls using natural dyes. Storytellers use these scrolls to tell tales that bring our local legends and cultural heritage to life.

RJ Rakesh: I hope you enjoyed this journey to some of the states of India. These art forms are important because they tell us about the people, their beliefs and their ways of life. Thank you to our wonderful artists and curious callers. Next time, we will discuss art forms from other states. Goodbye from ‘Colours of India’.

Did You Know?

Kalamkari art has existed in India for over 3000 years.

Think and Tell

What do the various art forms of India tell us?

paisley: a pattern with a curved shape like a teardrop or comma often used as a design on fabrics

scrolls: long pieces of cloth or paper that are rolled up

depicting: showing in the form of story or art

legends: stories from the past that may not be completely true

Listen to all the keywords here.

Phad Art

Read and Respond

1. Write True or False.

a Kalamkari is from Bihar, and Madhubani is from Rajasthan.

b Mythology is the only theme of art mentioned in the text.

c Two art forms mentioned in the text use a pen as one of their tools.

d Only one art form mentioned in the text uses gold foil.

e All art forms mentioned in the text depict local myths.

2. Write one similarity and two differences between the Madhubani and Kalamkari art forms.

Similarity Differences

3. Complete the table by filling in the key characteristics of each art form.

Art Form

Tanjore

Phad

Think and Answer

Fiction: Fiction is a narrative created from the author’s imagination, featuring invented characters and events to tell stories that aren’t real.

Non-fiction: Non-fiction presents factual information, real events and true stories, aiming to inform or explain actual occurrences and people.

Madhubani Art Form Kalamkari Art Form

1. Complete the table below by putting a tick mark () in the correct column for each characteristic. Then, use your completed table to identify the genre of the text.

Characteristics Fiction Non-fiction

Based on something that actually happened

Includes made-up events

Provides facts

Teaches us something

Based on your table, what is the genre of  ‘An Art Journey Across India’? Give a reason for your answer.

2. List four kinds of non-fiction texts that you have read or seen.

Big Idea

Do research and write about any other traditional form of art in India. List three key features of the art form.

Sit in a group of four and share your findings.

Vocabulary

Collocations are pairs or groups of words that are often used together. They sound natural because they commonly appear together in speech and writing.

1. Write sentences about art using the collocations or expressions. do research make a design make a sketch make an impression depict a scene

Root Word

A root word is the main part of a word that gives the word its basic meaning. It is the original word before any prefixes or suffixes are added to change its meaning. For example: help - helper (suffix -er) (root word) helpful (suffix -ful)

2. Write the root words and the suffixes.

a sculptor– +

b carver– +

c engraver– +

d designer– +

How does the suffix change the part of speech of the root word?

The suffix changes the root word from a to a .

3. Add an appropriate suffix (-ion, -ship, -al) to each root word to create a new art-related term. Then, write a sentence in your notebook using the new word.

a craftsman + =

b culture + =

c tradition + =

d create + =

e animate + =

A sentence is a group of words that conveys a complete thought. Sentences can be classified according to their function.

Declarative These sentences are statements that give facts or information. They are also known as assertive sentences. They end with a full stop. For example: We use colours from plants, dyes and natural pigments.

Interrogative These are questions so they end with a question mark.

For example: Why are Madhubani paintings so colourful?

Imperative Such sentences give a command, make a request or give advice. They can end with a full stop or an exclamation mark.

For example: Add bright colours to your painting.

Exclamatory Because these are exclamations that express strong feelings, they always end with an exclamation mark.

For example: The embroidery looks exquisite!

1. Convert the sentences into the given types.

a Have you seen the vibrant costumes of Kuchipudi dancers?

Exclamatory:

b Witness the rhythmic footwork of Bharatnatayam dancers.

Interrogative:

c Do Odissi dancers express emotions through mudras?

Declarative:

d You need to witness a live Kathak recital to know its magic.

Imperative:

e The facial expressions of the Kathakali dancers were fabulous.

Exclamatory:

2. Imagine you are talking to a friend. Use the clues to make sentences.

a Exclamatory: You like a statue of Buddha in a cave.

b Imperative: You tell your friend to put on the flash and hold still when taking a photo.

c Declarative: You tell your friend that the statue is 1500 years old and is carved from a single stone.

d Interrogative: Ask your friend about the paints and tools used for cave paintings 1500 years ago.

Sentences and Clauses

When writing it is important to use full sentences so that our readers understand what we are talking about. Non-sentences are confusing. For example:

• Painting a picture. (Who is painting?)

• While he was planning the art exhibition. (Then what?)

A full sentence is called an independent clause as it can stand alone as a complete thought. A dependent clause is useful only as part of another sentence. It gives additional information.

Independent Clause Dependant Clause

A group of words that has a subject and a verb and may have an object. It can stand on its own as a sentence. Sanjay paints.

S V

Sanjay paints portraits.

S V O

A group of words that has a subject and a verb, but its does not make sense on its own.

Because he loves it.

S V

Which he then sells to others.

S V O

3. Write ID for Independent Clause and DC for Dependent Clause.

a I am your host today.

b These paintings highlight community values.

c To have a strong connection to nature.

d While we explore art.

e I find these paintings interesting.

Listen Well

Listen carefully to the text and answer the questions.

a What are Ravi and Meera getting ready for?

b What is Meera still thinking about?

c How is Meera going to set up her displays?

d What has Meera done to promote the event?

e What will Ravi do to promote the event?

Speak Well

Listen to the text here.

Practise speaking here.

An extempore speech is delivered without prior preparation or detailed notes. The speaker is given a topic and gets a few minutes to jot down some ideas. It is a good way to practise thinking quickly, organise your thoughts and present them confidently. Your teacher will give you topics on which to speak. You will have three minutes to prepare.

Introduction (10–15 seconds)

Good morning/ afternoon, everyone. Today, I will talk about [topic].

Body (1–2 minutes)

First, let me talk about... [main point 1]. Provide example, facts, or personal experiences. Secondly, it is also important... [main point 2]. Provide examples, facts, or personal experiences. Finally, [main point 3]. Provide examples, facts, or personal experiences.

Conclusion (10–15 seconds)

In summary...

Thank you for listening (and a call to action).

Take a few moments to understand and think about the topic. Decide how to structure your speech with a clear introduction, body and conclusion.

Write Well

A travel blog is a type of online journal where individuals share their travel experiences, observations and advice. It typically includes detailed descriptions of places visited, activities undertaken, cultural insights, food experiences and practical travel tips.

A travel blog contains the following sections:

Title: A catchy and descriptive title for the blog post.

Introduction: A brief introduction to the place visited and a reason why the place is worth visiting.

Body:

First Paragraph: Arrival and First Impressions: Describe how you arrived at the destination and your first impressions of the place.

Second Paragraph: Places Visited/Activities: Give details of the main attractions you visited or activities you participated in.

Third Paragraph: Local Culture and People: Share your observations about the local culture, traditions and people.

Fourth Paragraph: Food and Accommodation: Describe the place you stayed and food you tried.

Conclusion: Summarise your overall experience, highlighting what you enjoyed most. Give recommendations or tips for future travellers.

Photos (Optional): Include photos of the places, food and activities.

Write a travel blog about a place you have visited. Include details about the art and culture of the place.

Project 3

Celebrating Indian Art and Culture

In this project, you will explore a famous form of Indian art or culture and create a presentation that highlights its significance.

What You Need:

• A sheet of A3 paper or a digital device for your presentation

• Markers, crayons, or paint (for drawing and decorating your poster)

• Pictures related to your chosen art form or cultural practice

• Materials for the hands-on activity (depending on the art form)

Steps:

1. Choose an Art Form or Cultural Practice: Pick a form of Indian art or culture that interests you. For example:

• Traditional Indian dance forms like Bharatanatyam or Kathak.

• Indian folk music, like Bhangra or Baul songs.

• Traditional crafts, such as Madhubani painting, pottery, or Rangoli designs.

• Festivals like Diwali or Holi and how they are celebrated.

2. Research and Write:

• Describe your chosen art and culture topic in 150–200 words.

• Include its history, importance in Indian society, and any interesting facts. For example: If you choose Rangoli, explain how this beautiful art form is used to decorate homes during festivals and how it represents joy and prosperity.

3. Hands-On Activity:

• Create a small project related to your chosen art form.

• For example, if you choose Rangoli, design your own Rangoli pattern on paper using coloured powders or crayons. If you choose a dance form, try to learn and demonstrate a few simple steps.

4. List Materials Needed:

• Write down the materials used in the creation of this art form. For example: For Rangoli, materials could include coloured powders, chalk, or flowers. For Bharatanatyam, you may list the traditional attire like anklets (ghungroo), sarees and ornaments.

5. Create Your Presentation:

• Use a poster or a digital tool to organise your research and hands-on activity.

• Add visuals like drawings or printed pictures of your chosen art form.

• Make it creative, colourful, and easy to understand.

6. Share Your Work:

• Present your visual project to the class.

• Explain the significance of the art form or cultural practice that you have chosen, and present it in class.

• Share what you learnt and how you felt connecting with this part of Indian culture.

Make your presentation interesting by adding fun facts.

Keep your activity simple and easy to follow.

Use bright colours and images to make your poster engaging.

Adventure and Mystery

11 . The Mystery of the Silk Umbrella

—Asha Nehemia

Get Set

Imagine you are a detective on an important case.

List six skills you think you will need. You can think of the great detectives you have read about or seen in films. What qualities do they have?

As a class, decide on the six most important character traits detectives should have.

The Silk Umbrella and a parcel of seeds lead two children, Divya and Arjun, to have many adventures. Their mother is a film director who urgently needs the silk umbrella for her film. Their aunt, who works as an agricultural adviser, is desperate to keep the dangerous seeds, that are hidden in the umbrella, out of the hands of people who may be dangerous. Let’s read how the children, and their plucky friend Malli, save the umbrella.

Let’s Read

‘Stop! Stop! I say stop!’ The children looked in the direction of Shantha’s voice. They noticed a man running towards them. He was so tall and fat that the sea of people parted to let him through.

‘Stop!’ yelled Shantha, appearing at the end of the street.

Talking Book

Desperation made the fat man run faster as he scanned the crowd hurriedly. Where on earth was the lady who was supposed to pick up the package from him? All he had to do was to hand over the package he had stolen from Shantha to the lady who had contacted him. If he did that, he would be paid a sum of money which was more than what he earned in an entire year.

Malli sized up the situation. ‘That’s your aunt, right?’ She checked and fortified herself with a quick mouthful of chilly bajji before yelling, ‘Stop. Thief, thief!’

Think and Tell

What motivated the thief to steal the package?

plucky: brave desperation: the feeling that the situation is serious and you need take strong action

sized up the situation: quickly looked at what was happening before taking action fortified: strengthened

Think and Tell

This single word galvanised everyone into action. The plump man found arms reaching out to grab him. Running past the children proved to be his undoing. Malli put the umbrella out and tripped him. The fat man lurched against Divya, who in turn slammed into Malli, sending the umbrella flying out of her hands.

If you were in the children’s place in the story, what would you have done to stop the man?

The fat man lost his balance, and when he landed, he was sprawled awkwardly on top of the wooden platforms on which the flower-sellers had put mounds of flowers. The umbrella fell on the ground next to him, and in seconds was covered by flowers. The fat man quietly slipped the packet of seeds into the umbrella.

Shantha took a few moments to reach the spot. One of her slippers had broken. She was panting.

‘Hand back my package, you villain!’ Shantha demanded.

‘Villian! How dare you call me a villain? I am Dr Jones. Dr Bambaram Jones.’ He took out his visiting card and handed it around to the bystanders. ‘I am the Director of Research at Seed Outreach for Sowing Optimisation.’

‘Just hand my belongings back, Bambaram.’ Shantha was still breathing heavily.

‘What belongings? Yes, go on. Tell everyone what I took,’ he challenged.

‘He’s stolen my...my... precious antique ring! With a diamond as big as an elephant’s teardrop!’

The children were shocked. When Bambaram had collided with Malli and Divya, the two girls had collapsed onto a pavement shop selling nylon rope. As they stood up, they’d become hopelessly entangled in the metres of orange rope and green rope. When Arjun tried to free them, they got even more tangled.

Shantha’s statement made Divya and Arjun freeze for a second. Their aunt hated wearing jewellery. They knew she didn’t possess any ring and certainly no diamond the size of an elephant’s teardrop.

‘Ring? Did you say ring? I have no ring.’ Bambaram Jones turned his pockets inside out. He flicked open his wallet to show that there was no ring hidden there either.

galvanised: (here) made people take action by exciting them in some way proved to be his undoing: caused him to fail lurched: (here) lost his balance and bumped into someone

awkwardly: in an uncomfortable position mounds: heaps

bystanders: people standing around optimisation: the process of making something better antique: very old collapsed: fell suddenly entangled: to become tied up

‘I am going to complain to the cops,’ Shantha threatened.

‘Complain to the cops by all means.’ Bambaram said as he bent to pick up the umbrella from under the purple, orange and white flowers. This was easy. He was going to get away with it.

The children didn’t notice till Bambaram started walking away with the umbrella.

‘That’s our umbrella!’ shouted the children. But luck was on their side. Bambaram hadn’t got too far, when the several angry flower-sellers blocked his path.

Shantha wrested the umbrella from Bambaram’s hands and then hurried to rescue the children. She sized up the situation quickly. It would take all morning to set the children free.

‘I’ll pay for all the rope,’ she told the stall owner firmly, ‘Just cut the children free.’

Think and Tell

Bambaram’s efforts were in vain. What do you think will happen next in the story?

If you want to find out what happens and why so many people are looking for the silk umbrella you can read the novel ‘The Mystery of the Silk Umbrella’ by Asha Nehemiah.

wrested: to pull from someone’s hands with force

Listen to all the keywords here.

Read and Respond

The plot is the sequence of events in a story. The diagram shows the elements that usually appear in the beginning, middle and end of the story.

1. Match the elements of the plot and the events in the story.

Elements

Exposition

The Beginning

Conflict

The Problem Begins

Rising Action

Things Get Complicated

Climax

The Big Moment

Falling Action

Wrapping Up

Resolution

The Ending

Key Events

Shantha yells for the man to stop and he desperately looks for the woman to whom he must deliver the stolen package.

Shantha chases a fat man in a busy street.

Shantha grabs the umbrella from the man and pays for the ropes, setting the children free.

The children notice Dr Bambaram taking the umbrella and shout out.

Shantha confronts the thief and demands her ring to get the support of the crowd. Dr Bambaram proves he does not have a ring.

Malli recognises the children’s aunt and trips the thief. He falls and hides the stolen seeds in the umbrella.

2. Complete the table comparing Malli and Dr Bambaram Jones.

Dr Bambaram Jones

Main Goal

What is the character’s motive?

What do they do to achieve their aim?

3. Answer the questions in three to four sentences.

a Who are the characters in the story?

b What plan does Dr Bambaram Jones make to keep the stolen seeds from being found?

c Describe Shantha’s confrontation with Dr Bambaram Jones.

d Why were the children surprised when Shantha accused Dr Bambaram Jones of stealing her diamond ring?

e What role do the flower-sellers play in the story?

Think and Answer

1. The genre of a text is the category into which the text of falls. The Mystery of the Silk Umbrella can be described as mystery or crime fiction. Tick () the three elements that you think are most important in mystery or crime fiction.

Malli

2. What do the following incidents tell you about Malli’s qualities? Circle the appropriate describing words.

Incidents

Malli puts out the umbrella to trip the thief.

Malli’s Qualities

Malli yells ‘Stop. Thief, thief!’ to alert the crowd. slow / loud-mouthed / quick-thinking timid / fast to act / jealous practical / greedy / lazy

Malli checks and fortifies herself with a quick mouthful of chilly bajji before yelling.

Big Idea

Think of another mystery or suspense story you have read. In your notebook, compare it to this story by answering the questions.

a What similarities or differences are there in the plot of the two stories?

b How are the main characters in the stories alike or different?

Vocabulary

1. Use the words in the box to complete the sentences. You may have to change the form of the word. Then, make your own sentences with the words.

Hint Box: size

a The police must the use of resources because they have many crimes to solve and a limited number of staff.

b The detectives were into action when they found a new clue in an investigation that was very slow.

c Police officers on TV are known to themselves with coffee when they are on their rounds.

d The young detective the thief before he tackled him.

e Police officers often find themselves in situations when they are called to solve crimes committed against family members.

2. Rewrite the sentences below, correcting the punctuation errors. Use full stops (.), commas (,), exclamation marks (!), question marks (?), apostrophes (‘) and capital letters appropriately.

a the adventurers found Ali Babas secret cave

b they pushed the door open and gasped what a sight

c inside there were heaps of gold coins jewels and ancient scrolls

d This must be a pharaohs treasure exclaimed yadav

3. Identify the punctuation errors and then rewrite the passage correctly in your notebook.

Julies flashlight flickered, as she ventured deeper into the cave! ‘Where are You going’ called her friend from behind Julie ignored the question. she focussed on the strange markings on the wall. suddenly she heard a rumbling noise ‘Its just the wind’ she told herself but her heart raced when the ground began to shake

Tenses

The tense of a verb shows the time of the action or the state of being. The three main tenses are present, past and future.

Look at the summary of how the simple and the continuous tenses are used in the past, present and future.

Go Grammar

Simple tense The officers drank their coffee at a cafe yesterday. The officer drinks his coffee in the cafeteria.

The officers will drink coffee at the same cafe tomorrow if they are lucky.

Continuous tense They were drinking coffee when they saw a pickpocket. One officer is drinking his coffee and does not notice the thief. At this time tomorrow the officers will be drinking coffee together again.

Present Perfect Tense

The present perfect tense is used for events that have just happened or started in the past and continue in the present.

The verb form is have/has + past participle depending on the subject.

Singular Subjects Plural Subjects

I I have been a detective since 2022.

He She It Shantha has (just) reached the spot where the thief fell.

You You have (already) spoken to the police.

We We have gathered around to inspect the thief’s pockets.

They The children have (just) realised that Bambaram Jones has their umbrella.

You You have seen that he does not have the ring.

Questions: Have you heard from the police (yet)?

Has the thief confessed (yet)?

Why haven’t we heard from the police (yet)?

Hasn’t the thief confessed (yet)?

Negatives: We have not heard from the police (yet).

The thief has not confessed (yet).

Regular and Irregular Verbs

• A regular verb is formed by adding -ed or -d to form the past participle.

Everyday I walk (simple present), yesterday I walked (simple past), I have just walked (present perfect).

• An irregular verb is a verb that changes in a different way.

Everyday I go (simple present), yesterday I went (simple past), I have just gone (present perfect).

1. Fill in the blanks with the present perfect form of the verbs in brackets.

a I (just hear) about the events in the market place.

b Malli and her friends (just find) the thief.

c As the situation stands, Shantha (demand) her package from Dr Bambaram Jones but he is denying everything.

d Malli (just pick up) the umbrella from the ground but she (not have) time to look inside yet.

e Shantha (already pay) the shopkeeper for the rope, so the children will be free soon.

2. In your notebook, write these sentences in the present perfect tense. Use the time words just or already.

a Grandmother is dozing off in the next room.

b Malli takes off after the thief.

c The police officers search the crime scene.

d The thug is hiding a packet in a vase.

e The thief finds a way out of a tricky situation.

Past Perfect Tense

The past perfect tense is used for events that happened before another past event or were completed in the past before something else happened. It is often used with the simple past in a sentence. We use the past perfect tense to show what happened first.

The verb form is had + past participle for singular and plural subjects.

For example:

By the time Shantha arrived, a crowd had gathered.

(Action 2. simple past) (Action 1. past perfect to show this happened first)

The flower-sellers had seen Dr Bambaram Jones trying to escape so they shouted.

(Action 1. past perfect to show this happened first)    (Action 2. simple past)

Negatives: Add ‘not’ after had. We can also use hadn’t.

Malli had not expected the thief to hide the seeds in the umbrella.

Questions: Use had or a question word + had to start a question. Had the thief hidden the seeds in the umbrella before Shantha got there?

Why had the thief hidden the seeds in the umbrella before Shantha got there?

3. Fill in the blanks with the past perfect form of the verbs in brackets.

a If Malli (not trip) the thief with the umbrella, the seeds would not have been found.

b Luckily for Bambaram no one (spot) him hiding the seeds in the umbrella.

c The flower-sellers (already block) Dr Bambaram Jones’s path by the time the children got there.

d The children (become) entangled in the rope when they ran through the shop.

e Shantha (chase) the thief through the market but she had not been very successful.

4. In your notebook, write these sentences in the past perfect tense.

a These were the very seeds that Malli was tossing out of the window.

b Dr Bambaram did not complete the task by then.

c Shantha reached the spot where the thief fell and looked for the seeds.

d Dr Bambaram Jones tried to escape but did not succeed. Listen to the text here.

Listen Well

Listen carefully to the poem and fill in the blanks with the correct word.

a In a deep and green, lie paths both old and new, leading to hidden from view.

b Tales of buried deep, guarded by while they sleep.

c Under the soft silver glow, mysteries of the forest grow. Listen close to hear the .

d Each path is a , each leaf a sign of hidden wonders, so divine.

Pay close attention to each line of the poem as it is read aloud. You can listen to the poem once and then fill in the answers during the second reading.

Speak Well

Practise speaking here.

Sit in groups of six and debate the topic ‘Has modern technology, such as computers, surveillance cameras and DNA testing, made solving mysteries less exciting than it used to be?’

One group will speak for the topic and the other group will speak against the topic. You can use the sentence starters given below.

Our position on this topic is that…

Today, we will be discussing…

Firstly, we would like to point out that...

It is evident that...

According to recent research...

To sum up our main points...

In closing, we would like to reiterate that...

We hope we have convinced you that...

One important aspect to consider is...

Another key point is that…

Studies have shown that…

In summary, we believe that...

Our final point is that…

Thank you for listening to our views...

There can be no doubt that…

Be calm and composed and do not get angry while countering your opponent’s points.

Pay close attention to what the opposing side is saying as it helps you to understand their perspective better and formulate stronger counter-arguments.

A story should have relatable characters, a setting and a plot. There should be a proper beginning, middle and an end.

The plot is the sequence of events in a story.

Beginning

Introduction/Exposition: Here, the characters, setting (where and when the story takes place), and the main problem or goal are introduced.

Middle

Rising Action: This part of the story includes the events that lead up to the main problem or conflict. The tension and excitement build as the characters face challenges and try to solve the problem.

Climax: The climax is the most exciting part of the story. It’s the turning point where the main problem reaches its peak. The characters must often take an important decision or take an action that will change the outcome of the story.

End

Falling Action: After the climax, the falling action includes the events that happen as a result of the climax. The tension decreases, and the story starts to wrap up.

Resolution/Conclusion: This is the end of the story where the problem is resolved, and everything is brought to a close. The characters’ lives return to normal, and we learn the final outcome.

Look at the pictures given and form a story. Make sure that the plot of your story has an introduction, conflict, rising action, a climax, falling action and a final resolution.

Adventure and Mystery

12 . Paper Boats

—Rabindranath Tagore

Get Set

What do water and rain remind you of? Think and write the words on the mind map. Then, discuss them with your partner. Water Rain

A child floats paper boats down a stream. What does the child imagine as he does this? What does he hope for? Let’s read to find out.

Let’s Read

Day by day I float my paper boats one by one down the running stream.

Talking Book

In big black letters I write my name on them and the name of the village where I live.

I hope that someone in some strange land will find them and know who I am.

I load my little boats with shiuli flowers from our garden, and hope that these blooms of the dawn will be carried safely to land in the night.

I launch my paper boats and look up into the sky and see the little clouds setting their white bulging sails.

stream: a small narrow river shiuli flowers: the flowers of a night-flowering jasmine plant blooms: flowers that open up launch: to send something out or make it start moving bulging: (here) having a swollen or rounded shape filled with wind

Think and Tell

Why does the child write his name and the name of the village on the paper boats?

I know not what playmate of mine in the sky sends them down the air to race with my boats!

When night comes I bury my face in my arms and dream that my paper boats float on and on under the midnight stars.

The fairies of sleep are sailing in them, and the lading is their baskets full of dreams.

Did You Know?

Rabindranath Tagore (1861–1941) was a famous Indian poet, writer, playwright, composer, philosopher, social reformer, and painter.

playmate: a friend to play with bury: to cover or hide something lading: a cargo or load carried by a ship

Listen to all the keywords here.

Read and Respond

1. Match the following based on the details in the poem.

Column I

Column II

a The child writes these details on the paper boats... ...with shiuli flowers

b The boats are loaded… ...float under the midnight stars

c The child’s playmate in the sky… ...his name and his village’s name

d The child dreams that his boats… ...with baskets full of dreams

e The fairies of sleep sail in the boats… ...sends clouds to race with his boats

2. Read the five key words based on the poem that show the sequence of events in the poem. Arrange the key words in the correct order in Column I. Then, write a sentence with each key word to summarise the poem.

Key Words: inscribes, envisions, fills, gazes, sets adrift

Key Word Sentence

inscribes The boy inscribes his name and the name of the village on the paper boat.

3. Answer the questions in two to three sentences.

a How does the poet describe the process of sending his paper boats down the stream? Explain how he prepares and launches the boats.

b What hopes does the poet express for his paper boats?

c What does the child imagine when looking at the sky?

d What role do ‘dreams’ play in the final stanza of the poem?

e Discuss at least three different natural elements mentioned. How are they used in the poem?

Big Idea

1. Instead of paper boats, what would you want to create to send on an adventure? It could be anything—a magic carpet, a tiny spaceship or even a message in a bottle. Describe your chosen vehicle and explain why you picked it.

2. Write a short story (about 1 paragraph) about the journey your creation takes. Consider: Where does it go? What does it see along the way? Does it meet anyone or anything on its journey? What message or item does it carry?

Vocabulary

Remember!

A compound word combines two whole words to form a word that has a different meaning from the original words. For example: key + board = keyboard, mail + box = mailbox.

1. Create your own compound words by combining parts of the given words. Write the new words and use them in sentences of your own.

a television + marathon = New word:

Sentence:

b glamorous + camping =

New word:

Sentence:

c information + entertainment =

New word:

Sentence:

d web + seminar =

New word:

Sentence:

e phone + tablet =

New word:

Sentence:

2. In your notebook, create a word map for each word. Include synonyms, antonyms and a sentence that exemplifies its meaning.

Poetry Appreciation

Imagery: Imagery is when the poet uses words to create a picture in your mind. For Example: whistling wind

Metaphor: A metaphor compares two things without using ‘like’ or ‘as.’

For Example: dragon of fire

Personification: Personification is when we give human qualities to non-human things.

For Example: the trees sang

Let’s explore the poetic elements in this poem!

a Imagery: ‘the little clouds setting their white bulging sails’

What does it mean in the context of the poem?

b Metaphor: ‘baskets full of dreams’

What does it mean in the context of the poem?

c Personification: ‘playmate of mine in the sky sends them down the air to race with my boats’

What does it mean in the context of the poem?

Environment

13 . Jadav and the Tree-Place

—Vinayak Varma

Sit in pairs and describe the picture. Given a choice, where would you like to live?

Discuss with your partner and share your thoughts with your classmates.

Imagine a world without trees. What do you think the world would be like? Jadav Molai Payeng is a conservationist from Majui, Assam. He received the Padma Shri, the fourth highest civilian honour awarded by the Government of India. Let us read his story and learn how he created a big forest in a desert.

Let’s Read

Years ago, Jadav was walking along the banks of the great Brahmaputra River when he arrived at a big, empty no-tree place. It was dry and hot. The sand was powdery and striped. He found that very strange. He went closer to take a better look and realised that the stripes were long snakes! When Jadav walked among them, they didn’t hiss or flee or try to strike him. They just lay about like old ropes, tired and still. ‘Poor snakes! They’re dying from the heat! If only they had some shade to lie in! If only this no-tree place had some trees!’ Jadav thought.

The poor condition of the snakes made him so sad that he began to cry. But, he wiped his tears and said, ‘No more crying. From now on, only trying!’

Did You Know?

The Brahmaputra River is the one of the major rivers of our country. It flows through China, India and Bangladesh.

He ran back to his village and began collecting all the bamboo shoots he could carry in his bag. Regular plants won’t grow in the hot sand, but bamboo will. Bamboo is strong!’ he said to himself.

He started planting them everywhere. It was hard work, and it took years. The river grew thin one summer and flooded the next, sometimes bringing more sand. Heavy rains came and went. But Jadav kept on planting. In time, the bamboo took root and

conservationist: a person who protects the environment and wildlife banks: the land along the edge of the river

stripes: long lines in the sand still: not moving river grew thin: there was very little water

Talking Book

began to grow. As it grew, it brought shade, and the shade brought insects. The insects burrowed into the ground, and the earth below the bamboo trees began to change. What was dry and white became rich and brown, and the dead sand became living soil.

Jadav was no longer sad, but he wasn’t happy either. He looked around his bamboo grove and thought, ‘How wonderful it would be if there were many-tree places!’ The idea thrilled him.

Think and Tell

What challenges do you think Jadav would have faced while planting trees in the hot sand?

Jadav returned to his village and filled three bags with seeds and saplings. ‘Now that our few-tree place has lovely brown soil, we can plant all these and more!’ he thought excitedly.

He started planting all the saplings and seeds. It was hard work, his back hurt, and it took many years. The orange and blue skies turned purple and pink, and villages became towns. The wind grew laden with dust and the river became grey. But Jadav’s insect friends helped to till the soil and his tall bamboos gave him shade and cooled the air. And Jadav kept on planting.

Soon his seeds and saplings took root. As they grew, they spread new seeds, and the new seeds, in turn, took root. Shoots became trunks, trunks grew branches and the branches reached for the sky. The few-trees place that was once a no-tree place now became a wonderful, green many-trees place.

burrowed: dug a hole in the ground grove: a small group of trees thrilled: very happy

till: the process of breaking up the soil saplings: young trees

But what’s a many-trees place without many-tree creatures? When one came, the others followed. First came the birds, vultures, pelicans, storks and ducks. Next came the animals. They skipped and swung and moved in, to make their homes in the manytrees place. There were buffaloes, deer, rabbits, elephants, tigers and rhinos too. Finally, the snakes came.

Jadav’s tree place was filled with feathers, beaks, wings, claws, tails and fangs. There were spots and splashes, stripes and flashes, and green, green everywhere. The tree place was a forest, at last. And Jadav was a happy man.

Then Jadav had another thought. ‘Many trees in one place is good, I know. But how wonderful it'd be if there were many trees everywhere!’ So he grabbed his bags of seed and started his journey. And as he walked, Jadav started planting the seeds in all the no-tree places he saw. He planted and planted and planted. But there were so many no-tree places in the world. Jadav found that sad, but he did not sit down and cry this time. He just planted.

Think and Tell

If you meet Jadav now, you will see him planting trees. He knows it’s going to be hard work, bringing all the old forests back. He can see the seas have begun rising, and the winds have grown cold. The towns have become cities, and Jadav is growing old. But Jadav has decided to keep on planting until the whole world is a happy, lovely lot-of-trees place.

pelicans: large waterbirds with short legs storks: waterbirds with long legs

If you were Jadav, how would you encourage people to plant more trees and take care of the environment?

Listen to all the keywords here.

Read and Respond

1. Choose the correct options.

a What inspired Jadav to start planting trees?

i He saw birds flying in the sky.

ii He was sorry for snakes dying from heat.

iii He wanted to create a bamboo grove.

b What did Jadav do after seeing the no-tree place?

i He just sat there looking at the snakes.

ii He ignored it and continued his walk.

iii He ran back to his village to collect bamboo shoots.

c What happened as the bamboo trees grew?

i They provided shade and brought insects.

ii They attracted more snakes.

iii They withered away in the heat.

d What did Jadav decide to do after creating a bamboo grove?

i He stopped planting.

ii He decided to plant more trees.

iii He cut down the bamboo and sold it.

2. Write True or False.

a Jadav planted bamboo in the no-tree place because bamboo grows quickly.

b Despite facing challenges like floods and heavy rains, Jadav kept planting trees.

c Jadav’s vision was to create only one green area in his village.

d Jadav travelled across the world, planting trees in different no-tree places.

e Jadav continues to plant trees.

3. Answer the questions in two to three sentences.

a Why did Jadav choose to plant bamboo?

b What did Jadav decide to do after creating a bamboo grove?

c How did Jadav feel when he saw his bamboo grove?

d What was Jadav’s final goal?

e Why did Jadav continue planting trees despite the challenges?

Think and Answer

Cause and Effect

Cause and effect are about how one thing can be the reason for something else to happen. The cause is why something happened. The effect is what happened.

For example:

Cause: Jadav witnessed snakes suffering from the heat in the no-tree place.

Effect: Jadav decided to take action and plant bamboo to provide shade and relief for the snakes.

Cause: The once no-trees places now had many big trees with branches that reached the sky.

Effect: Many-trees creatures came to Jadav’s many-trees place.

1. Given below are some actions/situations. Read the story and write the cause and effect of each action.

a The bamboo grove grew and it attracted insects.

b Jadav planted seeds and saplings.

c Jadav thought of transforming every no-tree place into a forest.

2. These lines show the passage of time in the story.

The river grew thin one summer and flooded the next, sometimes bringing more sand. Heavy rains came and went.

Find two more instances where the author shows the passage of time without mentioning dates or timeframes.

Big Idea

Jadav’s story teaches us that one person’s efforts can make a big difference. It reminds us to care for the environment and make our world better. Brainstorm a list of things we only use once in our house. For example, plastic bags or paper packaging. Then, in pairs discuss how you can reduce, recycle or reuse each item.

List of single-use things

Ideas to reduce, recycle or reuse them

Vocabulary

1. Unjumble the words in brackets. Then, fill in the blanks with the synonyms in the box.

Hint Box: whole    strange    forest    cry    quickly

a She began to (pewe) when she heard that she wouldn’t be able to go on holiday.

b The (owod) was quiet at night, but during the day, one could hear all kinds of noises.

c Raja thought that the girl had in a/an (dod) way of speaking.

d The animals moved into the forest (afts).

e The (netrie) forest was filled with strange creatures that I had never seen before.

2. Sit in pairs. Discuss the qualities Jadav had and fill in word web. In your notebook, provide evidence from the text.

Jadav hardworking

3. Replace the words or phrases in bold with the ones given below.

Hint Box: to take a better look at      came to his senses took root        laden with        keep on

a Aryan finally started thinking sensibly and gave up his plan to quit playing soccer.

b My father decided to examine the painting before buying it.

c His shelves were filled with books that he had collected over the years.

d Despite the challenges, she decided to continue pursuing her dream of becoming a doctor.

e Her passion for music was firmly established during her childhood years.

Jadav plants the trees.

Active and Passive Voice

The insects make the ground fertile. Jadhav and The insects are the subjects and the focus of the sentences.

The subject is the doer of the action.

The sentences are in the active voice. The subject performs the action.

Remember!

The subject (S) of a sentence is what or who the sentence is about. The subject is the doer of the action (verb).

The object (O) is the receiver of the action in a sentence.

We can also flip the sentences to give them a different focus. The subject and the object are changed around.

The trees are planted by Jadav.

The ground is made fertile by the insects.

Now, the focus is on The trees and The ground. The sentence shows what is done to the subject.

Note that each sentence has two verbs – a form of the verb to be (are, is) and the past participle (planted, burrowed).

These flipped sentences are in the passive voice. The subject is being acted upon by the verb.

Go Grammar

Active and passive voice are both useful in certain situations:

Use the active voice when…

• there is a clear subject, action and object.

• the subject is the doer of the action, and the doer is important.

• the tone is direct

Jadav plants twenty trees every day.

(The focus is on what Jadav does.)

His helpers break two spades every day.

(The focus is on the helpers and what they do.)

Rules

Tense

Active Voice

Simple present Jadav tills the soil.

S + V1(s) + O

Present continuous He is renovating the house.

S + is/are + V1 + ing + O

Present perfect Purna has eaten the pizza.

S + has/have + V3 + O

Simple past

Sai broke the classroom window.

S + V2 + O

Use the passive voice when…

• the action is more important than who did it.

Twenty trees are planted every day.

• when you do not want to mention the doer to sound more objective, like in a news report.

Two spades are broken every day (by his helpers).

Passive Voice

The soil is tilled (by Jadav).

O + is/are + V3 + by + S

The house is being renovated (by him).

O + is/are + being + V3 + by + S

The pizza has been eaten by Purna.

O + has/have + been + V3 + by + S

The classroom window was broken (by Sai).

O + was/were + V3 + by + S

The plants were being watered by Tanu.

S + was/were + V1 + ing + O

Past continuous Tanu was watering the plants.

Past perfect Madhu had just cleaned the table.

S + had + V3 + O

Future simple

The children will make the poster.

S + will + V1 + O

Future with ‘going to’ They are going to fix the roof. S + is/are + going to + V1 + O

Modal verbs Zorawar can solve the problem.

S + can + V1 + O

O + was/ were + being + V3 + by + S

The table had just been cleaned by Madhu.

O + had + been + V3 + by + S

The poster will be made by the children.

O + will + be + V3 + by + S

The roof is going to be fixed (by them).

O + is/are + going to + be + V3+ by + S

The problem can be solved by Zorawar.

O + can + be + V3 + by + S

1. Underline the verbs and state whether they are in the active or passive voice.

a My brother is washing the dishes.

b The rooms have been decorated by my father.

c Mita’s mother rides a bike.

d The cat chased the mouse.

e Her cupboard has been cleaned by her son.

2. Fill in the blanks with the passive forms of the verbs and their tenses given in the brackets.

a The book (read) by several people. (present perfect)

b The cake (baked) by Rita. (simple past)

c The house (painted) by the painters. (present continuous)

d The house (clean) every day. (simple present)

e The cars (wash) by the cleaners. (past perfect)

3. Rewrite the sentences in the passive voice.

a They will announce the winner of the competition tomorrow.

b The storm damaged many houses in the neighbourhood.

c The chef prepares delicious meals in the kitchen.

d The gardener is planting flowers in the garden.

e The company has launched a new product.

Listen Well

Listen to the story carefully and write True or False.

Listen to the text here.

a The owl, the bee and the squirrel were not very good friends.

b The animals realised that their home was in danger because of the people.

c The three friends wanted to save the park.

d The animals cleaned the park and planted flowers.

e The people of Greenhaven were very angry with the animals.

Speak Well

Practise speaking here.

You and your friends have organised a tree-planting drive. Get into groups of four. Assign one role each to the people in your group. Have a discussion. Each member of your group will come forward and describe their role and how they will execute it.

Who will make the plans and inform people about the drive? Share how you will inform people.

Who will find good spots to plant trees and get them ready? Also share what preparation is needed before the saplings are planted. (gardening tools, manure, etc.)

Who will get the saplings? Share other arrangements that need to be made at that time.

Who will plant the saplings? Discuss the steps needed to look after the saplings once they have been planted.

Listen to the other members attentively and wait for your turn to speak.

Each member should participate and share their ideas.

Use polite language and listen to what others have to say, even if you don’t agree.

Stay on the topic of discussion.

Write Well

A paragraph is a group of sentences about one main idea. The first sentence introduces what we are going to talk about.

Imagine a magical forest full of tall, green trees, where squirrels chase each other and birds sing sweet songs. Trees are like nature’s heroes! They give us clean air to breathe and make our planet a wonderful place to live. But, did you know that trees need our help too? Sometimes people cut down trees to make things like paper and furniture, but we can save them. One way we can help is by planting new trees. It’s like giving our forest friends

Model Answer

Trees are Important

a big hug. We can also use less paper by drawing on both sides of a sheet or using digital devices to read and write. Another thing we can do is to recycle paper so that we can use it again and again. When we save trees, we’re not just helping the environment, but we’re also making sure animals have homes and our air stays clean and fresh. Let’s promise to take care of our trees and protect our planet for all the creatures that call it home.

Write a paragraph on your understanding of recycling. Explain why recycling is important and how we can do it at home. Share some fun facts about what happens to our recycled items.

Hint Box:

Recycling is the process of converting waste materials into new materials and objects. For example, we can use plastic water bottles as planters. Some people even use recycled plastic to make shoes or roads.

Start with a topic sentence.

Focus on one main idea.

Expand on your topic sentence with examples, facts, or explanations. Use words like ‘first’, ‘next’ ‘then’, and ‘finally’ to connect your ideas smoothly within the paragraph.

Express your ideas clearly and directly, avoiding unnecessary words or overly complicated sentences.

Finish your paragraph with a sentence that summarises the main point.

Check your paragraph for any errors in grammar, punctuation or clarity.

Environment

Work in a group. Brainstorm words to describe this scene. Get Set 14 . Warned

—Sylvia Stults

How has the environment changed over time, and why has this happened? Let’s read to find out.

Let’s Read

The sands of time have rendered fear

Blue skies on high no longer clear

Stars were bright whence they came

Now dimmed, obscured, pollution’s haze

Crystal clear our waters gleamed

Fish abundant, rivers streamed

Ocean floors sandy white

Now littered, brown, pollution’s plight

Think and Tell

Why is paper considered a part of pollution’s team?

Talking Book

rendered: caused whence: from where obscured: hidden haze: thin mist or smoke

gleamed: shone brightly abundant: in large quantities plight: sad state something is in

Trees towered high above

Trunks baring professed love

Birds chirping from sites unseen

Gone, paper joined pollution’s team

One can’t blame pollution alone

As they say, you reap what you’ve sown

So let us plant a better seed

Tear out old roots, cultivate, weed

Protect what has been given for free

Our waters, skies, wildlife and trees

For once they’re gone, don’t you say

Consider yourself warned of that fatal day

towered high: stood high, like towers baring: showing professed: declared, stated reap what you’ve sown: (idiom) you get back whatever you have done—good for good, or bad for bad cultivate: prepare and use land for growing crops weed: remove unwanted plants (here) undo the harm we have done fatal: deadly

Think and Tell

What does the poet say we must protect? Why?

Listen to all the keywords here.

Read and Respond

1. Choose the correct options.

a What is the poem mainly about?

i The beauty of nature and its resilience.

ii The inevitable passage of time.

iii The impact of pollution on the environment.

iv The importance of historical preservation.

b In the poem, what is said to be the cause of the current state of the environment?

i The natural ageing process.

ii Human actions and neglect.

iii A sudden environmental disaster.

iv Seasonal changes.

c What does the phrase ‘you reap what you’ve sown’ mean in the context of the poem?

i Nature will always recover on its own.

ii The seasons dictate the state of nature.

iii Agricultural practices affect the environment.

iv Humans will pay for harming the environment.

d What solution does the poet suggest to the problem of pollution?

i Ignoring the current state and moving forward.

ii Planting new trees and changing harmful habits.

iii Waiting for natural recovery.

iv Seeking technological advancements to fix pollution.

e Which option best captures the poet’s tone in the final stanza?

i Regretful ii Hopeful

iii Indifferent iv Furious

2. Answer the questions in three to four sentences.

a How has what we see in the sky changed over time and why?

b How have the rivers and the sea changed compared to what they were before?

c What has joined ‘pollution’s team’ and how does the author explain how this happened?

d What is the main theme of the poem? Provide two lines from the text to support your answer.

Big Idea

Think about your daily routine. Identify three specific actions that contribute to the environmental issues mentioned in the poem. What alternate actions can you take?

Problematic Action

Alternate Action

Taking an auto or car to tuition class Riding a bicycle to tuition class

Vocabulary

1. Match the words and their meanings. In your notebook, make sentences on the theme of environment using the words.

Word Meaning pollution

plentiful, more than what is needed abundant to grow and take care of plants deforestation something that makes the air, water, or land dirty

fatal

cultivate

cutting down trees

causing death

2. Discuss in pairs and replace the underlined words with a phrase that means the same thing.

a The sands of time have rendered fear.

caused us to feel

The sands of time have fear.

b The stars were bright, but now they are dimmed.

The stars were bright, but now they have .

c Blue skies on high no longer clear.

Blue skies on high no longer .

d Crystal clear our waters gleamed.

Crystal clear our waters .

e Birds chirping from sites unseen.

Birds chirping from sites .

Poetry Appreciation

Imagery: Words that help you imagine how something looks, sounds, smells, tastes or feels. It’s like painting a picture with words, for example, tear our old roots creates the image of someone pulling out old roots with their bare hands.

Alliteration: When words close together start with the same sound, like ‘big blue balloon’, it makes things fun to say and easy to remember. The poet uses special ways to describe things in this poem. For example:

• Imagery: ‘blue skies on high no longer clear’

• Alliteration: ‘crystal clear’

In your notebook, write one more example of each type in the poem.

Self Image and Confidence

Think about your best qualities and the things that you are good at. List a few of these strengths.

Share them with your classmates.

In a small village, Shakthi’s day takes an unexpected turn when she learns something important about herself. Read the story to see how she discovers the magic of inner strength and starts believing in her abilities.

Talking Book

darted: moved quickly

Amma: mother stain: mark that is difficult to remove sagged: drooped or moved downwards

Think and Tell

What do you think Shakhti was hoping her mother would say?

Kolams are traditional designs made with rice flour. They are made outside some Indian homes to keep away bad luck and invite good fortune inside. Did You Know?

glided: moved easily

tone: the feeling conveyed by ones voice steady: without shaking

Think and Tell

What is the tone of Shakthi’s first comment to her neighbour?

Think and Tell

How did Tejas treat Shakthi?

Think and Tell

What if I don’t have any good parts? Impossible! You’re an artist. You’re helpful. You’re good with animals. Am I?

You saved my peacock!

What was the trick Tejas used when she wanted to feel better about herself?

Think and Tell

What are the good qualities that Shakthi reminded herself of.

blazed: shone brightly

Listen to all the keywords here.

Read and Respond

1. Write True or False.

a Shakthi’s mother was excited about the award her daughter had won.

b Tejas, the new neighbour, was upset when Shakthi criticised her kolam.

c Shakthi’s mood improved when Tejas praised her artistic abilities.

d Shakthi’s mother scolded her for being covered in kolam powder, but Shakthi was able to stay positive.

e At the end of the story, Shakthi’s mother was angry when Shakthi spilled tea in the kitchen.

Remember!

Cause and effect are about how one thing can be the reason for something else to happen. The cause is the reason something happened. The effect is what happened as a result.

2. Complete the cause-and-effect chart showing the cause of the characters’ actions and the effect on the events of the story.

Cause Effect

Shakthi’s heart is heavy as she goes outside.

Tejas laughs heartily at Shakthi’s remark about her kolam.

Shakthi feels better about herself and starts to realise her own worth.

3. Answer the following questions in three to four sentences.

a How does Tejas respond to Shakthi’s criticism of her kolam?

b Compare and contrast how Amma and Tejas react to Shakthi’s good news and how their reactions make Shakthi feel.

c Describe the moment when Shakthi remembers Tejas’s advice and how it helps her handle her mother’s scolding.

d Do Shakthi and Amma get along better by the end of the story? Explain what happens.

Think and Answer

Character development is the way a character changes and grows throughout a story. Redraw this graphic organiser in your notebook and analyse Shakthi’s growth in the story.

Action at the beginning Shakthi comes home with a medal. She shows it to Amma. Amma scolds her for always being untidy and careless.

Middle Shakthi takes out her frustration on Tejas but then…

End

How does her response towards her mother change?

How does Shakthi feel?

How does Shakthi feel?

How does Shakthi feel?

Big Idea

In groups of three share an incident that made you feel sad or upset. Take turns to share:

a What happened?

b What helped you cope with the feelings you experienced?

As a group, discuss and write down three positive steps one can take to deal with negative thoughts or feelings.

Vocabulary

1. Solve the crossword puzzle using the given clues. Look for the words in the story.

Clues Across

1. synonym for ‘drooped’ (6 letters)

2. to leave a mark or discolouration (5 letters)

Clues Down

1. burned or shone brightly (6 letters)

2. ran quickly in a particular direction (6 letters)

3. the feeling conveyed by one’s voice (4 letters)

Now, use the words in sentences of your own.

2. In your notebook, draw and fill in a graphic organiser for the word champion.

Synonyms:

Related emotions:

Antonyms:

Real-life role models:

CHAMPION

Idioms

Idioms are phrases or expressions where the actual meaning (the literal meaning) is different from the figurative way in which we use the idiom.

For example:

Literal meaning: to keep your head upright

Hold your head high

Figurative meaning: to act confidently and proudly especially when something has gone wrong

3. Write the figurative meaning of the underlined idioms in your own words. Have some fun and draw the literal meaning!

a Shakthi could have burst with pride when she received the medal.

Meaning:

b Being praised for fixing the peacock made Shakthi feel on top of the world.

Meaning:

c When it was time to face the music, Shakthi accepted the consequences of her actions.

Meaning:

d Even when things went wrong, Tejas always stood tall and faced challenges with confidence.

Meaning:

Direct and Reported Speech

Remember!

We can write the actual words, or direct speech of a person, in three ways:

I am an artist. A speech bubble In dialogue format

Shakthi: I am an artist. ‘I am an artist,’ says Shakthi. As written in a story

Reported or Indirect Speech is used when someone else reports what a speaker says or said. How we report depends on the time of reporting. Is it immediately after the person has spoken or is the report made later when the situation has changed?

Reporting Immediately

Direct Speech

Shakthi says, ‘I want to tell my mom that I have won.’

Note the punctuation of direct speech:

1. Use a comma after the reporting verb (says)

2. The direct words are in quotation marks (‘...’)

3. Capitalise the first word of the direct speech.

4. Keep the punctuation of the direct speech inside the quotation marks.

Reported Speech

Shakthi says she wants to tell her mom that she has won.’

We use says if someone else reports what Shakthi has said immediately after she has spoken the words.

1. The tense (time) of the report does not change.

2. The pronouns (I and my) change to she and her and the verb (wants) matches the pronoun.

3. Carefully note the difference in punctuation.

1. Insert the correct punctuation for direct speech in the following sentences.

a Shakthi says I got a medal

b Amma asks can’t you stay clean for five minutes

c Wow says Tejas

d Shakthi glances at the house and asks what if I don’t have any good parts

e Tejas says Please help me complete the kolam

Reporting at a Later Time

When reporting a speaker’s words after some time, we need to show the difference in time.

1. Use a past tense introductory verb such as said, asked, exclaimed.

2. The reporting verb can be followed by the conjunctions (said that, asked/whether).

1. Remove the inverted commas.

2. Change the pronouns.

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

I he/she we we/they my her/his our their us us/them

3. Reporting verbs such as said, told, asked, etc. are used. The reporting verb is followed by the conjunctions (that, if, whether).

4. Changes are made in the tense of the verb if the reporting verb is in the past tense.

Direct Speech

Simple Present

Tejas said, ‘I like to make kolam.’

Present Continuous

Shakthi said, ‘I am participating in a competition tomorrow.’

Simple

Indirect Speech

Past Tejas said that she liked to make kolam.

Past Continuous Shakthi said that she was participating in a competition the next day.

Simple Past

Shakthi said, ‘I went to school yesterday.’

Past Perfect

Shakthi said that she had gone to school the day before.

5. The time references change. today that day now then tomorrow the next day ago before next year the following year yesterday the day before last week the week before tonight that night

2. Change the direct speech to indirect or reported speech.

a Tejas said, ‘I am going to Shakthi’s house.’

b ‘We finished our project,’ they said.

c ‘I saw a film yesterday,’ she explained.

d Amma said, ‘Please clean your room today.’

e Shakthi said, ‘I have to go now.’

Listen Well

Listen carefully to the conversation and fill in the blanks.

Listen to the text here.

a Shakthi: I just won the competition at school!

b Shakthi: I practised a lot and tried different .

c Tejas: Do you feel more about your art now?

d Shakthi: Sometimes when showing my art to others, I still get .

e Tejas: Remember, keep in yourself!

Speak Well

Practise speaking here.

When we enact a scene, we don’t just speak our dialogue. We use facial expressions and gestures and we change our voices to express the meaning of the words. Read the conversation between Ravi and Priya and practise using your voice, face and gestures to convey the meaning.

Hi Ravi! Are you okay?

I don’t think I can do it. The competition is tomorrow, and I’m so scared.

Ravi, you’ve been practising for weeks. You did well in practice sessions!

But this is different. There will be so many people watching. What if I forget my lines?

It’s normal to feel nervous. Take deep breaths. You love acting and you are going to be great.

You’re right, Priya. I’ll try to stay calm and give it my best shot.

Sit in pairs. Imagine a situation where Shakthi shares her excitement about winning the art competition with her mother. At first, Shakthi’s mother criticises her and brings up some minor issue. Later, however, her mother acknowledges Shakthi’s achievement and expresses her pride. Write the dialogue between them and then enact it with your partner.

Make sure to use appropriate body language and facial expressions. Use your voice to express the feelings of the characters. Keep your dialogue short and crisp. Make sure each of you have at least four to five lines to speak.

A persuasive speech aims to convince the audience to adopt a particular viewpoint or take a specific action.

Model Answer

Write a persuasive speech on the topic ‘The Importance of Recycling’.

Title

Introduction: Greet the audience, introduce yourself, state the main idea of the speech and an interesting fact.

First Point with supporting details and examples

Second Point with supporting details and examples

Third Point with supporting details and examples

Summarise the main points, restate the main idea and give a call to action.

Thank the audience

The Importance of Recycling

Good morning, everyone!

My name is Sneha Sharma, and I am here to talk about a topic that affects all of us—the importance of recycling. Recycling can have a significant impact on our environment and future.

Recycling helps reduce the waste in landfills. Did you know that an average person generates about 2 kg of trash every day? By recycling paper, plastic and glass, we can significantly reduce the amount of waste that ends up in landfills.

Recycling conserves natural resources. For example, recycling one ton of paper can save 17 trees and 7,000 gallons of water. By reusing materials, we can protect our forests, conserve water, and reduce the need for raw materials.

Recycling saves energy and reduces greenhouse gas emissions. Producing new products from recycled materials requires less energy than making them from raw materials. This energy saving can lead to a decrease in greenhouse gases which will help to combat climate change.

In conclusion, recycling is a simple yet powerful way to make a positive impact on our environment. Use cloth bags, be mindful of the trash you produce and separate your waste! Let us all take a step towards a greener future by committing to recycling in our daily lives.

Thank you all for listening. Together, we can make a difference.

Write a speech of about 120 to 150 words on ‘How Setting Small Goals Can Build Your Confidence.’

Confidence Shield

Project 4

This project will help you build your self-image and confidence by reflecting on your strengths and qualities while promoting a positive self-image through Social Emotional Learning (SEL).

What You Will Need:

• Chart paper or cardboard (cut in the shape of a shield)

• Markers, crayons, coloured pencils

• Stickers, glitter, or other decorations (optional)

• Magazines for cut-outs (optional)

• Glue and scissors

Steps:

• Take your paper or cardboard and draw a shield. This shield will represent your confidence and what makes you strong and unique.

• Think about what makes you special. What are you good at? What qualities do you like about yourself? These could be things like being kind, good at drawing, or helping friends. Use these questions to guide your thinking:

⸰ What is something you’re really good at?

⸰ What makes you feel proud of yourself?

⸰ How do you help others or make them happy?

• Divide your shield into four sections:

⸰ Talents and Skills: Write or draw things you’re really good at (e.g., playing a sport, solving puzzles, drawing).

⸰ Character Strengths: Write down some personality traits that make you special (e.g., honesty, creativity, helpfulness).

⸰ Achievements: Think of the times when you’ve felt proud of yourself, like when you completed a project or won a contest. Write or draw them in this section.

⸰ Positive Affirmations: Write positive phrases about yourself like I am strong, I can do difficult tasks, or I am kind.

• Use colours, drawings, stickers or pictures from magazines to make a shield that represents you. Show your creativity!

• On the day of the presentation, present your shield in your class. Tell them one thing about yourself that you’re most proud of. Listen to what they are proud of, as well.

• Put your Confidence Shield somewhere you can see it often. It will remind you of your strengths and help you feel confident whenever you need a boost.

Extension Activity: Confidence Booster

• Sit in pairs. Trade shields with a friend and write something nice about each other on the back of the shield. This will help both of you feel even more confident about yourselves.

Grammar Worksheet 6

Types of Adjectives

1. Read the dialogue and match the adjectives in bold and their type.

Two students are speaking to their teacher.

Tanya: Which experiment are you doing, sir, or are you doing two experiments at the same time?

Teacher: This is a new one you have not seen before. That one you have seen before.

new interrogative that quality which demonstrative their number two possessive

2. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the adjective: comparative or superlative.

a Some people think that boys are (strong) than girls, but that is a stereotype.

b The (wise) people are those who don’t follow stereotypes about gender.

c The (common) stereotype is that girls are (emotional) than boys.

d Boys are often shown as being (brave) than girls in adventure stories, but bravery can be found in everyone.

e The (creative) projects are done by those who ignore gender stereotypes and follow their passion.

3. Use appropriate adjectives in the blanks.

In the world of athletics, many women have shattered stereotypes. determination and resilience inspire us all. The idea that sports are considered ‘men’s’ or ‘women’s’ sports is changing. women have fought for equal opportunities, regardless of gender. woman who has made a big difference is Arunima.

Quantifiers

4. Use these quantifiers in sentences of your own and classify the noun as countable (C) or uncountable (U).

a much: (debate: U)

b little:

c few:

d some:

e any:

There was much debate about girls joining the army.

Grammar Worksheet 7

Kinds of

Sentences

1. Match the sentences and their kind.

Column A

Can you calculate the time the artist took for this Thangka painting?

Column B

Declarative

What a marvellously intricate painting! Interrogative

Roll up these Thangka paintings and put them in the car. Exclamatory

Thangka paintings are a way to connect with beliefs. Imperative

2. Make sentences of the given type in relation to this picture.

a Interrogative:

b Exclamatory:

c Declarative:

d Imperative:

Sentences and Clauses

3. Underline the independent clauses in green and the dependent clause in blue.

a Although Thangka paintings are special, they require a lot of skill to create.

b When not in use, Thangkas are usually rolled up.

c In preparation, the artist stretches the cloth.

d While painting, the artist adds gold or silver for extra shine.

e When the painting is finished, Thangka is often framed for use in religious ceremonies.

Grammar Worksheet 8

Punctuation Marks

1. Rewrite the paragraph below with correct punctuation. Make sure to use full stops, commas, exclamation marks, question marks, apostrophes and capital letters where needed.

ritika found a strange map in the basement it looked ancient and was covered in symbols and cryptic messages she showed it to her brother dhruv he said, ‘We need to decode this map It might lead to something amazing’ they began to decipher the symbols

Present and Past Perfect Tense

2. Label the sentences as simple present (S), present continuous (C) or present perfect (P) tense.

a Young Aarav is returning home from a game of football.

b He hears some strange sounds from his house.

c A couple of thieves have entered through a window.

d The neighbourhood is looking calm and quiet.

e Aarav has climbed into a tree to take pictures with his camera.

3. Label the sentences as simple past (S), past continuous (C) or past perfect (P) tense.

a Raju, a young shepherd, lived in a small village surrounded by hills.

b One evening, he was tending his flock at the edge of the forest.

c He saw a cloud of smoke.

d He had studied how to manage forest fires in school.

e He asked each villager to get a bucket of water.

f The villagers formed a human chain and doused the fire.

4. Fill in the gaps.

Present Perfect Tense Past Perfect Tense by now.

They have decided to go out for a stroll and an ice-cream.

A car has crashed into a small road-side stall.

The family had finished dinner by eight.

Thankfully, the owner of the stall had left for the day.

Grammar Worksheet 9

Active and Passive Voice

1. State whether the sentences are in passive voice or active voice.

a She is loved.

b All humans are equal.

c My brother is being given a medal today.

d She has opened a new restaurant.

e My brother is learning Spanish.

f Coffee is produced by local farmers.

2. Rewrite the following sentences in passive voice.

a The chef is preparing a delicious meal for the guests.

b The team will complete the project by next week.

c The dog chased the cat across the field.

d She was painting a beautiful landscape on the canvas.

e The students have submitted their homework.

3. Rewrite the following sentences in active voice.

a The book is being read by Gina.

b The decision has been made by the committee.

c The book was written by my father.

d The cake was being baked by Anamika.

e The house will be built by a team of construction workers.

4. The following sentences are either in active or passive voice. Read the sentences carefully to identify the errors. Write the correct sentences in the space provided.

a The cake was be baked by Mary. (Past continuous)

b The fox is chased the rabbit. (Simple past)

c The homework will completed by John. (Simple future)

d The children had sung the song beautifully. (Past perfect)

e The trees is being planted by the gardener. (Past continuous)

Grammar Worksheet 10

Direct and Indirect/Reported

Speech

1. Identify if these statements are in direct speech (D) or indirect speech (ID).

a Nayar said that he would perform in his father’s place.

b ‘I can’t believe how connected I feel to this dance,’ Nayar whispered to himself.

c Nayar’s father said he was too ill to perform at the festival that year.

d ‘I’m nervous, but I can do this,’ Nayar muttered on the night of the festival.

e ‘I am performing in your place, Father,’ Nayar said bravely.

2. Insert the correct punctuation for direct speech in the following sentences.

a Nayar said I will perform in my father’s place

b Are you sure you can do this Nayar’s mother asked

c You did an amazing job said his father

d Nayar’s father whispered to himself I am so proud of him

e You gave an excellent performance exclaimed his best friend.

3. Convert from direct speech to indirect speech.

a ‘We are going to cheer for you in the match tomorrow,’ said Rohan.

b ‘Amma motivated me to participate in the tournament,’ said Nisha.

c Sharaman said, ‘I am confident about the match today.’

d Neha said, ‘I am going to win the dance competition next year.’

e Abhilash said, ‘We will start the cleanliness drive now.’

Name of the Student:

Class: 5

Roll Number:

Practice Time-3

Section:

Date:

Section – A (Reading and Vocabulary—25 marks)

Read the text and answer the questions.

Gender equality means treating everyone fairly, regardless of whether they are male or female. A lot of progress has been made in India over the years. In the past, many girls were not encouraged to go to school, study or enter the job market. Now, many girls are studying, and following a range of professions in fields like science, economics and technology. Many more girls are joining the police force or the army. Women have proved themselves to be capable leaders and have become successful politicians and business owners. We also see famous female athletes who continue to inspire others.

Men have learnt that they can help with cooking, cleaning and taking care of children, which were once seen as ‘women’s jobs’. When men and women support each other and share responsibilities at home and at work, our society becomes fairer and stronger.

1. Use the prefixes in-, dis- and un- to form the opposites of these words from the passage. Then, write sentences using the words you made. (5 marks)

a equality

b encouraged

c capable

d successful

e fair

2. Summarise the text in five sentences. Include a clear introductory and closing sentence. (5 marks)

3. Answer the questions in two to three sentences. Use your own words. (5 marks)

a Explain how gender equality has improved in India over time.

b Name a woman who is a leader and mention what she does.

c Name an Indian sportswoman who has set an example and describe how.

d Explain how men’s roles have changed over time.

e Do you agree that society becomes stronger when men and women share responsibilities at home? Give reasons for your answer.

Read the poem and answer the questions.

Boys and girls are stars in the sky, Shining bright and reaching far and high.

Like two sides of a coin, so fair, Each has dreams they boldly share.

Girls, like flowers, need sun to bloom, Boys, like rivers, need room to zoom. Together, they paint the world so grand, With equal chances, hand in hand.

No walls can block their paths of light, When they join forces, day or night.

In a world where everyone can shine, Equality makes their dreams align.

4. Choose the correct option.

a What does the poem compare boys and girls to in stanza 1?

i Flowers and rivers ii Stars and coins

iii Lights iv Dreams

b Which metaphor is used to describe the way girls need the sun?

i Girls need to be like rivers to grow and flow freely.

ii Girls are like flowers that need the sun to flower.

iii Girls need equal chances to shine

iv Girls are like stars needing light

c What does the poem compare boys to?

i Flowers ii Rivers

iii Coins

(4 marks)

iv Stars

d What imagery is used to describe the combined strength of boys and girls in the poem?

i A grand, painted world ii Walls that block light

iii Painted stars

iv Zooming rivers

5. Find a word from the poem that means the same as the words given below. (3 marks)

a pretty b to flower c to line up

6. Answer the questions in three to four sentences. (3 marks)

a Which image is used in stanza one to describe that boys and girls are similar?

b What, according to you, are the ‘equal chances’ that boys and girls need? (stanza 2)

c In your own words describe what happens when boys and girls ‘join forces’. (stanza 3)

Section – B (Grammar—10 marks)

7. Fill in the blanks with the determiners in the box. (5 marks) little  few  any  many  some

Many women have achieved success in the field of sport. women have won gold medals, while a have even become world champions. A effort every day helped them reach their goals. Many years ago, people believed that women could not compete successfully in sports like boxing, soccer and weightlifting, but they have been proved wrong. Women have proved that no-one can hold these kinds of beliefs more.

8. Use the clues in brackets to fill in the correct form of the adjectives. (2 marks)

a It is often said that boys think (logic) than girls, but this is not true.

b Girls often develop language skills (early) than boys and tend to have a (large) vocabulary in the early years.

c Girls are often better at focussing on tasks for (long) periods than boys.

9. Complete the sentences using the type of adjective shown in brackets. (3 marks)

a (demonstrative) girls who develop a rich vocabulary at a young age, usually excel in both language and maths.

b Boys are usually more inclined to take (quality) risks, while girls tend to be more careful.

c Boys are generally more interested in competitive play involving (number) players, while girls often prefer doing (possessive) own thing.

d Girls typically show (quantity) empathy and are better at reading (quality) expressions that show people’s feelings.

Section – C (Writing—15 marks)

10. Write a letter to your school principal requesting the introduction of a new program that promotes gender equality. (7 marks)

• Explain why gender equality is important in your school.

• Describe the activities or workshops you would like to see included in the program.

• Request support from the principal to implement these activities.

11. Write an article on the following topics related to gender. Your article should be about 100 words. Use the hints and suggestions provided to help you organise your thoughts. (8 marks)

Promoting Respect and Fairness Between Genders at School

• Discuss ways that schools can promote respect and fairness among students of different genders.

• Provide examples of activities or rules that will ensure everyone is treated equally.

Name of the Student:

Class: 5

Roll Number:

Practice Time-4

Section:

Date:

Section – A (Reading and Vocabulary—25 marks)

Read the text and answer the questions.

Self-confidence is very important because it helps you feel proud of who you are and gives you the courage to try new things. When you believe in yourself, you’re more likely to deal with challenges well, make friends and succeed in school. For example, if you’re confident, you might try out for the school play, even if you feel a little nervous. This can lead to new experiences, friendships, and learning things you never thought you could do.

There are a number of ways to build your self-confidence. First, set small goals and celebrate when you achieve them. For example, if you want to read more, start with one chapter a day. When you reach your goal, be proud of yourself and share your achievement with others. Achieving goals builds self-confidence.

Second, practise positive self-talk. Instead of saying, ‘I can’t do this,’ say, ‘I’ll try my best.’ Positive self-talk is like a little cheerleader in your mind that helps you believe in yourself. When you tell yourself, ‘I can do this’ or ‘I’m getting better every day,’ you start to feel stronger and more capable.

Third, try new things. Doing new things builds self-confidence because it helps you discover what you’re capable of. Each time you try something new, you learn and grow, even if it’s challenging at first. For example, when you learn to ride a bike, you might feel unsure, but with practice, you get better and feel proud. Trying out for a sports team, joining a dance class, or cooking a new recipe are other examples. As you succeed in these activities, you realise you can achieve more than you thought, which makes you feel more confident.

Finally, surround yourself with people who will encourage you. Good friends and family can help you feel confident by reminding you of your strengths. Remember, everyone makes mistakes, but what matters most is believing in yourself and trying again when you fail.

Having self-confidence helps you believe in your abilities and face challenges bravely. It gives you the courage to try new things, even when they seem difficult.

With self-confidence, you’re more likely to overcome obstacles and solve problems. This belief in yourself helps you achieve your goals and succeed in life.

1. Find the words in the passage that mean the same as the words given below. (5 marks)

a problems (paragraph 1)

b success (paragraph 2)

c able (paragraph 3)

d difficult (paragraph 4)

e uncertain (paragraph 4)

2. Write the opposites of these words that have been taken from the passage. (5 marks)

a nervous (paragraph 1)

b proud of (paragraph 2)

c better (paragraph 3)

d succeed (paragraph 4)

e encourage (paragraph 5)

3. Write True or False. (5 marks)

a You should only try things if you are sure that you can achieve them.

b Achieving small goals builds confidence.

c Positive self-talk helps you believe in yourself.

d People who support you and tell you what you are capable of can boost your self-confidence.

e People who are self-confident are less likely to take on new challenges.

3. Answer the questions in two or four sentences. (10 marks)

a Name four advantages of having self-confidence.

b Why do you think it is important to set small goals when you want to build your confidence?

c What is positive self-talk compared to? How does this comparison explain what one needs to do to build self-confidence?

d Explain in your own words how doing new things builds self-confidence.

e What should you do when you have made a mistake?

Section – B (Grammar—10 marks)

4. Rewrite the sentences in the passive voice. (3 marks)

a Self-confidence builds courage.

Courage through .

b New experiences teach children valuable lessons.

Valuable lessons through .

c Parents encourage their children to be brave.

Children by .

5. Punctuate the sentences in direct speech correctly. (2 marks)

a He said Encouraging words can inspire others

b Positive thoughts create a happy mindset he said.

6. Rewrite the sentences in the speech bubbles in indirect speech. (5 marks)

I will be positive today.

I am ready for any challenge.

a She said that

Why are you afraid of trying?

b He said that

c  She asked him

We can do this together!

d He exclaimed

I wrote down my achievements yesterday.

e  She said

Section – C (Writing—15 marks)

7. Write an adventure story involving three children. Think about the setting and what the characters will be like. Give your story a title and ensure it has a good beginning, middle and end. (15 marks)

9 Lines and Angles

Lines and Line Segments

Vandana is going to New Delhi with her father. They are travelling by train. She is sitting next to the window.

Vandana: Look, Papa! There are so many railway tracks. Some are straight, and some are crossing each other.

Papa: Yes, Vandana! These tracks help different trains to reach different places.

Types of Lines

Lines can be seen everywhere, whether on railway tracks, roads, or airport runways. Lines provide direction and control. Let us learn more about lines and the different elements in geometry.

Point

A point is a fixed location that cannot be moved. It can be shown using a dot. It has no length, breadth or thickness.

Line Segment

A line segment is the shortest distance between two points. It has a definite length. The edges of a book can be shown as line segments. We can measure the length of a line segment with the help of a ruler.

A line segment is named by its end points. The line segment shown on the ruler can be named as AB or BA. The length of the line segment is 6 cm.

Line

A line is a collection of points along a straight path that may extend endlessly in both directions. For example, railway tracks.

A line has no beginning and no end point.

A line can be represented by a two-headed arrow showing that it can be extended in both directions.

A line is named by using two points on the line. The above line can be named as QP or PQ Lines are further divided into different types.

Pair of straight lines that never meet and are equidistant from each other.

Two lines that cross each other.

Parallel Lines

AB and CD are parallel. AB

Arrow heads at both ends.

Intersecting Lines

AB and CD are a set of intersecting lines.

Point X is the point of intersection.

CD and AC = BD.

A vertical line standing exactly above a horizontal line.

Perpendicular Lines

AB and CD are perpendicular lines.

The symbol of a perpendicular line is ⊥.

Ray

A ray is a part of a line which extends indefinitely in one direction. It has only one end point. The beam of light coming out of a torch is an example of ray.

It is represented by a single-headed arrow ( ). We name a ray beginning with its starting point and any other point on it.

AB is a ray with A as the starting point and B as a point on the ray.

Example 1: Name each given figure as a ray or line segment.

A pair of scissors

A ladder

Headlight of a car

The beam of light coming from the headlight of the car represent a ray. The pair of scissors and the ladder represent line segments.

Example 2: Look at the figure.

a Join dots to form a line segment and name it. Join dots M and N to make a line segment MN.

b Draw a dot and show parallel lines.

Draw a dot at Q and join dots L and Q. LQ is parallel to MN.

Match the given figures with their names. a b c d Line

Write T for true and F for false.

a  A line segment AB can be denoted as AB.

b  A ray CD can be denoted as CD.

c  A line PQ can be denoted as PQ.

d  Two parallel lines are denoted by the symbol ||.

Select the word that best describes the given figures.

Line segment      Curve      Ray      Parallel lines      Point A bridge Sides of a railway track Tip of a nail Sunlight

Read and draw. a  A point

e  Two intersecting lines UV and WX with O as the point of intersection

Look at the figure and answer the given questions.

a  Name all the points and lines in the figure.

b  Write the name of a line segment.

c  How many rays are there in the figure? Write their names.

Disha visited the National Museum in Delhi where a collection of Indian weapons are on display. She saw a pair of swords hanging on the wall, like the ones shown in this picture. What kind of lines does the pair show?

Understanding Angles

Soumya and her friend Rohan are learning to read a wall clock.

Soumya: Look at the clock, Rohan. The hands of the clock are making an L shape.

Rohan: Yes! It’s 3 o’clock.

Soumya: You are right!

Rohan: I also saw a V shape made by the hands of the clock this morning. Both the friends talked about the different shapes that they saw the hands of the clock make.

Types of Angles

How can the same hands make different shapes? This happens because of angles.

Two rays with a common starting point form an angle.

Did You Know?

Angles can be seen everywhere! Every object around you is made by its parts making different angles.

Shown below are two rays, OA and OB with a common starting point O.

O is the vertex of the angle. OA and OB are the arms of the angle

An arc is drawn to show an angle.

An angle is named using the symbol ∠. The angle in the picture can be named as ∠AOB or ∠BOA or ∠O.

Right Angle

Look at the angles that the edges of the window or the sides of a blackboard make.

Lines and Angles

Angles that look like an L are called right angles. Let us look at some right angles.

Straight Angle

The angle formed on a straight line is called a straight angle.

Acute Angle

Angles that measure less than a right angle are called acute angles. Given below are some acute angles.

Obtuse Angle

Angles that are more than a right angle are called obtuse angles.

Example 3: Look at the pictures. Write A for acute angle, O for obtuse angle, S for straight angle, and R for right angle.

Label the arms and vertex of the given angle.

Name the angles of the given figures.

at the figure

Write the type of angle made by the hands of these clocks.

Rishi’s school starts at 7:30 a.m. and ends at 1:30 p.m. What types of angles do the hands of the clock make at the school’s start and end time? Do you reach the school on time?

The snowflakes formed by water molecules are in the shape of a hexagon. Look at the figure and identify the types of angles in the figure.

Measuring and Drawing Angles

We have learnt about angles and their types. Let us now learn how to measure and draw angles.

Measuring Angles

Angles are measured in degrees. A degree is denoted by °. A complete turn around a point is divided into 360 parts. Each part is denoted by 1°.

Angles can be measured with the help of a protractor. Chapter 9 • Lines and Angles

A protractor is semicircular in shape; therefore, it can measure angles up to 180°.

A protractor has two sets of measurements called scales. The scale inside is the inner scale and the scale outside is the outer scale. Let us learn to use a protractor to measure angles.

This is the baseline.

Each line on the protractor measures 1°.

This is the centre of the protractor.

1 Place the centre point of the protractor on the vertex of the angle.

2 Adjust the protractor (without shifting the centre from the vertex) so that one arm of the angle is along the baseline.

3 Look at the scale where the baseline arm points to 0° (inner scale in this case).

4 Read the measurement of this angle where the other arm crosses the scale.

The measure of ∠ AOB = 50°

Example 4: Measure ∠ LMN using a protractor.

The measure of ∠ LMN = 60°

Always look at the scale where the baseline arm points to 0°.

The length of the arms of an angle does not affect the measure of the angle.

Drawing Angles

We can draw an angle of any measurement using the inner or the outer scale of a protractor by following some steps.

Let us draw an 80° angle using both inner and outer scales.

Using the inner scale of the protractor Using the outer scale of the protractor

Step 1

Draw a ray of any name such that it points to 0° of the inner scale. Here we are drawing a ray with the name OC.

Step 2

Place the centre of the protractor on the vertex O and 0° on the arm OC. Mark a point A at 80°.

Step 1

Draw a ray of any name such that it points to 0° of the outer scale. Here, we are drawing a ray with the name OC.

Step 2

Place the centre of the protractor on the vertex O and 0° on the arm OC. Mark a point A at 80°.

Step 3

Remove the protractor and draw a ray from O to A using a ruler. Thus, ∠AOC = 80°.

Step 3

Remove the protractor and draw a ray from O to A using a ruler. Thus, ∠AOC = 80°.

Example 5: Draw a 105° angle using the inner scale of a protractor.

Name the angles as right, acute, obtuse or straight.

Measure each angle using a protractor.

Use a protractor to measure the angles.

Draw the given angles using the inner scale of a protractor.

According to the playground safety rules, an angle of 30 degrees is ideal for a playground slide. Draw a playground slide with the given angle.

2-D Shapes

Kavya, Richa and Rishi are playing a game. Richa is giving hints and Kavya and Rishi are making shapes.

Richa: It is a closed figure. It has 5 sides. The shape has 5 angles. Kavya and Rishi made the given shapes.

Kavya’s shape   Rishi’s shape

All of them wondered how the same hints led to the same shape with different measures.

Triangles, Quadrilaterals and Polygons

Kavya and Rishi made the shapes of different measures using the same hints. Do you know why? This is because they placed the sides of the shape at different angles. Let us learn more about shapes having different numbers of sides and angles. A

A triangle has 3 sides and 3 angles.

The symbol ∆ is used to show the triangle: ∆ABC.

A quadrilateral has 4 sides and 4 angles.

A quadrilateral is named using the names of its vertices.

Triangles

The sides can be named as AB, BC and CA

Quadrilaterals

The name of the given quadrilateral can be ABCD, BCDA, CDAB and so on.

The name can begin with any vertex but it needs to move in either a clockwise or anticlockwise manner.

Let us see some quadrilaterals. All the quadrilaterals have 4 sides, 4 angles and 4 vertices.

Polygons: A polygon is a closed figure that has 3 or more straight sides.

Polygons can be categorised on the basis of the number of sides and angles.

Think and Tell

Are triangles and quadrilaterals, polygons too?

Given below are some polygons along with their names, number of sides and number of angles.

Square Rectangle

Rhombus

Kite

Trapezium

Parallelogram

Example 6: Which of the following is not a polygon?

We know that polygons are closed figures with three or more straight sides, hence figure 3 is not a polygon.

Write the names of each of the polygons.

Match the shapes with the number of angles they have.

Write T for True and F for False. a  A quadrilateral has 4 sides. b  An octagon has eight angles. c  A pentagon has five sides. d  A rhombus has five sides.

The Tower of Winds in Athens was constructed in 50 BCE. The shape of the building has 8 sides and 8 angles. Name and draw the shape.

Answer the riddle: I am a closed shape. I have twice the number of sides and angles than a triangle has. Who am I?

Draw and name the sides in a triangles with vertices labelled as P, Q and R.

Setting: In pairs

Let’s Make A Humanoid!

Materials Required: Chart paper, coloured paper, scissors, pencil, eraser.

Method:

Draw a humanoid using different shapes as shown in the figure.

Take the coloured paper, cut the shapes required for the body, hands, legs, face and the hat using 5 different 2-D shapes.

Stick the cut shapes on the figure drawn.

Measure the angle formed between the hands and the body.

Measure the angle formed by the shirt and skirt.

Discuss the type of angles that you observe in the figure.

Chapter Checkup

Which word among line, line segment and ray best describes the figure?

Look at the figure and write if true or false.

a  AC is a line segment.

b  PQ and RS are sets of parallel lines.

c  CS is a line.

Write the names of the angles made by the given figures.

Look at the given figure and name the angles as right, straight, acute or obtuse.

a ∠ AOC

b ∠ AOD

c ∠ AOF

d ∠ BOF

e ∠ BOC

Write the measure.

Measure the given angles using a protractor. a b

Draw the given angles using the outer scale of a protractor.

Write the names of the polygons. Also, write the number of sides and angles they have.

Tick () the polygons that have one or more right angles.

Draw a line segment MN equal to 10 cm. At N, draw ∠MNO = 125° using the inner scale.

Rohan is going to the park with his family. On the way, they stop at a zebra crossing. What kind of lines does the zebra crossing show? Do you follow traffic rules?

The Museum of Deva has displayed an over-2000-year-old bronze matrix of Sarmizeugetusa, which was found in 2013. Name and draw the shape of the matrix shown.

Create a figure using 3 different polygons.

Challenge

1 Read the statements and choose the correct option.

Statement I: If two lines are perpendicular, then they intersect at a right angle.

Statement II: Perpendicular lines are lines that intersect at a 90° angle, forming four right angles at their intersection point.

a Both statements are true.

b Both statements are false.

c Statement I is true but Statement II is false.

d Statement I is false and Statement II is true.

2 Look at the figure. Rearrange the sticks to form 5 squares. You can move only 2 sticks.

Case Study

Art Integration Chapter 9 • Lines and Angles

A tangram is a puzzle made of 7 polygons. It is widely used among children to create different shapes and designs. Look at the design given below and answer the questions.

1  How many triangles are there in the figure? a  3 b  2 c  5 d  6

2 What shape is formed when 2 right angle triangles and a parallelogram are placed together? a  Square b  Rectangle c  Pentagon d  Hexagon

3 Can a circle be formed using the shapes in a tangram? a  Yes b  Can’t say c  No d  None of these

4 Draw a fish using a square and 4 triangles.

10 Patterns and Symmetry

Patterns Around Us

The teacher took Rani and her classmates to visit an art museum.

Teacher: Do you notice the patterns on the paintings on the walls?

Rani: What is a pattern?

Teacher: A pattern is a sequence of repeating objects, shapes or numbers.

Extending and Creating Patterns

Rani notices that the frames of the paintings are placed in the form of a pattern. They are of so many shapes and sizes.

We see patterns in historical monuments, buildings and art forms of different states around us.

Let us learn how we can extend or continue a pattern.

Repeating Patterns

When the same sequence keeps repeating one after the other, we call it a repeating pattern.

Let us learn how to identify the rule in a given pattern and then use it to extend the pattern.

Colour Pattern

Unit of Repeat A B B B B

A A A

Rule = AABBAABB

The next 2 terms will be 2 red stars.

Shape Pattern A A B Unit of Repeat B B B C C

Rule = ABBCABBC

The next 2 terms will be a triangle and a circle.

Example 1: Colour to extend the repeating pattern. Unit of Repeat

Example 2: Create a pattern using the given figures with the rule—ABCCBABCCBABCCB.

The pattern can be:

Rotating Patterns

Sometimes the shapes that are repeating are turned around at every step.

Observe the dot on each triangle.

90° When the triangle makes a quarter turn or 1 4 turn, it rotates by 90° which is a right angle.

Chapter 10 • Patterns and Symmetry

A B C

270°

180° When the triangle makes a half turn or 1 2 turn, it rotates by 180°, equal to two right angles.

When the triangle makes three quarters or 3 4 turns, it rotates by 270° which is equal to three right angles.

360° When the triangle makes a complete turn, it rotates by 360°, equal to four right angles.

A unit in a rotating pattern can turn either clockwise or anti-clockwise.

Clockwise Direction Anti-clockwise Direction

Example 3: What will be next?

Example 4: Create a pattern by turning the given figure by 60° at every step in clockwise direction.

Which of these do not show a pattern?

Observe and extend the pattern.

Identify the rule for the given rotating pattern. Draw the next three units and colour them.

Identify and write the rule for the rotating patterns. Is there any pattern which is not following any rule? If yes, give your answer with a reason.

Rakesh has made a rotating pattern where each shape rotates at half turns. Which of the given patterns has been made by Rakesh?

Use the given shapes to draw rotating patterns. The pattern should rotate clockwise at right angles.

Growing and Tiling Patterns

Rani notices that the art gallery is filled with a lot of different patterns. She comes across some more paintings and wonders what kind of patterns they make. Let us have a look at some paintings Rani has come across.

Growing and Reducing Patterns

Here, we have triangles forming a pattern.

We see that both the purple and the black triangles keep increasing by one unit.

The increasing unit is:

This is a growing pattern.

On the other hand, in this painting, the triangles are forming a tree-like pattern.

A triangle is reduced at every next step until there is only one triangle left. The decreasing unit is:

This is a reducing pattern.

Example 5: Extend the pattern by choosing the correct toy train that will come next.

We can see that at every next step of the repeating sequence, one block is added. So, this is a growing pattern.

Our repeating unit is: . So, the correct option is 3.

Tiling Patterns

Now, Rani is well aware of what patterns are.

As she walks through the halls of the art gallery, she notices a pattern on the floor.

Rani: Wow! Do these tiles on the floor make a pattern too?

Teacher: Yes, Rani. This type of pattern is called tiling. It forms when a single unit or shape repeats over and over again without leaving any gaps.

When this pattern is repeated, it fills the area seamlessly with no gaps and no overlaps.

This is also called tessellation.

Types of Tessellation

Did You Know?

The structure of a beehive is also an example of a tiling pattern.

Rectangular Tessellation Triangular Tessellation Square Tessellation

The arrangement of bricks in a wall.

Triangles arranged in a tiling pattern. Pink and white squares arranged in tiling.

Look at the given images. Are these tiling patterns?

Think and Tell

Does a tangram also have a tiling pattern?

No. Even though the units are of the same size, these are not tiling patterns because there are gaps between the units.

Do It Yourself 10B

Which of these is not a tiling pattern? Give your answer with a reason.

Colour to complete the tile.

Draw the picture that comes next in each growing or reducing pattern.

Which tile does not belong in the tiling pattern? Create a tiling pattern that contains all four tiles.

Ankit bought these tiles for his bathroom.

Which of these shows a tiling pattern made by the tiles bought by Ankit?

Number Patterns

After returning from the art gallery, the teacher tells the students that patterns exist not only on the walls, frames and the floor as they saw, but they exist everywhere, even in letters and numbers.

Now look at some patterns.

Pattern 1: The numbers are the same, although the order of the numbers is reversed.

25 + 80 +10   10 + 80 + 25

Pattern 2: One more number is getting added each time.

Some numbers are exactly the same even when we read them backwards. These are called palindrome numbers. One example is 363.

Let us see how to get special numbers or palindromes.

Take a number, say 28

Now interchange the digits 82

Add the two numbers together, 28 + 82 = 110 Is this a special number? No! Let’s carry on.

Write the digits of 110 back to front 011

Add the numbers 110 and 011 121 121 is a special number or a palindrome.

Example 6: Describe the rule for the given pattern. Extend the pattern for the next two terms. 4 10 16 22

Rule—The given number pattern is increasing by 6 each time.

Example 7: Generate number patterns with 5 terms following the given rule.

a  Start with 5 and add 11.

5, 16, 27, 38, 49 +11 +11 +11 +11

Pattern: 5, 16, 27, 38, 49

b  Start with 10, multiply with 2 and add 1. 10, 21, 43, 87, 175 ×2 +1 ×2 +1 ×2 +1 ×2 +1

Pattern: 10, 21, 43, 87, 175

Example 8: A swimming pool has small chlorine tablets added every day to keep it clean. On Monday, 1 tablet was added. On Tuesday, 3 tablets were added. On Wednesday, 7 tablets were added. On Thursday, 15 tablets were added. How many tablets are added on Friday?

Number of tablets added on Friday = 15 + 16 = 31.

Therefore, 31 tablets were added on Friday.

Coding and Decoding Patterns

Different methods are used for the coding and decoding of passwords. Look at the letters and their corresponding numbers, in the table below.

We use a particular code pattern to express a word in English. We can write a word, say CAB, in the code language. We can also decode the code for the word—Imagine?

Example 9: Look at the letters and their corresponding numbers table given above. Decode the given code. 9 12 9 11 5 13 1 20 8 19

From the table,

9 I, 12 L, 11 K, 5 E, 13 M, 1 A, 20 T, 8 H, 19 S Thus, the code is I LIKE MATHS.

Patterns in Numbers

Look at the sequence: 1, 1, 2, 4, 7, 11, 16, 22 and 29.

If we observe the numbers, the rule being followed is +0, +1, +2, +3, ... and so on, hence making a pattern.

We can represent some numbers in the form of an equilateral triangle arranged in a sequence. These numbers are called triangular numbers.

Numbers like 1, 3, 6, 10 and 15 are some examples.

10 • Patterns and Symmetry

Did You Know?

In a Fibonacci series, a number is the sum of the two preceding terms. 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21…

Triangular Numbers

When we multiply a number by itself, we call it a square number. Some square numbers are 1, 4, 9 and 16. We can also represent these numbers in the shape of a square.

The numbers from 1 to 6 are written such that the sum of each side is 9.

The sum of the numbers in each row, column and diagonal is always the same.

It begins with 1 at the top and 1s on the sides. For each point inside, the two numbers above it are added to get a new number.

Patterns with Odd Numbers

When we add a certain number of odd numbers, their sum is equal to the product of that certain number with itself.

Let us see some more patterns. Start with any number. Multiply it by increasing numbers (1, 2, 3,...) and add 2 each time.

Can we see a pattern?

Yes. The numbers 12, 22, 32, 42, are in a pattern. The terms increase by 10 at every step.

Example 10: Observe the pattern and write the next two lines of the number patterns.

25 + 11 = 36

36 + 13 = 49

49 + 15 = 64

So, the next two terms will be:

8 × 8 + 17 = 81

9 × 9 + 19 = 100

Example 11: Without actual addition, find the sum of 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 + 15.

1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 + 15 is the sum of the first 8 odd numbers.

The sum of a certain number of odd numbers is equal to the product of that number with itself.

So, 8 × 8 = 64.

Therefore, 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 + 15 = 64

Do It Yourself 10C

Look at the numbers and write the rule describing each pattern. a  15, 19, 23, 27, 31, 35 b  6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 c  1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49

Use the given code to find the numbers.

a HUEHU b IOQCB c CEHBU

Shreya helps her mother water her plants every weekend. One weekend, there were 1 red and 1 yellow flowers. The next weekend, there were 2 red and 2 yellow flowers. The next weekend, there were 3 red and 3 yellow flowers. How many flowers will be there after the fifth weekend? Do you water the plants in your house?

A bakery is receiving a lot of orders. They got 12 orders in January, 24 in February and 36 in March. If the same pattern continues, how many orders will they get in July? Create a magic triangle with a sum of each side that is equal to 12.

Symmetry and Reflection

Kush was at a pottery shop. He noticed that there were a lot of different pots. He looked at a pot and realised that no matter from which angle he looked at the pot, it looked exactly the same. How is that possible? Let us find out!

Symmetry in Plane Shapes and Solids

We can divide or fold a shape, letter or a number into two identical halves along a straight line. This is called symmetry.

The straight line that divides a shape or figure into two halves that are identical and match perfectly when they overlap is called the line of symmetry.

These two halves are said to be symmetrical.

Let us look at some types of symmetry.

Vertical Symmetry

Horizontal Symmetry

Diagonal Symmetry

Drawing Lines of Symmetry

Let us see symmetry and lines of symmetry in some shapes.

Rectangle - 2

Equilateral Triangle - 3 Square - 4

Notice how these shapes, when divided, give 2 identically equal parts. Now, if you observe properly, many letters have symmetry too.

1 line of symmetry B A M C D

2 lines of symmetry H O X I

Circle - Infinite

Every figure does not always need to be symmetrical when divided into 2 parts. Error Alert!

Here O has infinite lines of symmetry and letters like F, G, J and L have no line of symmetry. Now, observe these pictures.

Hoysala Temple, Belavadi, Karnataka

Lotus Temple, Delhi

Do the dotted lines drawn represent lines of symmetry for this tree?

The two halves obtained in both the pictures, when compared, look very different. Therefore, there is no symmetry.

This is called asymmetry.

Think and Tell

Can you list some symmetrical and asymmetrical objects around you?

Figures with no line of symmetry are called asymmetrical figures.

Example 12: Draw all possible lines of symmetry.

In a square, we have 4 lines of symmetry.

Reflections

Reflection means flipping a figure over a line so that it looks like a mirror image. Imagine folding a piece of paper and seeing the same shape on both sides.

Look at some figures and their reflection.

Example 13: Draw the reflection of the letter J.

10 • Patterns and Symmetry

Symmetry in Solids

Imagine you cut a solid in half, both sides will look the same. A line of symmetry can also be drawn in 3-D figures and the figures can be completed along the line of symmetry.

Line of symmetry

Example 14: Imagine cutting a cone (like an ice cream cone) in half. Would the two halves be symmetrical?

Yes, cutting a cone in half vertically, from the pointy tip straight down through the centre to the base, would be symmetrical.

Match the figures with their lines of symmetry.

Asymmetrical

1 horizontal line of symmetry

Many lines of symmetry

2 lines of symmetry

Draw the lines of symmetry for the given figures.

Draw the lines of symmetry (if any) for the given letters.

Write True or False.

a  When two halves look identical, they are called asymmetrical.

b  The letters F, G, J and L have two lines of symmetry.

c  The number 8 has 2 lines of symmetry.

d  The number 3 has a horizontal line of symmetry.

Complete the missing half of each of the shapes across the mirror line.

Experiential Learning & Art Integration

Materials Required: A piece of thread, paint and a sheet of paper.

Method:

1  Dip the thread in the paint.

2 Take the thread out of the paint and put it on the sheet of paper.

3 Fold the sheet of paper in half with the thread in between.

4  Press and hold the sheet with one hand.

5  Remove the thread slowly with the other hand.

6  Have you got a mirror image? Why/why not?

Draw all the possible lines of symmetry for the given figures.

Draw the reflection of the figures across the mirror line. a b c d

In a certain language, the letters are coded as follows.

Find the code for the word LEMON.

What will come next in the given patterns? Draw two figures for each.

Complete the tiling patterns by drawing 4 more shapes.

Examine the number pattern below.

331, 316, 301, 286, 271, Write the next three numbers in the pattern. Also, write the rule followed.

Generate number patterns with 5 terms following the given rules.

a  Start with 1 and add the double of itself.

b  Start with 15 and add 3 and 5 alternately.

Fill in the missing numbers.

a 37 39 42 46 51

b 90 89 87 84 80

Draw the reflection of this toy house. If you cut this house vertically in half, would both halves look the same?

Which of these solids has a line of symmetry? Write “Yes” below the correct one.

Honeybees use beeswax, a substance secreted from glands in their abdomen, to create honeycomb. A bee is building a honeycomb. It starts with 2 cells, then 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 and so on. What will be the next three numbers in this pattern? Also, write the pattern rule.

Mihir gets pocket money every month. He saved ₹20 in January, ₹40 in February, ₹80 in March, ₹160 in April and so on. How much money did he save in August?

Emily is hiking in the mountains. On the first day, she takes 100 steps. On the second day, she takes 120 steps, then 150 on the third day, 190 on the fourth day and so on. How many steps will she take on the sixth day?

2 In the question given, read the two statements marked as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct option.

Assertion: Tara is following a fitness regime. On the first day, she takes 20 steps. On the second day, she takes 25 steps, then 32 on the third day, 41 on the fourth day and so on. She will take 65 steps on the sixth day.

Reason: Tara is increasing the number of steps by 5 each day.

a Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.

b Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.

c A is true, but R is false.

d A is false, but R is true.

Case Study

Cross Curricular & Value Development

Imagine you are visiting the magnificent Taj Mahal. This 17th-century white marble mausoleum located on the banks of the Yamuna River in Agra, India, is a UNESCO World Heritage site famous for its beauty and intricate details. Explore how symmetry plays a role in its design by answering these questions.

1  Which of the following shapes is most prominent in the Taj Mahal's design? a  Triangle b  Rectangle c  Pentagon

2 The Taj Mahal has four identical minarets surrounding the main dome, reflecting perfect rotational symmetry. True or False?

3 If you draw an imaginary line down the centre of the Taj Mahal, both sides will mirror each other. This is called .

4  The Taj Mahal complex has 3 lines of symmetry. (Yes/No)

5  What can you do to help maintain cleanliness during your visit to Taj Mahal?

11 Length and Weight

Understanding Lengths

Sana wants to get a pair of trousers made for herself. So, she goes to the market to buy cloth for it.

Sana: 1 m 85 cm of cloth, please.

Shopkeeper: Could you please tell me the length, in metres?

Sana is confused about the metres of cloth she should buy.

Estimating Length

Sana thinks of buying the minimum length of cloth that meets her requirement. So, she chooses to buy 2 m of cloth.

This is exactly what estimating length is! Estimation helps us to find the approximate measure of things. It gives us a fair idea of how long or tall (length) an object is just by looking at it. It also gives us an approximate measure of how far away (distance) a place is. For example, look at the given objects.

The width of a grain of rice is about 6 mm.

The thickness of a notepad is about 1 cm.

The distance from the floor to the door handle is about 1 m.

Did You Know?

The height of Mount Everest is about 8848 m.

The distance between Sana's home and the school is about 10 km.

Example 1: The rope in the figure is 8 cm long.

What is the estimated length of the battery?

Estimated length of the battery = Half the length of the rope.

So, the length of the battery is about 4 cm.

Measuring Lengths

Now, Sana takes the cloth to the tailor for stitching. She wants front pockets of width 4 cm on her trousers. Let us see how we can measure the width of the pockets.

We use a centimetre (cm) ruler to measure the lengths of small objects. On this ruler, there are both small lines and long lines. The shortest distance between two small lines is 1 millimetre (mm). The numbers below the longer lines are the measurements in cm.

1 millimetre 1 centimetre

10 millimetres

When measuring the length of an object, we always place the object along the ‘0’ mark of the ruler. Then, read the marking on the ruler where the object ends.

For example, look at the pocket.

Here, the pocket ends at the 4th longer line of the ruler.

So, the width of the pocket = 4 cm.

What if the tailor made the pocket without measuring it?

Here, the pocket is beyond the 4th longer line but shorter than the 5th longer line. In this case, we will count the number of shorter lines after 4 cm. There are 5 shorter lines after 4 cm. Hence, the pocket is 4 cm 5 mm long = 4.5 cm long.

Example 2: A pencil is placed along the ruler. What is the length of the pencil in cm?

The pencil is longer than 7 cm but shorter than 8 cm.

There are 5 mm lines after 7 cm.

Hence, the pencil is 7 cm 5 mm = 7.5 cm long.

Converting Between Units of Length

Do you remember that Sana bought 2 m of cloth from the market to make a pair of trousers? How would you measure this length in metres? Let us see how we can do this.

Look at the picture of the metre ruler given below. On this ruler, there are short lines and long lines. The distance between two short lines is 1 centimetre (cm). So, from the ruler given below, we see that 1 m = 100 cm.

We know that the standard unit of length is metre (m). We have also learnt about the units given below.

kilometre (km) more than a metre

metre (m) standard unit of length

centimetre (cm)

millimetre (mm) less than a metre

Apart from these units, we also have a few more units for measuring length. Let us see how they are connected to each other in a place value chart.

Did You Know?

P.N.Seth, founder and secretary of the Indian Decimal society, aimed for the introduction of the metric system in India, which was accepted by the parliament in 1955.

Divide by 10 for every step as you move left

Multiply by 10 for every step as you move right

Let us convert the length of cloth (2 m) bought by Sana to cm.

1 m = 100 cm. So, 2 m = 2 × 100 m = 200 cm

Divide by 10 for every step as you move left

Let us now convert 40 cm to m.

100 cm = 1 m. So, 1 cm = 1 100 m

40 cm = 1 100 × 40 m = 0.4 m

What if Sana had bought 1 m 85 cm of cloth?

Let us see how you would write it in metres.

1 m = 100 cm

1 m 85 cm = 1 m + 85 100 cm = 1.85 m.

Example 3: Convert 2356 dm to m.

10 dm = 1 m

1 dm = 1 10 m

2356 dm = 1 10 × 2356 m = 2356 10 = 235.6 m

Word Problems on Length

Did You Know?

There are other units of length, like inch and foot, which are used to measure the length of things like wire and cloth; and miles and yards are used to measure longer lengths like distances.

Example 4: Convert 6.547 hm to m. 1 hm = 100 m

6.547 hm = 6.547 × 100 m = 654.7 m

After making a pair of trousers with 2 m of cloth, Sana thought of buying 1 m 55 cm of cloth for making a shirt. Let us see what length of cloth she has together.

Cloth bought by Sana for making a pair of trousers = 2 m

Cloth required by Sana for making a shirt = 1 m 55 cm = 1.55 m

Total cloth required by Sana = 2 m + 1.55 m

So, the total cloth required by Sana is 3.55 m.

Example 5: Samantha buys two rolls of tape. One is 9.56 m long and the other is 6.80 m long.

1  What is the total length of the two rolls?

Think and Tell

How do you think 1 m 55 cm is converted into 1.55 m?

2 What is the difference between the lengths of the two rolls?

Length of the first roll of tape = 9.56 m; Length of the second roll of tape = 6.80 m

Error Alert!

1

So, Samantha buys 16.36 m in total.

So, the difference between the two rolls of tape is 2.76 m.

Example 6: A 34 m long rope is divided into 10 equal pieces. What is the length of each small piece?

Length of a rope = 34 m

Number of equal pieces of rope needed = 10

Length of each piece of rope = 34 m ÷ 10

Therefore, the length of each piece is 3.4 m.

Do It Yourself 11A

1  Esimate the length of these items. Measure the actual lengths. Find the difference.

Pencil b Eraser

2  Write the lengths of the given objects.

Sharpener

Book

3  Convert the given measurements.

4 Complete the table.

5 Find the measurement of the pencil. Express your answer in km.

6 Rajni went to buy skirts. If 3 m 586 cm of cloth is required for one skirt, then how much cloth is needed for 6 such skirts?

7 Shagun travelled 2 km 578 m by bicycle, 21 km 870 m by bus and 1 km 346 m on foot. What is the total distance that Shagun travelled? How does riding a bicycle help the environment?

8 If the length of a door is 2 m 1 dm and that of a wall is 3 m 2 dm, what is the total length in dm?

9 Create a word problem on subtracting the length of two things.

Understanding Weights

Vaishali went to the market to buy sugar to make dessert for a family get-together.

Vaishali: I want 1500 g of sugar, please.

Shopkeeper: I have only packets of 1 kg of sugar.

Vaishali was confused about how many packets of sugar she should buy.

Estimating Weights

Vaishali thought of buying the minimum weight of sugar that would fit her requirement. So, she chose to buy two 1-kg packets of sugar.

This is exactly what estimating weight is! We guess the weight of different objects either by looking at them or by holding them. For example, look at the given objects.

About a milligram grain of sugar

About a gram

Example 7: Which of these objects measures about a gram?

About a kilogram

The weight of the leaf is about a gram.

Converting Between Units of Weight

Look at the picture of the weighing scale. Starting from 100 g, read the weights on the scale, clockwise. What do you notice?

Here, 1 kg = 1000 g

We know that the standard unit of weight is kilogram (kg) and gram (g). We have also learnt about the units given below.

kilograms (kg) more than a gram grams (g) standard unit of weight milligrams (mg) less than a gram

Apart from these units, we also have a few more units of measuring mass (weight). Let us see how they are connected to each other in a place value chart.

Remember!

The units of measuring weight, such as milligrams (mg), grams (g) and kilograms (kg) are used to measure light as well as heavy objects.

Divide by 10 for every step as you move left

Bigger Units

Value increases 10 times

Multiply by 10 for every step as you move right

Base Unit

Smaller Units

Value decreases 10 times

Convert the quantity of sugar (2 kg) that Vaishali bought into g.

1 kg = 1000 g. So, 2 kg = 2 × 1000 = 2000 g

Divide by 10 for every step as you move left

Convert 400 mg to g.

1000 mg = 1 g. So, 1 mg = 1 1000 g

400 mg = 1 1000 × 400 g = 400 1000 = 0.4 g

Error Alert!

2 g 3 mg = 23 mg 2 g 3 mg = 2003 mg

What if she bought 1500 g of sugar? Let us see how we would write it in kilograms.

Quantity of sugar purchased by Vaishali = 1500 g

Since 1000 g = 1 kg, 1500 g = 1500 1000 = 1.500 kg

Example 8: Convert 7695 dg to g.

10 dg = 1 g

1 dg = 1 10 g

7695 dg = 1 10 × 7695 g = 7695 10 = 769.5 g

Word Problems on Weights

Example 9: Convert 3.476 hg to g. 1 hg = 100 g 3.476 hg = 3.476 × 100 g = 347.6 g

Do you remember that the sugar bought by Vaishali weighs 2 kg? Later, she also bought rice that weighed 2 kg 106 g. Let us see which food item weighed less and by how much.

Weight of sugar = 2 kg = 2.000 kg

Weight of rice = 2 kg 106 g = 2.106 kg

Here, 2 < 2.106.

So, the sugar weighs less than the rice bought.

Think and Tell

To find out by how much the sugar weighs less, we will subtract the two weights.

Therefore, the sugar weighs less than the rice by 0.106 kg or 106 g.

Example 10: Samaira bought 1 kg 250 g of ladiesʼ fingers, 3 kg 750 g of potatoes and some onions. If she bought 8 kg 250 g of vegetables in total, then find the weight of the onions that she bought.

Weight of ladiesʼ fingers = 1 kg 250 g = 1.250 kg;

Weight of potatoes = 3 kg 750 g = 3.750 kg

Total weight of vegetables = 8 kg 250 g = 8.250 kg

Total weight of potatoes and ladiesʼ fingers = 1.250 kg + 3.750 kg = 5 kg.

Now, weight of onions = 8.250 kg – 5 kg

Therefore, Samaira bought 3.250 kg or 3 kg 250 g of onions.

Example 11: A shopkeeper purchased 6 bags of salt, each weighing 2 kg 789 g. What is the total weight of the salt that he bought?

Weight of 1 bag of salt = 2 kg 789 g = 2.789 kg

Weight of 6 bags of salt = 2.789 kg × 6

Therefore, the total weight of salt bought by the shopkeeper is 16.734 kg.

Example 12: An egg has a weight of about 65 g. What is the weight of 3 dozen eggs?

The weight of an egg = 65 g

1 dozen = 12 eggs

3 dozen = 12 × 3 = 36 eggs

The weight of 3 dozen eggs = 36 × 65 = 2340 g = 2.34 kg

o It Yourself 11B

Circle the best estimate of the weight of the objects.

a Frog

Convert the measurements.

a  79 g into kg b  975 g into mg c  4677 kg into g

d  1655 dg into g e  6876 cg into g f  390 g 45 dag into mg

Convert the weights into bigger units and smaller units.

a  6 kg 10 g b  16 g 80 mg c  547 kg 6 g

d  3 g 8 cg e  87 kg 6 dag f  12 hg 42 g

By the time a kitten is about 4 months old, it weighs about 1688 g. What is its weight in kg?

An egg has a mass of 40 g. How many eggs can be bought in 1 kg?

A truck can carry 8 cartons of packed food. If they weigh 32 kg 448 g in total, then what is the weight of each carton?

Siya bought 2 kg 450 g of apples, 1 kg 547 g of guavas and 2 kg 136 g of pears. What is the total weight of fruits Siya bought?

The weight of 2 chairs is 16 kg 400 g. If the weight of one chair is 10 kg 300 g, then what is the weight of the other chair?

A man carried 4 conical flasks weighing 260 g each and 3 beakers weighing 150 g each.

a  What is the total weight he carried?

b If 1 conical flask and 1 beaker had broken, what is the weight of the remaining conical flasks and beakers?

Three dg of baking soda is used in 1 kg of cake. If a baker prepares 17 cakes each weighing 1 kg in a day, then what quantity of baking soda is used in total?

Create a word problem on adding the weights of two things.

Setting: In groups of 5

Measure and Build Playland!

Material required: Building blocks, clay, cardboard, craft sticks, a pair of scissors, measuring tape or a ruler, objects of different lengths and weight, pencils, erasers and an A4-size sheet of paper

Method: All 5 members of each group must follow these steps. Creativity & Collaboration

Create a rough draft of your playland on a sheet of paper.

Create different dummy objects of your choice like ramps, towers, slides, children, etc. using clay and building blocks, and measure the lengths of these objects. Estimate the weights of these objects by holding them.

According to the lengths and weights of the dummy objects, assemble and build a playland of your choice on the cardboard. Make sure to decorate it beautifully so that it looks similar to the rough draft you initially made.

Each group presents their playland to the class, explaining their design choices and showcasing how they integrated the measured objects. After presentations, allow time for students to explore and play in each other’s playlands.

James has some cotton candy which is 3 cm longer than the cotton candy shown below. How long is James’ cotton candy?

How much longer is the red straw than the blue straw?

Convert the lengths.

a  8 m into km b  4 hm 35 m into hm

c  1232 m into mm d  897 m into dam

Convert the weights.

a  5 kg into g b  4 g 64 cg into g

c  5487 g into mg d  43 kg 7 dag into kg

A baby koala is called a joey. A young joey weighs about 0.38 kg. How much is that in g?

A candle weighs 125 g. How much is it in mg?

A lift in a building is allowed to carry up to 260 kg in weight. The people listed below want to enter the lift. Their weights are mentioned.

Amit: 85 kg Priya: 70 kg

Can they enter the lift together? Why?

Priyanshi: 58 kg Raju: 80 kg

If you have two blank strips of paper, one 4 cm long and the other 8 cm long, then how many strips of each would you need to measure the lines of the following lengths. Each strip can be used any number of times.

a  12 cm

20 cm c  24 cm

Rimi has 12 stamps that are each 3 cm long.

a  What is the total length of all the stamps?

b  Will all 12 stamps fit into a single row across a stamp album that is 24 cm across?

To bake one cake, a baker needs the following items: 200 g of flour, 3 eggs, 75 g of butter, 100 g of sugar, and some milk. How many kilograms of flour, butter and sugar would be needed to bake 100 such cakes?

Create a word problem to add weights of two objects.

Challenge

1 What is Meenakshi’s weight in grams? Read the clues and answer.

a  Meenakshi’s weight is half of her grandmother’s weight.

b If you add the smallest 2-digit number to 28 less than the smallest 3-digit number, you will get the grandmother’s weight in kilograms.

2 What is Riya’s father’s weight? Choose the correct option that answers the question.

Statement 1: The father’s weight is three times the difference between Nita’s weight and Riya’s weight.

Statement 2: Nita’s weight is 36 kg and Riya’ weight is one-third of Nita’s weight.

a  Statement 1 alone is sufficient to answer.

b Statement 2 alone is sufficient to answer.

c  Statements 1 and 2 together are sufficient to answer.

d Statements 1 and 2 together are not sufficient to answer.

Case Study

Cross Curricular & Value Development

Bannerghatta National Park is a famous national park in India. A small portion of the national park has become the Bannerghatta Biological Park. The fauna in the park include lions, tigers, bears, elephants and many more.

1 Write the unit used to measure the lengths of the given animals.

a  The unit used to measure the length of a tiger.

b  The unit used to measure the length of a butterfly.

2 The weight of a male leopard is 72 kg and the weight of the hyena is 55,000 g. Which of these is true?

a  The difference in weight is 1700 g.

b  The difference in weight is 1.7 kg.

c  The difference in weight is 170 g.

d  The difference in weight is 17,000 g.

3 The park has two enclosures that were merged. The length of enclosure 1 was 8894 m and the length of the second enclosure was twice the length of enclosure 1. The new enclosure is divided into 2 pieces where one piece has a length of 20,000 m and the other has the play area. What is the length of the play area?

4 The tigers and lions have to be shifted to sanitise the place. The van can accommodate animals up to 300 kg. The weight of a tiger is 72 kg and that of a lion is 176 kg. How many animals can be shifted in one trip?

5 How can you help to save flora and fauna near you?

12 Perimeter and Area

Perimeter

Students of class 5B are decorating their classroom for Independence Day! They want to stick a ribbon around the class blackboard and the bulletin board. How much ribbon do they need?

Perimeter of Squares and Rectangles

The design that the students have thought of has the ribbon on all sides of the board, and the bulletin board. That is exactly what perimeter is!

So, if the students can find the perimeter of the blackboard and the bulletin board, they will be able to find the length of ribbon needed. Also, note that the board is a rectangle in shape. Its opposite sides are equal!

Remember!

Perimeter is the total distance around the boundary of a closed shape.

The bulletin board, on the other hand, is a square. All its sides are equal. If the students find the perimeter of the blackboard (rectangle) and the bulletin board (square) they will know the length of the ribbon they need.

Perimeter of a Rectangle

Let us take a rectangle with length = l cm, and breadth = b cm, as shown.

The perimeter is the sum of all sides = l + b + l + b

So, the perimeter of a rectangle = 2l + 2b = 2(l + b)

The teacher and students together measured the length and breadth of the blackboard. They found the length of the blackboard as 100 cm and breadth as 80 cm.

So, the perimeter of the blackboard = 2 × 100 + 2 × 80 = 200 + 160 = 360 cm

Hence, the students will need 360 cm of ribbon to decorate the blackboard.

Example 1: Find the perimeter of the window.

Here, length (l) = 38 cm and breadth (b) = 28 cm

Perimeter of a rectangle = 2(l + b) = 2 × (38 + 28) = 2 × 66 = 132 cm

So, the perimeter of the window is 132 cm.

Example 2: Find the length of a rectangle whose breadth is 2 cm and perimeter is 16 cm.

We know that: Perimeter of a rectangle = 2l + 2b

So, 16 = 2 × l + 2 × 2

16 = 2 × l + 4

16 − 4 = 2 × l

12 = 2 × l = 12 ÷ 2 = 6

Therefore, the length of the rectangle is 6 cm.

Perimeter of a Square

Did You Know?

Carl Friedrich Richard Foerster came up with the idea of measuring perimeters, and way back in ancient Greece, Hippocrates of Chios figured out how to measure areas!

We know that the bulletin board is square in shape. To cover the boundary of the bulletin board with the decorative ribbon, we need to find the perimeter of the square.

Let us consider a square with side length s.

Perimeter is the sum of all the sides of a figure.

So, the perimeter of the square = s + s + s + s = 4s

Perimeter of a square = 4 × side

Now, the teacher and the students together measured the sides of the bulletin board as 40 cm each.

Chapter 12 • Perimeter and Area

Since the perimeter of a square = 4 × s, and here s = 40 cm:

We get the perimeter of the bulletin board = 4 × 40 = 160 cm.

So, the students need a ribbon of length 160 cm to decorate the bulletin board.

Example 3: Find the perimeter of a square of side 19 m.

Here, s = 19 m

Since the perimeter of a square = 4 × s, perimeter of the square = 4 × 19 m.

Therefore, the perimeter of the square is 76 m.

Example 4: Rohan runs around a square park and covers a distance of 800 m. What is the length of each side of the park?

We know that: Perimeter of a square = 4 × s

800 = 4 × s

s = 800 4

s = 200

So, the length of each side of the square park is 200 m.

Find the perimeter of the given objects.

Find the perimeter of the squares of the following measurements.

Find the perimeter of the rectangles of the following measurements.

Find the missing sides.

a  Rectangle with length = 32 mm, breadth = ?, Perimeter = 112 mm

b  Square with Perimeter = 148 mm, side = ?

A farmer needs to fence his square-shaped garden. The distance from one corner to the next corner is 45 m. How much wire would he require to fence the entire garden?

Sana gets an order to put lace around rectangular table mats measuring 50 cm × 20 cm. How much would she charge for each table mat if the rate is ₹10 per cm?

The Taj Mahal is a marble mausoleum on the bank of the Yamuna, in Agra. It was commissioned by the fifth Mughal ruler, Shah Jahan, in memory of his beloved wife, Mumtaz Mahal. The mosque measures 60 m in length and 30 m in width. What is the area covered by the mosque?

Seeta used a length of string to first form a square of side length 10 cm. She then used the same string to form a rectangle. The length of the rectangle is 12 cm. What would the breadth of the rectangle be?

Area

When you look around your house, you will notice that some walls are larger than others. When it comes to painting those walls, the one with more surface area requires more paint.

We can use the term �area� to describe how big a wall is. It is a way of measuring the amount of surface available for painting.

Area of Squares, Rectangles and Triangles

Now let us look at different shapes of walls and their areas.

Area of a Square

Let us find the area of the square of side 3 cm given on the square grid.

The area of each small square in the grid is equal to 1 square unit.

We can count all the small squares inside the big square to find the area.

Area of the square = Area of 9 small squares = 9 square units.

We can say that the area of a square = side × side

or, the area of a Square = s × s

Think and Tell

How many rows are there? How many small squares are there in each row? Write a multiplication sentence to find the total number of squares. What do you notice?

Units of Area

Area is always measured in square units (sq. units). When the length of the side is in m, the area will be in sq. m. When the length of the side is in cm, the area will be in sq. cm.

A bed occupies a large part of the room and its sides are measured in metres. Therefore, the area it occupies will also be measured in sq. m.

Compare this with an eraser which is only a few centimetres long. Therefore, the area of the eraser will be measured in sq. cm.

Did You Know?

Example 5: Find the area of a square of side 5 cm.

Here, s = 5 cm

Area of a square = s × s = 5 cm × 5 cm = 25 sq. cm

Area of a Rectangle

The smallest country in the world is Vatican City. It is surrounded by the city of Rome. It has a total area of about 0.44 sq. km.

Example 6: Find the length of the side of a square with an area measuring 81 sq. cm.

Here, Area = 81 cm

Area of a square = s × s

81 = s × s = 9 × 9

s = 9 cm

So, side length = 9 cm

Let us consider a rectangle of length 5 cm and breadth 3 cm, as shown.

Area of the rectangle = number of squares in a row × number of squares in a column = 5 × 3 = 15 small squares

Do you see any relation between the area of the rectangle and its sides?

Yes! The area of the rectangle = 5 cm × 3 cm = 15 sq. cm

We can say that the area of a rectangle = length × breadth or, the area of a rectangle = l × b

Area of Compound Shapes

Compound shapes are formed by combining two or more basic shapes.

For example, this is a compound shape formed with two rectangles A and B, as shown in the given figure.

Now, let us find the area of the given compound shape.

We will follow these steps:

1. Identify the shapes that come together to form the compound shape.

2. Find the missing lengths.

3. Find the area of rectangle A and B.

Area of rectangle A = l × b = 5 × 3 sq. cm = 15 sq. cm

Area of rectangle B = l × b = 12 × 4 sq. cm = 48 sq. cm

4. Find the area of the whole shape.

Area of the whole shape = area of rectangle A + area of rectangle B = 15 sq. cm + 48 sq. cm = 63 sq. cm

Always calculate the area before comparing the sizes of two shapes.

A shape can “appear” to be bigger and yet have a smaller area.

Example 7: Find the area of a rectangle of length 15 cm and breadth 20 cm.

Here, l = 15 cm and b = 20 cm

Since the area of a rectangle = l × b, the area of the rectangle = 15 × 20 = 300 sq. cm. Therefore, the area of the rectangle is 300 sq. cm.

Example 8: Find the area of the given shape.

First split the shape into three rectangles A, B and C and find the missing lengths.

The area of rectangle A = l × b = 4 × 3 sq. cm = 12 sq. cm

The area of rectangle B = l × b = 9 × 3 sq. cm = 27 sq. cm

The area of rectangle C = l × b = 15 × 2 sq. cm = 30 sq. cm

The area of the whole shape = area of rectangle A + area of rectangle B + area of rectangle C = (12 + 27 + 30) sq. cm = 69 sq. cm

Area of a Triangle

Look at the rectangular wall. It has been divided into two right-angled triangles. The length of the wall is 10 m, and the breath is 5 m, as shown.

How do we find the area of the triangular part of the wall?

Note that the two triangles are exactly the same size. So, both will have an equal area.

Area of Right triangle 1 + Area of Right triangle 2 = Area of Rectangle

Area of Right triangle 1 = Area of Right triangle 2

So, we can conclude that the area of each triangle = 1 2 of the area of the rectangle

Area of the rectangle = l × b = 10 × 5 = 50 sq. m.

So, the area of each triangle = 1 2 × 50 = 25 sq. m.

What if we want to find the area of a triangle that is not a right-angled triangle? How would we find the area?

Let us use the 1 cm square grid again.

Step 1: Draw the triangle on the square grid and find the base. Base = 6 cm.

Step 2: Draw a rectangle around the triangle and split the triangle into 2 triangles.

Step 3: Find the area of the 2 triangles.

Rectangle 1: Length = 2 cm; Breadth = 6 cm

Area of rectangle 1 = 2 × 6 = 12 sq. cm

Area of triangle 1 = Half of 12 = 6 sq. cm

Rectangle 2: Length = 4 cm; Breadth = 6 cm

6 cm

Area of rectangle 2 = 4 × 6 = 24 sq. cm

Area of triangle 2 = Half of 24 = 12 sq. cm

Area of whole triangle = 6 + 12 = 18 sq. cm

Example 9: What is the area of the red triangle?

Area of triangle 1 = Half of area of rectangle 1 = 1 2 × 6 = 3 sq. units

Area of triangle 2 = Half of area of rectangle 2 = 1 2 × 6= 3 sq. units

Area of the whole triangle = 3 sq. units + 3 sq. units = 6 sq. units

Example 10: 5 identical squares are placed side by side to form a rectangle. What is the area of each square if the length of the rectangle formed is 22.5 cm?

Length of rectangle = 22.5 cm

Since the 5 squares are identical, side length of 5 squares = 22.5 ÷ 5 = 4.5 cm

Did You Know?

The ancient Egyptians used the concepts of perimeter and area to measure and plan fields for agriculture.

Area of square = 4.5 × 4.5 = 20.25 sq. cm.

Which unit would you prefer to find the area of the following?

Find the area of the rectangles of the given measurements. a l = 15 cm, b = 22 cm

l = 58 m, b = 70 m

Find the area of the squares of the given measurements.

a s = 56 m b s = 67 cm

Advita wants a new carpet for her room. If her room measures 12 m by 12 m, then how much carpet does she need to cover the entire floor?

Take each side of a square on the squared paper as 1 unit. Find the area of the triangles.

Find the area of the given compound shapes.

a

Use squared paper to show rectangles or squares with these measurements. Find the measurement that is not given for the following shapes.

a  Perimeter = 36 cm, Area = ? b  Area = 24 sq. cm, Perimeter = ?

Measure both the length and width of your notebook, then use these measurements to draw a rectangle on a square grid. Connect the opposite corners of the rectangle. Shade one side of the rectangle with your favourite colour. Can you find the area of this shaded region?

A rectangle has a length of 8 metres and a breadth that is one-fourth of its length. A square has a side length that is twice the breadth of the rectangle. Which shape has a larger area?

Setting: In groups of 3

Experiential Learning & Collaboration

Build a Paper House!

Materials Required: Cardboard sheets, a pair of scissors, glue or tape, a ruler, markers or coloured pencils, templates of squares, rectangles and triangles

Method: All 3 members of each group must make one cardboard house.

1 Collect templates of different shapes, such as squares, rectangles and triangles, from your teacher. These templates will serve as the bases for your cardboard houses.

2 Cut out the cardboard sheets using the templates. Decorate them to represent different parts of a house, such as walls, roofs, doors and windows.

3 Once the decoration and calculations are done, fold and assemble the shapes to create your house. You may use glue or tape to secure the different parts of the house together.

4 Measure the lengths and calculate the area that your house occupies.

Find the perimeter and area of the following rectangles.

of the following squares.

Complete the given table.

Find the area of the following triangles in square units.

Find the area of the following compound figures.

This shape is made from five squares that are all the same size. If the area of the figure is 80 sq. cm, then its perimeter is:

52

48

Humayunʹs Tomb was built in memory of the second Mughal Emperor Humayun. It features a central platform that is square in shape and measures approximately 300 feet on each side. What is the area of the platform?

Find the total area of 8 square wooden panels if the length of side in each panel a measures 25 cm.

A floor is 15 m long and 12 m wide. A square carpet of sides 13 m is laid on the floor. Find the area of the floor that is not carpeted.

Use 4 straws for the length and 2 straws for the width to make a rectangle. Now, with the same 12 straws, make a square. Which shape has a larger perimeter and area?

Challenge

1 2

Critical Thinking

Three rectangular tiles having the same length and breadth are placed as shown. If the perimeter of each tile is 22 cm, find the perimeter of the shape formed.

If the length and width of a rectangle doubles, the area of the rectangle also doubles. Is this statement true? Explain your answer.

and Area

The School Map

Farah’s school is very big, with many rooms and a playground. One day, she and her friends noticed a large square-shaped map of the school on the bulletin board in the reception area. Intrigued, they studied the map, which showed the different sections of the campus. Here the size of the classrooms was the same. They looked closer, and they wondered about what the areas of the rooms in the building were. Inspired, they decided to calculate the perimeter and areas of different sections to better understand their school’s layout.

1  What is the total area covered by all four classrooms ?

2  Which area is bigger: the staff room or the art room?

3 If the layout is square in shape, what is the area of the school?

4  What is the area of the entire school except for the area of the square shaped ground?

5  What skills did Farah and her friends show by working together?

13 Capacity and Volume

Understanding Capacity

Samidha went to a shop to buy a bottle of water with her mother.

Samidha: Mummy, I want a 2 L bottle. Which bottle should I buy?

Mother: The small bottle is full of water. Its capacity is 1 L. Now, guess how many of the small bottles will fill this big bottle.

Let us help her out!

Estimating Capacity

We guess the capacity of any container/packet by looking at it. This is exactly what estimating capacity is. For example, look at these objects:

Did You Know?

The ancient system used different hour glass shaped measures like Chhataank, Pav and Seer to measure liquids.

The bottle of water holds about 1 L of water.

The medicine dropper holds about 2 mL of medicine.

We can estimate that 2 small 1 L bottles will fill the big 2 L bottle.

Example 1: Which of these objects can have a capacity of about a litre?

The capacity of the teapot can be about a litre.

Measuring Capacity

Things like bottles, buckets and jars are various types of containers. But, can all these containers be filled with the same amount of water?

This is where capacity measurement comes into play. Let us learn about measuring the capacity of a container and the units that we use for it.

The figure below shows a set of measuring cups with capacities of 1 L, 500 mL and 300 mL. The jars are filled with different amount of water.

Think and Tell

Example 2: Look at the syringe. What is the amount of the liquid in it? What is its capacity?

The syringe contains 6 mL of liquid but its capacity is 10 mL.

Example 3: What is the capacity of the 2 cups? Write the amount of water in each of them.

The capacity of the 2 cups is 100 mL each.

Cup A contains 700 mL of water.

Cup B contains 400 mL of water.

Units of Capacity

Litre (L) is the standard unit of capacity. It is used to measure big capacities. A millimetre (mL) is used for measuring smaller capacities.

Apart from these units, we also have a few more units of measurement of capacity. Let us see how they are connected to each other.

A millilitre (mL) is less than a litre (L).

Now, look at the conversion chart.

Divide by 10 for every step as you move left

Multiply by 10 for every step as you move right

As Samidha bought 2 L of water, let us convert it to mL.

1 L = 1000 mL 2 L = 2 × 1000 = 2000 mL

Let us now convert 2500 mL to litres. 1000 mL = 1 L 1 mL = 1 1000 L 2500 mL = 1 1000 × 2500 L = 2500 1000 = 2.5 L

Example 4: Convert 6548 dL to L. 10 dL = 1 L 1 dL = 1 10 L 6548 dL = 1 10 × 6548 L = 6548 10 = 654.8 L

Example 5: Convert 2.342 hL to L. 1 hL = 100 L

2.342 hL = 2.342 × 100 L = 234.2 L

Multiply the number of litres by 1000 and then add millilitres to convert into millilitres. 2 L 8 mL = 28 mL 2 L 8 mL = 2008 mL

Do It Yourself 13A Circle the best estimate of the given objects.

Convert the given measurements.

a  658 mL into L b  8437 L into mL

c  2567 dL into L

d  5054 cL into L e  821 L into daL f  136 L 80 dL into mL

Complete the given table.

Aman had a bucket in his bathroom which a capacity of 20 L. What is the capacity of the bucket in mL? Do you bathe everyday?

Ridhi pours 1050 mL of liquid into each of the containers. She says container C has the least capacity. Is she correct? Express the quantity of liquid in decilitres (dL).

Adil and Mitali want to distribute sweets to their relatives on Diwali.

So, they go to the market, buy milk cake and get it packed into boxes.

Adil: Please pack these sweets in a box.

Shopkeeper: I have different sizes of boxes. Which one do you want?

Both of them wanted to buy a bigger box of sweets.

Volume of Solids Using Unit Cubes

When we want to compare the sizes of two solid objects, we do so by measuring the amount of space they occupy. This is called the volume of the solid object.

To measure the number of sweets in a box, the shopkeeper would need to take each milk cake one by one and start filling them in the box.

Box 1 Box 2

One layer of 8 milk cakes. 1 layer

Two layers of 8 milk cakes. There is no empty space left. 2 layers

So, Box 1 can hold 16 (8 × 2) milk cakes.

One layer of 16 milk cakes. 1 layer

Three layers of 16 milk cakes. The box was full. 3 layers

So, Box 2 can hold 48 (16 × 3) milk cakes.

Since Box 2 holds more, Box 2 has a greater volume than Box 1.

Volume is the amount of space a solid object occupies, or the amount of space enclosed within a container.

Now, let us say we have an open box, as shown. What will be the volume of this box if we have to use unit cubes to fill the box?

Let us see how we can do this.

A unit can be a millimetre, a centimetre or a metre. So, to find the volume of a box, we can use cubes of three kinds: 1 mm

1 mm

This is a millimetre cube (mm cube). It is about the size of a grain of sugar.

This is a centimetre cube (cm cube). It is about the size of a dice.

This is a metre cube (m cube). It is about the size of a large cubical carton.

An ‘mm’ cube is used to measure the volume of very small objects. An ‘m’ cube is used to measure the volume of large objects.

Let us see how we can find the volume of the box by filling it with ‘cm’ cubes.

Step 1

Fill the base of the box with one layer of ‘cm’ cubes. 4 rows of 5 cubes each make up a layer in the box. So, the number of cubes in 1 layer = 4 × 5 = 20 cubes

Chapter 13 • Capacity and Volume

Step 2

Fill the box with as many layers of cubes as required. The box has 3 such layers.

So, the total number of cubes in the box = 20 × 3 = 60 cubes

Since the box contains 60 cubes, the volume of the box is 60 cubic centimetres (cu. cm) as each side of the small cube is 1 cm. If 1 cm = 1 unit, then the volume of the box is 60 cu. units. Therefore, the unit of volume is cubic units (or cu. units), where the units can be ‘mm’, ‘cm’ or ‘m’.

Example 6: Which object has the greater volume?

tiffin box       shoe box

The shoe box occupies more space than the tiffin box. So, the shoe box has a greater volume than the tiffin box.

Example 7: Find the volume of the given solids. Do they both have the same volume?

Solid A has 10 unit cubes.         Solid B has 10 unit cubes

So, the volume of solid A is 10 cu. units.   So, the volume of solid B is 10 cu. units.

Yes, the solids are different in shape and size but have the same volume.

Volume of Solids Using the Formula

Do you remember Adil and Mitali, who went to buy milk cake? The shopkeeper had two more boxes of sweets, A and B, as shown below. Each box was of a different shape and size.

Now, let us say this time Adil and Mitali require cube-shaped pethas. Let us see the volume of pethas these boxes will hold.

Let’s say 1 petha = 1 unit cube.

Box A

Length = 12; Breadth = 5

Thus, number of pethas (unit cubes) in 1 layer = 12 × 5 = 60

Box B

Length = 5; Breadth = 5

Thus, number of pethas (unit cubes) in 1 layer = 5 × 5 = 25

Height = 8

So, number of pethas (unit cubes) in box A = 60 × 8 = 480 pethas

Thus, volume of box A = 480 cu. units

Height = 5

So, number of pethas (unit cubes) in box B = 25 × 5 = 125 pethas.

Thus, volume of box B = 125 cu. units

Volume = Number of unit cubes in a layer × Number of layers = (l × b) × h

What if we need to find the volume of objects that are not shaped like cubes?

The volume of such small objects can be found by using a simple technique.

Step 1

Take a measuring cup and fill it with water and note down the volume.

Volume = 50 mL

Step 2

Add the marble for which the volume has to be found.

Step 3

Note down the volume of water now.

Volume = 100 mL

Step 4

The difference in the mark is the volume of marble

Difference = 100 mL –

50 mL = 50 mL

So, the volume of the marble is 50 mL.

Example 8: The water in a measuring cup was 10 mL. Naveen added a coin in the measuring cup and the water raised to 15 mL. What is the volume of 12 such coins?

Volume of 1 coin = final level of water – initial level of water = 15 mL – 10 mL = 5 mL

Volume of 12 coins = 12 × 5 mL = 60 mL.

Example 9: What is the volume of the container if it is to be completely packed with unit cubes?

Length = 4 cm, breadth = 3 cm

So, the number of unit cubes that can be put along the length = 4 and the number of unit cubes that can be put along the breadth = 3

Thus, the number of unit cubes in 1 layer = 4 × 3 = 12

Since height = 5 cm, the number of unit cubes in 5 such layers = 12 × 5 = 60

Did You Know? The volume of an adult elephant is about 6 cu. m.

So, the volume of the container = 60 cu. cm

Word Problems on Volume and Capacity

Sneha bought two containers, A and B, for packing food. What is the volume of the two containers?

Example 10: John filled a truck with 20 L 126 mL of petrol, a car with 13 L 679 mL of petrol, and a bus with the rest. If the total quantity of petrol used to fill all three vehicles is 50 L 342 mL, then find the quantity of petrol used to fill the bus.

Quantity of petrol in the truck = 20 L 126 mL = 20.126 L

Quantity of petrol in the car = 13 L 679 mL = 13.679 L

Total quantity of petrol = 20.126 L + 13.679 L

L mL

20 . 1112 6 + 13 . 6 7 9

33 . 8 0 5

Think and Tell

How do you think 20 L 126 mL and 13 L 679 mL is converted into 20.126 L and 13.679 L, respectively?

So, the total quantity of petrol in the truck and car is 33.805 L.

Total quantity of petrol = 50 L 342 mL = 50.342 L

Quantity of petrol filled in the bus = 50.342 L – 33.805 L

So, the quantity of petrol in the bus is 16.537 L (or 16 L 537 mL).

Example 11: A container measures 15 cm by 10 cm by 8 cm. It is completely filled with sugar cubes. What volume of the container is filled with sugar cubes?

Length = 15 cm, breadth = 10 cm, height = 8 cm

Volume of the container = l × b × h = 15 × 10 × 8 = 150 × 8 = 1200 cu. cm.

Do It Yourself 13B

Find the volume of each solid. Circle the solid with the greater volume.

Rhea wants to fill an almirah that measures 3 m by 2 m by 1 m with cartons of old clothes. What is the volume of the almirah?

A big box that measures 10 cm by 15 cm by 6 cm is packed with smaller boxes. What is the volume of the bigger box?

A fish tank is emptied to fill it with cubical boxes. If the fish tank is 30 cm by 22 cm by 10 cm, then find its volume.

Vanita had 20 mL of milk, and a biscuit fell inside. Vanita’s milk increased by 10 mL.

a What is the volume of the biscuit?

b What is the volume of 3 such biscuits?

Rinku’s lunch box measures 16 cm by 8 cm by 3 cm, whereas Rita’s lunch box measures 10 cm by 7 cm by 3 cm. Whose lunch box is bigger in size? Do you finish the food in your lunch box without wasting it?

In an experiment Rekha prepares 16 L of sugar water. She pours them equally into some beakers. If each beaker can hold 2000 mL of the sugar water, how many beakers are needed?

Srishti has a jug filled with juice. She pours it into 2 glasses of different sizes. One glass has 350 mL of juice and the other has 890 mL of juice. If the jug contained 1.5 L of juice, how much juice was left in the jug?

Setting: In groups of 5

Experiential Learning & Creativity

Cube Art Gallery

Materials Required: nets of cubes, cardboard, glue or tape, a pair of scissors, a ruler, markers or crayons or coloured pencils, decorative materials like stickers, glitter, etc. of your choice

Method: All 5 members of each group must follow these steps.

1 Create a unit cube using a sheet of paper. You may use the given design and make copies of it to make multiple unit cubes. Colour and highlight using glitter or stickers.

2 Use these unit cubes to build different kinds of structures on a base made of cardboard. You may stack, arrange and combine the cubes to bring your designs to life.

3 Once the structures are built, glue or tape the cubes together so that they do not fall apart.

4 After completing your cube art structures, measure the dimensions (length, breadth and height) of your creations and find the volume of each of them.

5 The whole class now creates a gallery of all the artworks.

Chapter Checkup

Tick () the best estimate.

Sahil filled 500 mL of water in a jug. Sahil put 6 matchboxes in it. The water level rose to 800 mL. What is the volume of 1 matchbox?

Read and write the amount of coloured water in each of the jugs.

Colour the beakers up to the amount of water written with each beaker.

Find the length, breadth, and height of the solids by counting the number of cubes.

a b

Convert the measurements.

a  980 mL into L

d  3456 cL into L

Find the volume of the figures.

b  6869 L into mL

c  9796 dL into L

e  243 L into daL f  907 L 56 dL into mL

a b c d

Juhi drinks 235 mL of juice from a pack of 1 L of juice. How much juice is left in the pack?

Ashish had two flasks. One flask can hold 850 mL of water, and the other flask can hold 1 L 250 mL of water. How much water can the flasks hold together? Do you drink 2 litres of water every day?

The containers are partly filled with unit cubes. Find the volume of each container.

a b c

A carton that measures 50 cm by 30 cm by 25 cm is packed with small cubical boxes. What is the volume of the carton?

Seema’s bucket can hold six and a half litres of water. The water tank holds four times as much water as Seema’s bucket. So, how much water does the tank hold?

5 cups of water can fill a bottle, and 5 cups of water can fill a bowl. 5 bottles of water can fill a jug while 3 jugs and 7 bowls of water can fill a pail. If each cup holds 90 mL of water, what is the capacity of the pail?

Challenge

1 Jassi is fond of building blocks. He glues 8 cubes together to make a block as shown.

Now, he wants to make a block that is 6 small cubes long, 5 small cubes wide and 4 small cubes high. He wants to use the smallest number of cubes possible, by leaving the largest possible hollow space inside the block such that it looks like a box. How many blocks will he use?

2  Read the statements and choose the correct option.

Assertion: The volume of a cube will always be greater than the volume of a cuboid.

Reason: The volume of a cube is l × l × l, and the volume of a cuboid is l × b × h.

a Both assertion and reason are true.

b The assertion is true, and the reason is the correct explanation for the assertion.

c The assertion is true, but the reason is not the correct explanation for the assertion.

d The assertion is not true, but the reason is true.

Case Study

Value Development & Cross Curricular

Amul (Anand Milk Union Limited) is a dairy federation run by the Gujarat Cooperative Milk Marketing Federation Limited. Amul was founded on December 19, 1946. It is a major producer of diary products like milk, curd, paneer, different types of cheese, ice cream, chocolates and many more.

1 Write True or False.

a  The volume written on the buttermilk packet will be less than 10 mL.

b  The volume written on the pack of milk will be in mL.

2 The volume of the flavoured milk is 0.45 L. The volume of the flavoured milk in mL is

3 Amul produces paneer which is distributed across the country. It produces 15,000 kg of paneer from 45,000 litres of milk. How much milk will be required to produce 30,000 kg of paneer in a day?

4 Amul cheese is a famous vegetarian cheese worldwide. The dimension of a 400 g pack of cheese is 7 cm × 3 cm × 4 cm. If the company packs 10 such packs in a box, what should be the minimum height of the box?

5 Milk is one of the dairy products that gives us calcium. Calcium is very important for bones and teeth. Do you drink milk every day? If yes, how much mL do you have in a day?

14 3-D Shapes on Flat Surfaces

3-D Shapes

Isha and Misha are at the market. Both of them decide to eat something. Let us see what they have bought.

Isha: I see that my can of juice is long and round.

Misha: I see that my sandwich is triangular. They both wondered at the shapes of the things that they had bought.

Misha, I have bought a can of juice.

The objects that we see in our daily lives are solid shapes. We can feel, touch, see and hold these objects. We call them three-dimensional (3-D) shapes. The faces of 2-D shapes are joined together to form 3-D shapes.

Solid shapes like cubes, cuboids, cylinders, cones and spheres have faces, edges and corners.

Features of 3¯D Shapes

• The flat or curved surface of a solid shape is called a face.

• The line where two faces meet is an edge.

• The point where two edges meet is a corner or vertex. The plural of vertex is vertices.

Let us have a look at some objects, their shapes and the number of faces, edges, and vertices in each of them.

Cube: 6 flat faces, 8 vertices, 12 edges

Cylinder: 2 flat faces, 1 curved face, 2 curved edges, no vertices

Sphere: 1 curved face, no edges, no vertices

Flat face

Curved face

Curved edges

Curved face

Real Life Connect

Vertex Edge

Face

I have bought a sandwich.

Cuboid: 6 flat faces, 8 vertices, 12 edges

Cone: 1 flat face, 1 curved face, 1 curved edge, 1 vertex

Curved face

Curved edge

Vertex Flat face

Rectangular pyramid 5 flat faces, 8 edges, 5 vertices

Let us read about two types of solid shapes: prisms and pyramids.

Prisms

A prism is a solid shape with two identical flat bases and rectangular lateral surfaces perpendicular to the bases. A cube is an example of a square prism.

6 flat faces 8 vertices 12 edges

flat faces

vertices

Pyramids

A pyramid is a 3-D solid shape with a flat base and three or more than three triangular lateral surfaces that meet at the point called the vertex.

Example 1: Which of the given objects looks like a cone? 1 2 3 4

From the above objects, object 3 looks like a cone.

Example 2: Write the number of edges for the given shapes.

1  Sphere: 0 edges

2  Square pyramid: 8 edges

3  Triangular prism: 9 edges

Did You Know?

Astronomers in ancient Greece were the first to suggest that the Earth was spherical and not flat like most people believed.

Example 3: Janvi placed a number of ₹1 coins one over another. Name the solid shape that she formed. Write the number of faces, edges and vertices.

If a number of ₹1 coins is placed one over another, the shape that Janvi gets is a cylinder.

A cylinder has 3 faces, 2 edges and 0 vertices.

Drawing 3¯D Shapes

We can draw 3-D shapes on a square grid with the help of 2-D shapes. Let us draw the picture of a cube on a square grid.

Draw two squares of the same dimensions leaving one square unit from each vertex as shown.

Join the corresponding vertices to make a cube.

Example 4: Draw a cylinder with the help of rectangles on a square grid.

Draw a rectangle aligned properly with the grid lines as shown.

Join the vertices of the rectangle using curved lines to form a cylinder.

Do It Yourself 14A

1  Circle the shape that is a:

2  Write the number of vertices, edges and faces for the given shapes.

a  Cone b  Sphere

c  Square Prism d  Cylinder

3 The Skylon Tower is situated in Canada and is 160 m tall. Its construction was completed in 1965. What is the shape of the building?

4  What shape am I?

a  I have 8 vertices, 6 flat faces and 12 edges

b  I only have 1 face.

c  I have edges but no vertex.

d  I have a curved face and a vertex.

5 Sarika placed 4 cubes, one on top of the other. What shape did she get? Write the number of faces, edges and vertices.

6 Draw a cone on a square grid.

7 Rohan and Simi have pitched a tent each, for themselves, as shown in these pictures. Name the shapes of the tents. What is similar and different in their tents?

Nets and Views

Isha and Misha went to the bakery and purchased two doughnuts. The shopkeeper took a paper cut-out and quickly packed the doughnuts in these beautiful boxes. The sisters wondered how a simple paper cut-out turned into a box.

Nets of 3-D Shapes

After having the doughnuts, the sisters unfolded the box. They removed the extra flaps so that the cut-out looked like as shown in the image.

Rohanʼs tent

Simiʼs tent

Example 5: Which of these is not the net of a cube?

Hence, it is a cube.

As two faces are overlapping, it is not the net of a cube.

Example 6: Select the correct net of the given shape.

Did You Know?

Drawings of bridges, structures, homes, etc. are created using nets.

The shape has a pentagon-base with 5 triangular faces. Hence, 3 is the correct net.

1  Identify the shape for which the net is drawn.

2  Look at the net and identify the solid shape it belongs to.

3 Draw the net of the given shapes.

a b

4 Rishi and Megha made the net of a square-based pyramid. Who made the net correctly? Explain your answer with reasons.

a Rishi’s drawing b Megha’s drawing

5 Draw the net of a hexagonal prism.

6  Show using nets how a rectangular prism is different from a rectangular pyramid.

Views of Cube Structures

Isha and Misha saw their father make a structure with small wooden cubes, as shown in this image.

He then asked them to look at the structure from each side and draw the 2-D shapes that they see.

Misha who was standing in the front of the cube structure drew the front view. Isha was standing on the side, so she drew the side view. Which is the third view?

Misha’s Drawing

Isha’s Drawing

Which view is this?

The third view is the top view.

Example 7: Which is the top view of the shape?

1 is the side view of the shape. It is also the front view. 2 is the top view of the shape.

Front view

Side view

Do It Yourself 14C

1 If you look at this object from the front, what will you see?

2 Draw the views of these figures.

a Right-side view of b Top view of c Front view of

3 Art Integration This table is made of many cubes joined together. Draw and label three different views of the table.

4 Mehar has made a shape using her building blocks. Count and write the number of building blocks she used to make the shape.

Maps and Floor Plans

Isha and Misha are at the park. Isha wants to buy a gift for their mother from the nearby mall.

Isha: Let us go to the mall, Misha.

Misha: But, I don’t know the way to the mall.

Isha: Don’t worry, I have a map to go there.

Reading Maps

We already know that a map is a drawing of all or parts of a particular place. Its purpose is to show where things are. Maps show rivers, forests, buildings, and roads in the form of symbols.

Misha shows the map to her sister.

She tells her sister that they need to step out of the park, move left and take the first right. On going straight they will see the mall on the left.

We can also see directions on a map. The 4 directions on a map are North, South, East and West.

Can we show a distance of 1 km or more on a piece of paper?

When we show a big area on a piece of paper, we have to reduce the area to fit the size of the paper. This reducing of the actual size of a place to fit on a piece of paper is called scaling.

This is a map with the directions and scale marked on it.

In this map, the scale is 1 cm = 1 km.

Let us find the actual distance between National Stadium and India Gate with the help of the map.

Distance between National Stadium and India Gate on the map = 2 cm

Scale on the map = 1 cm = 1 km

So, the actual distance between National Stadium and India Gate = 2 × 1 km = 2 km.

We can also use a square grid to find and compare the areas of different places.

Station

Post Office

House Park

Library Mall Pond

Rajpath

Ashoka Road

Man Singh Road

Pandara road

Kasturba Gandhi Marg

South East West North

Do not miss the scale while reading a map in order to find the actual distance. Error Alert!

Example 8: Look at the map and answer the questions.

1 Which places are to the north and the east of the Little Town neighbourhood?

The hospital and the library are to the north and the Little Town Park is to the east of the Little Town neighbourhood.

2 Suhani is standing close to the Little Town Lake. In which direction is the post office from her location?

The post office is towards the south from Suhani's location.

Do It Yourself 14D

1 Look at the map and answer the questions.

a The hospital is to the of the airport.

b  The hotel is to the of the bank.

c The airport is to the of the school.

2 On a map, the distance between two cities is 5 cm. Taking the scale as 1 cm = 25 km, what would be the actual distance between these two cities?

3 What is the actual distance between the complex and the college?

4 What is the length and width of the cupboard, table and desk?

Map scale: 1 square = 2 m

5 The distance between Ronnyʼs house and the school is 5 cm on the map. What is the actual distance if the scale is 1 cm = 2.5 km?

6 India shares its borders with several countries, known as neighbouring countries. Identify the nations situated to the far east, south, and west of India. (Look at the atlas for reference.)

Floor Plans and Deep Drawings

On their way to the mall, the two sisters spotted some architects at a construction site, one of whom held a sheet of paper. Curious, they asked the architect what that sheet of paper was. The architect told them that it was the floor plan of a house.

A floor plan is the outline of a house. It is like a map or a net that is drawn on a square grid. We use floor plans to make the map of a house when we start to design it. It illustrates where the windows and doors of the house will be located.

The special way of drawing a house which shows its length, width and height is called a deep drawing of a house. A deep drawing of a house is a 3-D representation of the map of a house.

Look at the drawings of a floor plan and a deep drawing of a house as given below.

Sometimes it is not possible to show all the windows and doors on a deep drawing. Remember!

Example 9: Compare the floor map and deep drawing and identify if the drawing is correct.

On comparing, we see that both the floor plan and deep drawing have 2 windows and 1 door placed exactly at the same side. Hence, the deep drawing is correct for the given floor plan.

Do It Yourself 14E

1 Look at the floor map of the house and label the doors and windows.

2 How many window(s) does the front of the house have in the floor map?

3 Draw the floor plan for the given deep drawing. 4 Which room will you be in if you enter through the back door?

5  Which are the window(s) that you cannot show in a deep drawing?

6 Draw a floor map of your classroom using symbols for different areas and objects.

Exploring Views and Deep Drawings

Setting: In groups of 5

Materials Required: Colourful blocks, sketch pens, a sheet of drawing paper

Method:

1 Take out the colourful blocks which you have brought from home and place them on the table.

2  The groups can now build a tower of any shape using those blocks.

3 Now, take a sheet of drawing paper and draw the top, side and front views of the tower.

4 Now let the other groups draw the floor plan of this tower.

5  The group that makes the submission first wins.

Chapter Checkup

1  Join the corners of these figures and write the name of the solid.

b c

2 A globe is like a round map that shows us how the Earth looks from space, with all the continents, countries and oceans. How many faces, vertices and edges does a globe have?

3  Fill in the blanks.

a  A pattern that can be cut and folded to make a model of a 3-D shape is called a

b A special way of drawing a house to show its length, width and height is called a

c  The 2-D representation of the map of a house is called a .

4  Identify the shapes and write the number of faces, edges and vertices of each shape. a b c

5 Draw the net of these shapes. a b c

6  Draw the top, front and side views of the figures.

7  Match the distance on the map with the actual distance, if the scale of the map is 1 cm = 8 km.

on the map

8 The floor plan of a library is ready. Draw the doors and windows on the deep drawing of the library.

a  Is there any window which you could not show on the deep drawing? Circle them.

b  How many windows were you able to show on the deep drawing?

9  How many doors do you see in the floor plan?

11 Draw a floor plan of your house and show it to your friends/family.

10 Look at the layout of Ruchi’s apartment. How many times bigger is the bathroom than closet 1?

12 Ben goes from his house to May’s house and then to Jule’s house. What is the total distance covered by Ben?

1 cm on the paper = 3 km

1  What is the minimum number of only flat faces a solid can have? Name the solid.

2  Draw the front, top and side view of a cone surmounted on a sphere.

Case Study

Tale of Three Viewpoints

A new building was made. It was taller than the buildings around it. Right in front of it was a small building. Three people were looking at the small building from different spots. Person 1 was looking at it from the top of the tall building. Person 2 was looking from the side of the building in the nearby park. Person 3 was looking from the front. This is shown in the picture below.

2

1

3

1 is Person ’s perspective. 2 is Person ’s perspective.

3  Write the views as seen by the 3 persons as front, side or top view.

4  What safety measures do you think Person 1 should take?

15 Time and Temperature

Time

Kiran and Sahil are in the school cricket team. They are talking about the amount of time they spend on cricket practice.

Kiran: Sahil, how much time do you spend practising cricket?

Sahil: I practise for about 90 minutes every day. My brother practises for even longer. He spends almost two and a half hours on the field every day.

Kiran: Wow! I just spent about half an hour practising.

Converting Between Units of Time

We know that time can be measured in different units. We can convert the units of time from one to another.

Converting from a Bigger Unit into a Smaller Unit

We can convert units of time from bigger to smaller, as shown below.

× 60

60

Kiran and Sahil played cricket for 3 hours. Let us convert this time to minutes. In order to do so, we need to convert hours to minutes. We can do that by multiplying the number of hours with 60 as one hour is equal to 60 minutes.

So, 3 hours = 3 × 60 = 180 minutes

Hence, they played for 180 minutes. Did You Know? 1 millennium is

Example 1: Neethu takes 6 minutes to walk to her school bus stop from her home. For how many seconds does she walk?

Time spent walking = 6 minutes

1 minute = 60 seconds

6 minutes = 6 × 60 seconds = 360 seconds

Neethu walks for 360 seconds.

and Tell

Example 2: How many minutes are there in 2 hours and 30 minutes?

1 hour = 60 minutes

2 hours and 30 minutes = (2 × 60) + 30 minutes = 120 + 30 = 150 minutes

Converting from a Smaller Unit into a Bigger Unit

We can convert units of time from smaller to bigger, as shown below.

Kiran practised playing badminton for 75 minutes in the morning and 50 minutes in the afternoon. Let us find the total number of hours she practised playing badminton. In order to do so, we must divide the total time by 60.

Total number of minutes of practice = 75 min + 50 min = 125 minutes

Dividing 125 by 60 can be given as: Therefore, Kiran played badminton for 2 hours and 5 minutes.

Example 3: How many hours and minutes are there in 220 minutes?

Total minutes = 220

60 minutes = 1 hour

220 minutes = 1 = 60 220 × 220 60

Quotient = 3

Remainder = 40

So, 220 minutes is equal to 3 hours and 40 minutes. Think

Curricular Creativity

Do It Yourself 15A

Convert into minutes.

a  3 hours b  4 hours c  2 hours 20 minutes

d  3 hours 10 minutes e  3 hours 50 minutes f  4 hours 30 minutes

2  Convert into seconds.

a  5 minutes b  8 minutes c  9 minutes 10 seconds

d  10 minutes 20 seconds e  12 minutes 40 seconds f  15 minutes 50 seconds

3 Match the seconds with their conversions.

a  240 seconds

b  480 seconds

c  350 seconds 4 minutes

d  440 seconds 9 minutes 10 seconds

e  520 seconds 7 minutes 20 seconds

f  550 seconds 8 minutes

4 A flight from Delhi to London takes around 8 hours and 30 minutes. How many minutes is the journey?

5 Maya reads a book for 50 minutes in the morning and 45 minutes in the afternoon. How much time does she spend reading the book?

6 Create a word problem to convert hours into seconds.

Calculating Time and Duration

The students in the school cricket team are of different ages. Sahil is 10 years and 5 months old whereas Manish is 12 years and 3 months old.

Let us find out how much older Manish is than Sahil.

Step 1

Write the information.

Sahil’s age = 10 years 5 months

Manish’s age = 12 years 3 months

Step 2

Apply the correct operation.

We need to find out how much older Manish is than Sahil, so we will subtract their ages.

Step 3

Write the data vertically and perform the operation.

1 year 10 months11 3 + 12 = 15

12 years 3 months

10 years 5 months

Hence, Manish is 1 year 10 months older than Sahil.

Example 4: Subtract 4 hours 45 minutes from 5 hours 25 minutes.

5 hours 25 minutes - 4 hours 45 minutes = 0 hours 40 minutes or 40 minutes.

Example 5: Add: 7 weeks 4 days + 3 weeks 5 days 7 weeks 4 days + 3 weeks 5 days = 11 weeks 2 days 5 hours 25 Minutes 4 hours 45 Minutes 4 25 + 60 = 85

Example 6: On November 20, Raj and Tina began counting the number of days left for their school's annual sports day. The annual sports day is on December 15. Find out the number of days they need to count down.

We know November has 30 days.

Number of days left in November from November 20 to November 30 = 10 days

Number of days in December starting from December 1 to December 15 = 15 days

So, adding the number of days = 15 + 10 = 25

Therefore, they are counting down 25 days until the sports day.

Example 7: Mahi started preparing for his match on June 23. The match is scheduled for 25 days later. On which date was the match scheduled?

Starting date of the preparation = June 23; Preparation time = 25 days

Date on which the match was scheduled = ?

We can find the date of the match by counting forward.

23 June to 30 June = 30 - 23 = 7

Days left after the month of June = 25 - 7 = 18

Therefore, Mahi’s match is on 18 July.

Do It Yourself 15B

What is the duration between the times shown on the two clocks?

2  Solve.

a  4 hours 30 min + 6 hours 20 min

c  3 weeks 10 days + 6 weeks 5 days

b  7 hours 5 min − 5 hours 30 min

d  2 years 6 months + 1 year 5 months

e  7 weeks 20 days − 2 weeks 5 days f  3 years 1 month − 7 months

3 If it’s 2:40 p.m. now, what time will it be 35 minutes later? Show the time on a clock.

4 If a meeting started at 9:30 a.m. and ended at 12:45 p.m., how long did the meeting last in hours and minutes?

5 A new museum opened on 25 October 2020, and closed on 15 February 2022. For how many months and days was the museum open?

6 A school was closed for 1 month 25 days during the summer vacation and for 20 days during the winter vacation. For how many months was the school closed? (Consider 30 days = 1 month)

7 Sam started learning to play the violin on 10 June 2019, and reached an advanced level on 5 December 2023. How many years and months did it take for Sam to become an advanced violinist?

8 The Vande Bharat Express from Delhi to Katra departs from New Delhi at 6:00 a.m. and arrives at Katra at 2:00 p.m.. It halts at Ambala Cantt (8:10 a.m. to 8:12 a.m.), Ludhiana (9:19 a.m. to 9:21 a.m.) and Jammu Tawi (12:43 p.m. to 12:45 p.m.). For what duration does the train run from Delhi to Katra?

9 Create a word problem on time duration.

Temperature

Riya and Aarav were spending their summer holiday camping at a hill station. Riya noticed that the nights were colder than the days. She asked Aarav, “Why is it so chilly in the mountains?”

Aarav explained to her that the level of heat or cold was determined by the temperature. It could change based on the object, location and time of day.

Curious to learn more, Riya and Aarav decided to find out how hot or cold the objects around them were.

Measuring Temperature

Think and Tell

Can you name the coldest and hottest place you have been to?

Temperature is the measurement of how much heat an object or place has. It’s a number that tells us how warm or cool something is. We use different units to talk about temperature.

We use a tool called a thermometer to measure temperature.

The thermometer has a scale that helps us measure the temperature. When it’s hot, the scale goes up, and when it’s cold, the scale goes down. This helps us to know if things are hot or cold.

The units we use to measure temperature are

1  Celsius (°C)

2  Fahrenheit (°F)

However, when we talk about or write the temperature of something, we also use the degree along with the unit. For example, the temperature shown in the thermometer is 30℃.

Remember! Did You Know?

Aryabhata, in the 5th century, proposed a mathematical model for calculating time and studying the Earth's rotation, which influenced the development of calendars and timekeeping systems in India.

Freezing point of water = 0℃

Water changes to steam = 100℃

Clinical thermometers are used to measure body temperature. They have numbers from 35°C to 42°C. The normal body temperature for a healthy body is approximately 37°C.

A thermometer is usually placed under the tongue or in the armpit to get an accurate reading. The mercury in the thermometer rises when the temperature increases or gets hotter.

This helps us understand if we have a fever or if our body temperature is normal.

The temperature can change with different weather conditions. On a sunny day, the air feels warm, and the thermometer shows a higher temperature. On a cloudy or rainy day, the air feels cooler, and the temperature on the thermometer drops. Weather conditions like rain, wind and sunlight can all affect the temperature of the air.

Temperature Range (°C) Weather

Did You Know?

Drass in Jammu and Kashmir is the second coldest inhabited region on Earth.

Example 8: Aliya’s body temperature was 2.3°C higher than normal. What was Aliya’s body temperature?

Normal body temperature = 37°C.

Aliya’s body temperature = 37°C + 2.3°C = 39.3°C

So, Aliya’s body temperature was 39.3°C.

Example 9: In a city, the highest temperature was 37.5°C, and the lowest was 21.2°C. What is the difference between these two temperatures?

To find the difference, subtract the lowest temperature from the highest temperature. 37.5°C – 21.2°C = 16.3°C

The temperature difference is 16.3°C.

Converting Between Units of Temperature

Celsius (°C) is like the universal language of temperature. Fahrenheit (°F) is another way to talk about temperature. We learnt that water freezes at 0°C and boils at 100°C. In Fahrenheit, water freezes at 32°F and boils at 212°F.

Chapter 15 • Time and Temperature

Let us look at the formulas that help us convert between Celsius (°C) and Fahrenheit (°F).

Celsius (°C) to Fahrenheit (°F)

9   32 F.  5 C

For example: Converting 20 °C to °F.

Example 10:

So, 20 °C is 68 °F.

a Convert 50°C to Fahrenheit (°F).

Putting in the formula,

9 50 32  5 122°F

Fahrenheit (°F) to Celsius (°C)

(°F – 32) ()°−×=° 5 F 32 C. 9

For example: Converting 68 °F to °C. (68 – 32) ()−×=° 5 68  32  20C.  9

So, 68°F is 20°C.

b Convert 86°F to Celsius (°C).

Putting in the formula, (86 – 32) ()−×=° 5 86  32  30C  9

Do It Yourself 15C

Choose the correct temperature.

The temperature of a cup of hot coffee is around i  30°C. ii  85°C.

b  What is the possible temperature of a snowman? i  0°C ii  50°C

2  Look at the thermometer and write the temperature.

3 Convert.

4 The temperatures in different cities at different times are as follows. Answer the questions based on the data.

a  Which place is the coolest?

b  Which place is the hottest?

c What is the difference between the temperatures in Delhi and Shimla?

d How many degrees will the temperature need to rise in Bangalore to reach 25°C?

5 The highest temperature ever recorded in India was 51.0°C in Phalodi, Rajasthan while the lowest temperature ever recorded was –60.0°C in Drass, Jammu and Kashmir. What is the difference between the highest and the lowest temperatures in India? Give your answer in Fahrenheit.

Math Lab

Material Required:

Time Trek Game

Communication & Collaboration

• Prepare event cards with different scenarios (e.g., “Birthday,” “Sports Day”).

• A calendar.

Settings: Divide the class into small teams.

Method:

• Prepare time unit cards (years, months, weeks, days, hours, minutes and seconds).

Each member of the team draws an event card and a time unit card. In groups, they need to match the event with the appropriate time unit that represents how long it will take for the event to happen.

Duration Calculation: Teams use the calendar to visualise and calculate the duration.

Starting from the current date, they calculate days, weeks, months, or years to determine the timing of the event.

Presentation: Each team presents their matched event and time unit, explaining their calculation process.

Chapter Checkup

1 Convert the time into smaller units.

a  2 hours

c  2 hours 20 minutes

b  1 hour 30 minutes

d  6 minutes 40 seconds

3 A flight departs from New Delhi at 10:00 a.m. and takes 6 hours and 30 minutes, including a stopover, to reach Chennai. How many minutes does the flight take to reach its destination?

4 Shreya sleeps for 6 hours 15 minutes a day. For how many minutes does she sleep?

5 A soccer match started at 3:45 p.m. and continued for 1 hour and 15 minutes. When did the match end?

6 Prashant was 5 years 4 months old when he first went to school. Today he is 12 years 3 months old. For how long has he been going to school?

7 Sanya started to draw a picture at 1:32 p.m. She completed it at 5:15 p.m. How much time did she take to draw the picture?

8 Vivaan is fond of reading books. He starts reading a novel on 6 July and it takes him 40 days to finish the novel. On which day did he finish the novel? Why is reading books important for us?

9 The doctor advised Kunal to take his medicine every 75 minutes. How many times did Kunal take the medicine in 12 hours?

10 A train arrived at Jaipur at 10:45 a.m. It reached Jaipur 1 hour 15 minutes late. What was the scheduled time of arrival of the train at Jaipur?

11 Sara is in an air-conditioned room with a room temperature of 32°C. If she decreases the temperature by 2°C every minute, how many minutes will it take to reach 16°C?

Challenge

Critical Thinking & Cross Curricular

1 Read the assertion and reason, and choose your answer from the given options.

Assertion: Priya has taken 15 days leave from her office. Her holidays will start on Saturday, 25 June. The holidays end on Sunday, 10 July.

Reason: The number of days in the month of July is 31.

a Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion.

b Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.

c The Assertion is true, but the Reason is false.

d The Assertion is false, but the Reason is true.

2 Vishesh was travelling from New Delhi to London. It takes 9 hours 35 minutes for a flight to reach London from New Delhi. The flight departs from Delhi airport at 6:00 a.m. (according to Indian standard time). What will be the time in London when the flight lands if London’s time is 5 hours 30 minutes behind Indian standard time?

Monitoring Climate Change

In a coastal town, scientists are studying the effects of climate change on the local environment. One aspect they are investigating is the change in temperature over the past few decades. Thus, for the past 30 years, researchers have been recording daily temperatures in the town. They have noticed a gradual increase in the average temperature over this period.

Data:

a  In 1990, the average daily temperature was 20°C.

b  In 2020, the average daily temperature was 24°C.

Answer the following questions:

1  What was the average daily temperature in 1990?

2  By how many degrees has the average daily temperature increased from 1990 to 2020?

3  The average daily temperature in 2020 was °C.

4  If the same trend follows, the temperature in 2050 would be °C.

5 The average daily temperature in the coastal town has decreased over the past 30 years. True / False

6 How do you think understanding changes in temperature over time can help us take better care of the environment?

16 Money

Working with Money

Mr Gupta owns a stationery store. He buys stationery items from a wholesaler and sells them to the customers at his shop for a higher price.

Think and Tell

What are the different coins and banknotes available in our country?

Ram wants to buy 5 pens from Mr Gupta’s shop. Mr Gupta shows him a pack of 10 pens, which is available for ₹60. What should Ram do?

Unitary Method

We often meet situations in which we know the value of a number of units, but we need to find the value of a specific quantity of the item.

In this case, Ram knows the price of 10 pens, but he wants to buy only 5 pens. How will he find the price of 5 pens?

Here are the steps he needs to follow:

Step 1

Find the cost of one pen.

Cost of one unit = Total cost ÷ Number of units

We divide the total cost of the pack of pens (₹60) by the number of pens (10).

= ₹60 ÷ 10 = ₹6

So, the cost of 1 pen is ₹6.

Step 2

Find the cost of 5 pens.

We know the cost of 1 pen = ₹6

Cost of required number of pens = Cost of one pen × Number of pens = ₹6 × 5 = ₹30

So, the cost of 5 pens is ₹30.

Remember!

1. We divide to find the price of one unit.

2. We multiply to find the total amount for all units.

So, Ram should give Mr Gupta ₹30 for the number of pens he wants.

This way of finding the value of a single unit and then using that value to find the value of multiple units is called the unitary method.

Example 1: If 4 chocolates cost ₹40, the cost of one chocolate is .

Cost of 4 chocolates = ₹40

Cost of 1 chocolate = ₹40 4 = ₹10

Example 2: One dozen bananas cost ₹60. The cost of one banana is .

Cost of one dozen (12) bananas = ₹60

Cost of 1 banana = ₹60 12 = ₹5

Example 3: Aman buys 3 books 3 books for ₹210. How much would 7 books cost at the same price?

Cost of 3 books = ₹210

Cost of 1 book = Total cost ÷ Number of books = ₹210 ÷ 3 = ₹70

So, the cost of 1 book is ₹70.

Cost of 7 books = Cost of 1 book × Number of books wanted = ₹70 × 7 = ₹490

So, the cost of 7 books is ₹490.

Example 4: Which of these two will be a better buy?

Did You Know?

The Indian currency is called the Indian Rupee. Its short form is “INR”. It has a unique symbol '₹', which was adopted in 2010.

Rani pays ₹40 for 5 balls. Or Rani pays ₹56 for 8 balls.

When buying an item, a better buy is the one where we have to pay less money for the same number of items. How should we decide in this case? We will compare the money to be paid in each case. The case where we pay less for 1 ball is a better buy.

1 Rani pays ₹40 for 5 balls.

Cost of one ball = Total cost ÷ Number of balls = ₹40 ÷ 5 = ₹8

2 Rani pays ₹56 for 8 balls.

Cost of one ball = Total cost ÷ Number of balls = ₹56 ÷ 8 = ₹7

So, ₹56 for 8 balls will be a better buy.

It Yourself 16A

Fill in the blanks.

a  If the cost of one candy is ₹5, then the cost of 7 candies will be ₹ .

b If Lisa received ₹240 as pocket money for 4 weeks, the amount of money she received every week was ₹

c  Riya saved ₹600 in 3 months. She saved ₹ every month.

Find the cost of 20 candles at ₹15 per dozen. (1 dozen = 12 units)

Envelopes have been used in India for sending letters and documents. The cost of 35 envelopes is ₹630. What will be the cost of 57 such envelopes?

Suhani went to purchase cloth for her centre table. If 3 4 metres of cloth cost ₹54. Find the cost of 1 2  metre of cloth.

In 1947, at the time of India's independence, the price of gold was approximately ₹88.62 per 10 grams. What was the price of 100 grams of gold that time?

Dinesh has a spinal injury and he has been asked to take physiotherapy 3 days a week. A physiotherapist charges ₹550 for one sitting. How much money did Dinesh spend in 2 months?

and Loss

As we read above, Ram bought pens for ₹6 each. He now decides to sell the pens he bought to his friends. He sold one pen for ₹10, and one pen for ₹4. Let us now understand the terms.

Cost Price (CP)

The price at which an item is bought.

Selling Price (SP) > Cost Price (CP)

So, Profit = SP – CP

Cost Price (CP) = ₹6

Selling Price (SP) = ₹10

Since SP > CP, a PROFIT was made.

Profit = SP – CP = ₹10 – ₹6 = ₹4.

Selling Price (SP)

The price at which an item is sold.

Cost Price (CP) > Selling Price (SP)

So, Loss = CP – SP

Cost Price (CP) = ₹6

Selling Price (SP) = ₹4

Since SP < CP, a LOSS was made. Loss = CP – SP = ₹6 – ₹4 = ₹2.

Example 5: Find the missing value.

1  CP = ₹500, SP = ₹600, Profit = ?

Profit = SP − CP.

Profit = ₹600 − ₹500 = ₹100

3  CP = ₹1000, Profit = ₹100, SP = ?

Profit = SP − CP. So, SP = Profit + CP

SP = ₹100 + ₹1000 = ₹1100

2  CP = ₹800, SP = ₹300, Loss = ?

Loss = CP − SP.

Loss = ₹800 − ₹300 = ₹500

4  SP = ₹250, Loss = ₹58, CP = ?

Loss = CP – SP. So, CP = SP + Loss

CP = ₹250 + ₹58 = ₹308

Example 6: The cost price of a toy is ₹1550. What will be the selling price if it is sold at a loss of ₹250?

Cost price (CP) of the toy = ₹1550

Loss made = ₹250

SP = CP – Loss = ₹1550 – ₹250 = ₹1300

Thus, the selling price (SP) of the toy = ₹1300

Remember!

→

Fill in the blanks.

a  The amount of money that a seller spends to pay for an item is called the .

b  When the cost price is higher than the selling price, then there is a .

c When the selling price is than the cost price, then the seller is said to have gained a profit.

d  A flower vase is sold at ₹725 for a profit of ₹225. Its cost price is

Raj set up his shop at the book fair. He sold a book for ₹540 and earned ₹30 on the book. Was my cost price more or less than the selling price?

Find the missing value.

a  CP = ₹525, SP = ₹575, Profit = ?

c  Loss = ₹550, SP = ₹7850, CP = ?

Find the missing element.

a  SP = ₹1100

b  CP = ₹200, SP = ₹155, Loss = ?

d  CP = ₹1200, Profit = ₹85, SP = ?

Profit/Loss = b  Profit = ₹240

= CP = ₹1100

= c  SP = ₹940

The Gulf War in 1990-91 caused crude oil prices to rise. They rose from ₹262.50 per barrel in July 1990 to ₹612.50 per barrel by October 1990. This rise led to a significant rise in the cost of petroleum products in India. If a person purchased a barrel of oil in July and sold it in October then how much profit did he earn?

Create a problem in which CP and loss are given and SP needs to be calculated.

Word Problems on Money

Seema is the owner of a company that makes and sells toys.

It costs her ₹80 to make two toys, and they are sold at ₹100 each.

Seema wants to find out how much profit they make on one toy and how much profit they make on 70 toys. What should she do?

Total profit gained on each toy

CP of one toy = Total cost ÷ Number of units = ₹80 ÷ 2 = ₹40

CP = ₹40, SP = ₹100; Profit = SP – CP = ₹100 – ₹40 = ₹60

Thus, the profit gained on each toy is ₹60.

Thus, the profit gained on 70 toys = ₹60 × 70 = ₹4200.

Did You Know?

Earlier, people used to follow a barter system where goods and services were directly exchanged without using money.

Seema buys items from the wholesaler regularly to run her company.

The wholesaler makes a bill for the items she bought. He notes down the cost of each item and the number of items bought. Let us see what the bill looks like:

No. 001/1

Darsheel’s Store

Date: 04/02/2023

Seema bought items worth ₹3350 from the wholesaler for her company.

To expand her business, Seema wants to set up a factory to make toys. She decides to take out a loan. A loan is money you borrow and have to pay back later. It is like getting help to buy something now and paying it back bit by bit. The bank also charges an amount over and above the loan. This extra amount that the bank charges, is called the interest.

Seema takes a ₹40,000 loan from the bank and pays ₹4000 every month. Let us calculate how many months it will take her to pay the money back if the interest amount is ₹4000.

No. of months = ₹44,000 ₹4000 = 11

Seema will be able to pay back the entire loan in 11 months.

Example 7: A shopkeeper lost ₹1750 on selling a refrigerator for ₹18,500. What was the cost price of the refrigerator?

SP of the refrigerator = ₹18,500

Loss = ₹1750

Loss = CP – SP

CP = SP + Loss

CP = ₹18500 + ₹1750 = ₹20,250

So, the cost price of the refrigerator is ₹20,250.

Did You Know?

Brahmagupta was an ancient Indian mathematician. He wrote important rules for arithmetic, including how to add and subtract numbers, which are also used when dealing with money.

Example 8: At the local fish shop, Mrs Patel bought 3 kg of fresh fish at ₹120 per kg. She also purchased 2 kg of prawns at ₹550 per kg, and some hooks and nets for a total of ₹600. Make a bill and calculate the total cost of Mrs Patel’s purchase.

The Fish Shop Bill Date: 05/01/2024

Thus, the total cost of Mrs Patel’s purchase is ₹2060.

Example 9: A worker takes a ₹25,000 loan from the bank to repair his house. He pays back the loan in 25 months. He paid an interest of ₹2000. How much does he pay each month if the payments are equal for each month?

Loan amount = ₹25,000; Interest amount = ₹2000; Total Amount to be paid = ₹25,000 + ₹2000 = ₹27,000.

Number of months = 25

Amount paid each month = ₹27,000 25 = ₹1080.

Thus, the worker has to pay ₹1000 every month.

Example 10: Anita has ₹200 and wants to buy some chocolates that cost ₹25 each. How many chocolates can she buy with her money, and how much money will she have left with her?

Cost of 1 chocolate = ₹25

Number of chocolates she can buy with ₹200 = 200 25 = 8

Thus, Anita can buy 8 chocolates.

Since 8 × ₹25 = ₹200, Anita will not have any money left with her.

Example 11: Amy bought two shirts for ₹850 and sold both of them for ₹300 each. Calculate her profit/loss for:

1 One shirt:

CP of one shirt = Total cost ÷ Number of units = ₹850 ÷ 2 = ₹425

CP = ₹425, SP = ₹300

Now, since CP > SP, this means Amy incurred a loss.

Loss = CP – SP = ₹425 – ₹300 = ₹125

Thus, the loss incurred on one shirt is ₹125.

2 Two shirts:

Total CP of two shirts = ₹850

Total SP of two shirts = ₹300 × 2 = ₹600

Now, since CP > SP, this means Amy incurred a loss.

Total Loss = Total CP – Total SP = ₹850 – ₹600 = ₹250

Thus, the total loss incurred on two shirts is ₹250.

Do It Yourself 16C

Sahil sold his TV for ₹30,000 at a profit of ₹1563. Find the CP of the TV.

A shopkeeper bought 20 pencil boxes for ₹480. If he sold each pencil box for ₹50, calculate the profit or loss on each pencil box.

At a trade fair, a merchant bought 15 kg of spices for ₹3000 and sold them for ₹250 per kg. Did he make a profit or a loss? How much was the profit or loss on each kilogram?

Ayan bought an old smartphone for ₹5620. He spent ₹530 to repair it. He then sold the smartphone to his friend for ₹6150. Did Ayan make a profit or a loss, and how much?

Bicycles produce no emissions, making them an eco-friendly mode of transport. Aryan bought a new bicycle for ₹7830 and spent ₹270 on its transportation. He then sold the bicycle for ₹8000. Find the profit or loss. What are the other benefits of cycling?

Rita goes to a toy shop and buys a doll for ₹150, 2 puzzles for ₹100 each and 3 balls for ₹50 each. Make a bill showing Rita’s purchases.

Rina took out a loan of ₹40,000 to buy a bike. She paid back ₹3500 every month for one year. How much money did she pay back to the bank? What was the interest amount?

Math Lab

Setting: In 2 groups

Collaboration & Experiential Learning

Ship Shop Shap!

Materials Required: Pencils, pens, notebooks, paper price tags, play money (can be made out of paper)

Instructions:

1 Set up a mini store with items like pens and notebooks on the table with labels showing the cost price of each item.

2 Divide the class into two groups, shopkeepers and customers.

3 Shopkeepers should sell the items by stating a cost price for the customers and the customers will buy items using play money and the shopkeepers will write down the selling prices. Ensure that students take turns in buying things.

4 Calculate the profit or loss after each transaction and discuss the results.

5 Make a bill for the customers for the items bought.

Chapter Checkup

State True or False.

a  Selling price is the amount of money a seller pays to buy an item for his store.

b  When CP < SP, the seller makes a profit.

c  Priya bought a bag for ₹350 and sold it for ₹400. She made a profit.

d  If the cost of 5 pencils is ₹30, then the cost of one pencil will be ₹8.

Calculate the profit or loss.

a  CP = ₹167 and SP = ₹185 b  CP = ₹36 and SP = ₹29 c  CP = ₹147 and SP = ₹125

Kanika sold 20 bulbs for ₹15 each at a profit of ₹5 on all the bulbs. What was the cost price of each bulb?

Amit purchased two tea sets for ₹780 and ₹675. He sold both of them for ₹1450. Did he make a profit or a loss? How much was it?

A retailer bought 30 shirts for ₹200 each and 20 shirts for ₹100 each. He sold all of them for ₹300 each. Calculate the total profit or loss made by the retailer.

Which of these will be a better buy?

4 pencils for ₹24      Or       10 pencils for ₹50

Which is not a better deal: 36 chairs at ₹550 each or 22 chairs for ₹14,300?

A store bought 7 phones at ₹2100 each. They want to sell them at a total profit of ₹700. What should be the selling price of each phone?

Sharmin visited a nearby fruit shop and purchased 2 kg of apples at ₹50 per kg, along with 1 kg of bananas at ₹30 per kg and 3 kg of grapes at ₹40 per kg. Create a bill showing Sharmin's purchases.

In villages, farmers need new farming tools so that they can produce more food crops in a faster way. They borrow ₹5000 each from the local cooperative to buy seeds and equipment. They have to pay back the loan in 10 monthly payments without any extra money added. How much does each farmer need to pay back every month?

Create a word problem based on loan and amount paid back each month.

Challenge

Critical Thinking

1 Read the question below. Which of the statements is true?

3 workers can paint a house in 6 days for ₹9000. They divide the amount equally among themselves.

Statement 1: Each worker gets paid ₹500 every day.

Statement 2: In 1 day each worker will get 1 3 of the total amount.

2 Diya spent 1 5 of her salary on rent, 1 4 of what was remaining on food. Then she spent 1 3 of what was left on clothes and transport. She saved the remaining ₹5000. What was Diya’s salary?

Case Study

Value Development & Creativity

Shreya's Stamp Collection

Shreya works at a busy shopping centre. In her first year, she earned 2 valuable stamps. In her second year, she worked harder and earned twice as many stamps as she did in the first year. Shreya decided to sell all her stamps. Each stamp was worth ₹450, and she sold them at a profit of ₹50 per stamp.

Answer the questions given below:

1  Shreya collected stamps in her second year.

2 If Shreya sold all her stamps, how much money did she make? a  ₹1000 b  ₹2250 c  ₹3000 d  ₹4500

3 How much would she have sold her stamps for, if she had sold each of them at a loss of ₹25? a  ₹100 b  ₹225 c  ₹300 d  ₹425

4 Why do you think it is important to work hard and try to improve like Shreya did in her second year?

17 Data Handling

Bar Graphs

Rohan conducted a survey to find out the favourite outdoor activities of his classmates. He asked 40 classmates and recorded their answers in the form of a bar graph.

Single and Double Bar Graphs

Interpreting Bar Graphs

The bar graph shown below was prepared by Rohan. Let us try to read and answer a few questions based on the bar graph.

1 How many students chose football as their favourite sport?

The number of students who chose football is 10.

2 What is the favourite sport of most of the students?

The longest bar is that of cricket (green line), hence the favourite sport of most of the students is cricket.

The same data can be shown using a horizontal bar graph.

Think and Tell

Does drawing the bars horizontally make any difference to the data?

We saw that bar graphs are used to read the data of a group. But do you know that bar graphs can also be used to compare two data groups? It can be done with the help of double bar graphs.

Double Bar Graphs

The blue bars show the favourite sport of boys.

The red bars show the favourite sport of girls.

We read double bar graphs in the same way we read single bar graphs. Remember!

Let us read the double bar graph shown above and answer the question.

How many students liked cycling?

Number of girls who like cycling = 5; Number of boys who like cycling = 3

So, the total number of students who like cycling = 5 + 3 = 8 students.

Example 1: The marks of a student in different subjects are shown in the bar graph. Read the graph and answer the questions.

1 How many marks did the student score in Science? 65

2 What is the difference between the marks scored in French, and the marks scored in SSc.? 75 – 70 = 5 marks

3 In which subject were the highest marks scored? Maths

Example 2: The number of laptops sold by two different brands in 5 months is shown using a double bar graph. Read the graph and answer the given questions.

1 How many total laptops were sold by Brand 1?

Number of laptops sold by Brand 1 in 5 months = 50 + 70 + 60 + 90 + 80 = 350 laptops

So, the total number of laptops sold by Brand 1 = 350 laptops

2 Which brand sold more laptops and how many more?

Number of laptops sold by Brand 1 = 350 laptops

of Laptops Sold

Number of laptops sold by Brand 2 = 70 + 70 + 80 + 80 + 60 = 360 laptops

Difference between the number of laptops sold by both brands = 360 – 350 = 10 laptops

Thus, Brand 2 sold 10 more laptops then Brand 1.

Drawing Bar Graphs

Rohan now tries to find the favourite subject of his classmates. He first writes the data in tabular form.

Remember!

Look at the correct bar while answering the question.

Let us help him draw a bar graph for the data.

Step 1: Draw a vertical and horizontal line as shown below. Choose a scale as 1 unit = 2 students. The vertical line is the y-axis and the horizontal line is the x-axis.

Step 3: Draw rectangular bars for all subjects adjacent to each other. Keep the width of the bars the same. Remember, the height of the bar should match the number given in the table.

Step 2: Mark the horizontal line with subjects and vertical line with numbers at fixed intervals so that all the readings can be marked on the graph.

The same graph can be drawn by interchanging the data on the x and y axes as shown below.

Example 3: Read the table showing the favourite fruit of 57 children. Draw a horizontal bar graph using the data.

Fruits No. of Children

The bar graph represents the number of students in different sections of Grade 5 of a school. Which section has the least and the most students?

Recycling is the process of taking old or used materials and turning them into new products instead of throwing them away. The students of Grade 5 conducted a “Green Choices” project where they collected data on the number of plastic bottles recycled over 5 days.

Day 1—20; Day 2—15; Day 3—18; Day 4—25; Day 5—22

Create a horizontal bar graph to represent the data.

The fifth-grade students at Green Valley Elementary School conducted a survey to find their favourite book genres. They asked 60 students to choose their favourite books. Here is the data they collected:

18 students 15 students 12 students 10 students 5 students

Create a bar graph to represent this data.

The number of carnival tickets sold to adults and children on certain days of a week are shown on the bar graph. Read the graph and answer the questions.

a What is the difference between the tickets sold to children on Sunday and those sold on Friday?

b What is the total number of tickets sold throughout the four days?

c How many more tickets were sold on Sunday as compared to Saturday?

Create two more questions on the bar graph given in Q4.

Pie Charts

Jaya and Shreya wanted to treat their mother on Mother’s Day. So, they decided to prepare apple pie for the party. Their mother was delighted by the surprise. She decided to divide each pie into 16 equal parts.

Reading and Drawing Pie Charts

Let us now learn to read and draw pie charts.

Interpreting Pie Charts

Jaya, Shreya and their mother shared one apple pie. The pie chart shows their shares.

Let us try to find some information from the chart.

1 Who ate the smallest share of the apple pie? Mother

2 How many more slices of apple pie did Shreya eat as compared to Jaya?

Slices of apple pie eaten by Shreya = 1 2 of 16 = 1 2 × 16 = 8slices

Slices of apple pie ate by Jaya = 3 8 of 16 = 3 8 × 16 = 6 slices

Difference between the number of slices eaten by Shreya and Jaya = 8 – 6 = 2 slices.

We multiply the numerator of the fraction with the whole number and divide the product by the denominator. Remember!

Example 4: Look at the pie chart. Rhea and her classmates were asked about their favourite subjects. If 72 students were surveyed, how many students voted for art?

The pie chart shows that 1 4 of the students voted for art as their favourite subject.

Hence, the number of students who voted for art = 1 4 of 72 = 1 4 × 72 = 18 students.

Representing Data on a Pie Chart

Do you remember Jaya, Shreya and their mother sharing an apple pie? After some days, they prepared some laddoos to distribute among needy people. Father also helped them. Below is a table showing the number of laddoo boxes filled by each member.

We know that a circle makes an angle of 360°, and a pie chart is a circular graph that is used to represent data in terms of fractions or quantities. To represent the data on a pie chart, we follow the steps.

Step 1

Find the fraction and angle for each category by multiplying 360° with the fraction of each category.

Step 2

Draw a circle with any radius and mark the radius. Mark the first angle, keeping the radius as the reference line.

Step 3

Mark the next angle, keeping the previous line as the reference. Continue until all the angles are marked.

Step 4

Colour the categories and write the data inside the pie chart.

Do It Yourself 17B

Riya gets a fixed amount of pocket money from her parents, and she uses it responsibly. The pie chart shows the uses of pocket money managed by Riya.

a What activity consumes the largest portion of her pocket money?

b If she receives ₹100 as pocket money, how much money goes towards savings?

c If she decides to spend only 1 10 of her pocket money on snacks/food, how much money is that approximately?

Rohan recorded the time he spends on different activities during 12 hours over the weekend. Here is the data he collected:

Playing: 3 hours Studying: 4 hours Watching TV: 2 hours Reading: 3 hours

a  Find the fractions and angles for the data.    b  Draw a pie chart and label the data.

In a survey of 60 students, they were asked about their favourite sports. The results are as follows: 15 students like soccer, 12 students prefer basketball, 10 students enjoy swimming and the rest are into tennis. Create a pie chart to represent this data.

Read the pie chart showing the data for 200 students and answer the questions

a How many students are interested in Maths?

b If 40 students are interested in Science, what fraction of the total students does this represent?

c If 10 students are interested in EVS, what fraction of the students are interested in EVS?

Neha and her brother love reading books. They have a small library at their house. They even get books from family and friends. Both the siblings started reading books in the year 2018. They recorded the number of books read by them across the years.

Reading Line Graphs

Neha’s father put the data in the form of a line graph. A line graph uses lines to connect individual data points.

Study the graph and answer the questions.

1 In which year did the siblings read the most books?

To find the greatest number of books, look at the peak (highest point) of the given line graph. Now look at the year corresponding to the peak. Hence, 45 is the greatest number of books read by the siblings in the year 2020.

2 How many books did the siblings read in 2021?

Looking at the corresponding data for 2021, the siblings read 40 books in this year.

3 How many books did the siblings read in total for these 5 years?

To find the number of books read in each year, look at the corresponding data for each year.

Hence, the total number of books read across 5 years = 25

The line graph shows the number of persons who visited different cities on a certain day. Name the cities visited by the most and the least number of people.

ChennaiGoa Pune Kolkata Delhi

City

Gulmarg is a beautiful hill station and popular tourist destination located in the Baramulla district of Jammu and Kashmir, India. The line graph represents the weekly inimum temperature readings (in °C) of Gulmarg for five weeks. Study the graph carefully and answer the questions.

a What was the temperature recorded during the second week?

b In which week was the highest temperature recorded?

c What was the temperature difference between the first and the last week?

Rahul drew a line graph to show the sales of guitars over the course of six years. Read the graph and answer the questions.

a In which year did Rahul sell 700 guitars?

b How many guitars were sold in the year 2021?

c In which year was the least number of guitars sold?

Let’s Do Plotting

Collaboration & Art Integration

Aim: Students will learn how to create, interpret and analyse simple bar graphs and pie charts using real-time data.

Setting: In groups of 2

Materials Required: Chart paper, coloured pencils or crayons, ruler, coloured rectangular strips, coloured circular cutouts of the same-sized circles, glue

Method:

The students from each group will collect real-time data of any type and record it in the form of a table.

Next, the group will analyse the data and represent it using bar graphs and pie charts.

For the bar graph, paste the coloured rectangular strips to represent the bar graphs.

For the pie charts, cut out the appropriate sectors from the coloured circular cutouts and paste these adjacent to each other to form the pie chart.

The group that accurately represents all the data in both types of graphs wins!

Chapter Checkup

An organisation conducted a survey on pets to find the favourite pets in a certain locality. They asked 60 families about their preferences and created a bar graph to represent the results.

Look at the graph and fill in the blanks.

a families like cats.

b families prefer birds and rabbits as their pets.

c The number of families who like dogs as pets is more than the number of families who like fish as pets.

The graph shows the number of pages read by boys and girls for five days of a week. Read the graph and answer the questions.

a On which day did boys and girls read an equal number of pages?

b Who reads more pages on Wednesday?

c What is the difference in the total number of pages read by girls and by boys?

The data represents the sale of refrigerators by a showroom in the last six months. Draw a horizontal bar graph.

The total area of the oceans on the Earth is about 362 million sq. km. The pie chart shows the area of the 5 oceans on Earth .

a  What is the area of the Pacific Ocean?

b What is the total area of the Indian and the Atlantic Oceans?

c  How much more is the area of the Antarctic Ocean than the Arctic Ocean?

Read the graph showing the amount of fruit sold in a week. Answer the questions.

a On which day did the fruit seller sell 15 kg of fruit?

b How many kilograms did he sell together on Saturday and Sunday?

c What is the difference between the sales of the initial 4 days and the last 3 days?

The data shows the number of hours spent by Kunal on different activities in a day. Draw a pie chart for the given data.

Read the graph showing the temperature of different cities. Answer the questions.

a  Which is the hottest city?

b  Which is the coldest city?

c What is the temperature in Chennai?

d Which city has a temperature of 10℃?

In a music class, students were asked about their favourite musical instruments. Out of 40 students surveyed, 12 students liked the guitar, 10 liked the piano, 8 enjoyed playing the drums and the remaining students liked other instruments. Draw a pie chart to represent the data.

Kunal carried out a survey among 50 children from his locality about their favourite ice cream. He made a pie chart with the survey results.

a  Which ice cream is the most popular?

b  Which is the least popular ice cream?

c How many children like chocolate ice cream?

d How many children like either vanilla or strawberry ice cream?

Create a question based on the graph in Q9.

Challenge

1 A fertiliser is a substance added to soil or plants to help them grow better and stronger. The bar graph shows the production of fertilisers by a company over the years.

If the production in 2003 was twice of that of 1998, and in 2004, it was 8 6 of 1997, then what is the total production of fertilisers over the span of 10 years?

2 600 students were surveyed on their favourite foods. Read the pie chart and identify the options that are not true.

a  375 students have Indian food as their favourite food.

b  60 students have Mexican food as their favourite food.

c 90 students have Italian food as their favourite food.

d 85 students have Chinese food as their favourite food.

Case Study

Wildlife in India

Ruhaan is a wildlife biologist. He studies animals and other wildlife and how they interact with their ecosystems. Ruhaan collected data on the number of tigers and elephants for the year 2022 in different states of India and drew a bar graph on it. Read the bar graph and answer the questions.

1  What is the total number of tigers in the 4 states?

a  198 b  202 c  204 d  200

2 What is the difference between the number of tigers and elephants in the 4 states altogether?

a  30 b  35 c  38 d  43

3 Draw a horizontal bar graph to represent the same data.

4 Which state had 12 more elephants than tigers?

5 How can we conserve endangered (a species that is at serious risk of extinction) species like tigers and elephants? Cross Curricular & Value Development

Andhra Pradesh Bihar Telangana

Model Test Paper - 2

Name of the Student:

Time: 1 Hour Total Marks: 50

1 Draw the given angles using the inner scale of a protractor. (4 marks) A 100° B 135°

2 Draw top view and front view of the given object. (4 marks)

3 Show the next two terms in the given patterns. (6 marks)

4 Find the perimeter and area, if each small square is of side 1 cm. (4 marks)

5 Calculate the profit or loss. (4 marks) A CP = ₹185 and SP = ₹167 B CP = ₹1478 and SP = ₹2250

6 The weight of a bag is 10 kg 300 g. Two packets weighing 740 g each are removed from it. What is the weight of the bag now? (4 marks)

7 The square and rectangle are arranged to make a new shape. What is the perimeter of the shape? (4 marks)

8 The Sinha family likes to trek. One day they walked a distance of 11 km. They took two breaks during the trek. Study the graph and answer the questions. (4 marks)

A At what times did they take the breaks?

B What was the duration of each break?

9 If the highest temperature is 55.0°C and the lowest temperature is – 60°C. What is the difference between the highest and the lowest temperatures. Give your answer in Fahrenheit. (4 marks)

10 Convert. (4 marks)

4054cL into L

126 L 70 dL into mL

11 Find the volume of the given solids. (4 marks)

12 Write the word LEARNING and draw it reflection. (4 marks)

Answers

Chapter 9

Do It Yourself 9A

1. a. Parallel lines  b. Ray  c. Intersecting lines

d. Line  2. a. False  b. False  c. True

d. True  3. Line segment, Parallel lines, Point, Ray

4. a. M b. N M

c. Q P d. T S

e. W O X V U

5. a. A, B, C, D, E, F; ,, ACCBAB

b. Answers may vary. Sample answer. FD

c. 1 ray, .BE

6. Intersecting lines

Do It Yourself 9B

1. Answers may vary. Sample answer.

2. a. ∠PQR, ∠RQP or ∠Q  b. ∠LMN, ∠NML or ∠M

c. ∠XYZ, ∠ZYX or ∠Y  3. ∠1 and ∠3

4. Acute, Obtuse, Straight, Obtuse

5. 7:30 am: Acute angle 1:30 pm: Obtuse angle

6. Acute angles and obtuse angles

Do It Yourself 9C

1. a. Acute angle  b. Obtuse angle  c. Right angle

d. Acute angle  2. a. 74°  b. 115°  c. 152°

d. 120°  3. a. 53°  b. 90°  c. 123°  d. 32°

e. 57°  f. 127°

4. a. 50° b. 85° c. 100°

d. 145° 5. 30° angles

5. Drawings may vary.

Do It Yourself 9D

1. a. Quadrilateral  b. Nonagon  c. Hexagon

d. Decagon  2. a. nine  b. three  c. seven   d. five   3. a. True  b. True  c. True  d. False

4. octagon  5. Hexagon

6. Drawings may vary. Sides are PQ, QR and PR.  Chapter Checkup

1. a. Line  b. Ray  c. Line segment  d. Line segment   2. a. True  b. False  c. False

3. Acute angle, Right angle, Straight angle, Obtuse angle

4. a. acute  b. right  c. straight  d. obtuse  e. acute

5. a. 150°  b. 130°  c. 170°

6. a. 120°  b. 155°  c. 57°  d. 90°

7. a. 65° b. 115° c. 140° d. 155°

8. a. Quadrilateral; 4 sides, 4 angles  b. Heptagon; 7 sides, 7 angles  c. Quadrilateral; 4 sides, 4 angles  d. Octagon; 8 sides, 8 angles

9. a, d

10. 125° O

11. Parallel lines  12. Hexagon

13. Answers may vary. Sample image.

Challenge 1. Option c 2.

Case Study

1. option c  2. option b  3. option c

4. Chapter 10 Do It Yourself 10A

1. c

2. 3.

The pattern is rotating 90° in clockwise direction.

4. a. 45° Clockwise  b. 90° Clockwise  c. Not a pattern. d. 180° Anti-clockwise or 180° Clockwise.  5. d

6. a. b.

Do It Yourself 10B

1. b   2. b.

3. a. b.

c. d.

4. b; Answers may vary. Sample answer.

5. b

Do It Yourself 10C

1. a. Adding 4 to each term.  b. Adding 2 to each term.

c. The pattern has squares of natural numbers.

2. a. 53453  b. 89012  c. 14523

3. 5 red and 5 yellow flowers. 4. 84

5. Answer may vary. Sample answer:

Do It Yourself 10D

1. a. 2 lines of symmetry  b. Asymmetrical

c. 1 horizontal line of symmetry

d. Many lines of symmetry.

2. a. no line of symmetry  b.

c. no line of symmetry   d.

3. a. A b.

Asymmetrical.

4. a. False  b. False  c. True  d. True

Answer may vary. Sample answer:

7. Drawings may vary.

Chapter Checkup

1. d, h.    2. a. b.

2 1 4 16 8   5.

Case Study

7. 256, 241, 226; 15 is subtracted each time.

8. a. 1, 3, 9, 27, 81  b. 15, 18, 23, 26, 31

9. a. 57, 64, 72, 81, 91  b. 75, 69, 62, 54, 45   10.  No  11. a. Yes  b. Yes

12. 128, 256, 512; The number is getting doubled each time.   13. ₹2560  14. 300 steps

Challenge 1. 28  2. Option 3- A is true but R is false.

1. a. Rectangle  2. False   3. reflectional symmetry 4. No  5. Dispose of trash in designated bins, and avoid bringing items that can cause litter.

Chapter 11

Do It Yourself 11A

1. Answers may vary, Sample answer.

a. 15 cm; 13 cm; 2 cm b. 3 cm; 5cm; 2 cm c. 4 cm;

4 cm; 0 cm d. 22 cm; 19 cm; 3 cm  2. a. 5.5 cm b. 2.7 cm

c. 9 cm d. 4.5 cm  3. a. 4.5 cm b. 0.547 cm

c. 1.056 km d. 689.2 m e. 203.4 m f. 0.7698 km

4. a. 45.1 m b. 16,080 mm c. 280 m 5 dm  5. 0.0001 km

6. 53 m 16 cm  7. 25 km 794 m  8. 53 dm

9. Answer may vary. Sample answer.

The length of pipe A is Pencil and the letter M 7 m 25 cm and the length of pipe B is 87 m 30 cm. How much more is the length of pipe B than the length of pipe A?

Do It Yourself 11B

1. a. 30 g b. 85 g c. 70 kg d. 100 g  2. a. 0.079 kg

b. 9,75,000 mg c. 46,77,000 g d. 165.5 g  e. 68.76 g

f. 8,40,000 mg  3. a. 6.01 kg; 6010g b. 16.08 g; 16,080 mg

c. 547.006 kg; 5,47,600 mg d. 3.08 g; 308 cg

e. 87.06 kg; 8706 dag f. 12.42 hg; 1242 g  4. 1.688 kg

5. 25 eggs 6. 4 kg 56 g 7. 6 kg 133 g 8. 6 kg 100 g

9. a. 1 kg 490 g b. 1 kg 80 g 10. 0.0051 kg

11. Answer may vary. Sample answer.

The weight of a watermelon is 11 kg and the weight of a jackfruit is 5,500 g. What is the weight of both the fruits together?

Chapter Checkup

1. a. m; kg b. cm; g c. m; kg  2. a. 12.5 cm b. 17.9 cm

c. 22.2 cm  3. 14.2 cm  4. 4.5 cm  5. a. 0.008 km

b. 4.35 hm c. 12,32,000 mm d. 89.7 dam  6. a. 5000 g

b. 4.64 g c. 54,78,000 mg d. 43.07 kg  7. 380 g

8. 1,25,000 mg  9. No, because their overall weight is 293 kg which is greater than the carrying limit of the lift.

10. (Answers may vary) Sample answer

a. One 4 cm and one 8 cm b. One 4 cm and two 8 cm

c. Three 8 cm  11. a. 36 cm b. No

12. 20 kg flour, 7.5 kg butter and 10 kg sugar.

13. Answers may vary. Sample answer: Ana buys 23.5 kg of rice and 18.25 kg of flour. How much rice and flour did she buy in all?

Challenge 1. 41,000 g 2. Option c

Case Study

1. a. cm b. mm

2. option d

3. Length of the play area = 6,682 m

4. The van can shift 4 tigers or 1 tiger and 1 lion in a trip

5. Answer will vary.

Chapter 12

Do It Yourself 12A

1. a. 80 cm b. 300 cm c. 60 cm d. 100 cm

2. a. 128 m b. 212 cm c. 108 m d. 312 cm

3. a. 54 cm b. 280 m c. 76 m  d. 80 cm

4. a. 24 mm b. 37 mm  5. 180 m  6. ₹1400

7. 1800 sq. m.  8. 8 cm

9. Answers may vary. Sample answers.

Do It Yourself 12B

1. a. sq. cm b. sq. cm c. sq. m d. sq. m e. sq. km f. sq. m

g. sq. cm h. sq. m  2. a. 330 sq. cm b. 4060 sq. m

3. a. 3136 sq. m b. 4489 sq. cm  4. 144 sq. m

5. a. 17.5 sq. units b. 6 sq. units

6. a. 96 sq. cm b. 33 sq. cm

7. Answers may vary. Sample answers: a.

Area = 80 sq. cm  b.

Perimeter = 22 cm

8. Answers may vary.  9. Both shapes has same area.

Chapter Checkup

1. a. 64 cm; 252 sq. cm b. 96 m; 567 sq. m c. 164 m; 1617 sq. m  2. a. 320 cm; 6400 sq. cm b. 128 m; 1024 sq. m c. 180 m; 2025 sq. m  3. a. 40 cm; 128 cm

b. 105 m; 11,025 sq. m c. 28 m; 952 sq. m 4. a. 12 sq. units

b. 4 sq. units c. 10 sq. units  5. a. 39 sq. m  b. 78 sq. m

c. 64 sq. cm   6. c  7. 90,000 sq. feet   8. 5000 sq. cm

9. 11 sq. m  10. The square has greater area while the perimeter is the same for both.

Challenge 1. 44 cm  2. No.

Case Study

1. 224 sq. m  2. Staff-room  3. 1444 sq. m

4. 1120 sq. m  5. Answers may vary.

Chapter 13

Do It Yourself 13A

1. a. 5 mL b. 3 L  2. a. 0.658 L b. 84,37,000 mL

c. 256.7 L d. 50.54 L e. 82.1 daL f. 1,44,000 mL

3. a. 8.060 L b. 3289 cL c. 4012 L 3 dL d. 9006 daL

4. 20,000 mL  5. Incorrect, 30.50 dL

6. Answers may vary Sample answer.

Radhika’s home had water tank with capacity of of 500 L. What is the capacity of the tank in mL?

Do It Yourself 13B

1. a. 16 cu. units b. 8 cu. units c. 80 cu. units

d. 36 cu. units   2. 6 cu. m  3. 900 cu. cm  4. 6660 cu. cm

5. a. 10 mL  b. 30 mL  6. Rinku’s lunch box is bigger in size.

7. 8 beakers  8. 260 mL

Chapter Checkup

1. a. 50 mL b. 20 L c. 500 mL d. 250 mL e. 5000 L

2. 50 mL  3. 800 mL, 200 mL, 300 mL, 700 mL, 500 mL

4.

5. a. 4,4,4  b. 8,2,3  6. a. 0.980 L b. 68,69,000 mL

c. 979.6 L d. 34.56 L e. 24.3 daL f. 9,12,600 mL

7. a. 12 cu. units  b. 44 cu. units c. 15 cu. units

d. 22 cu. units 8. 765 mL 9. 2 L 100 mL 10. a. 112 cu. unit

b. 63 cu. unit c. 36 cu. unit  11. 37,500 cu. cm

12. 26 L  13. 9 L 900 mL

Challenge 1. 96 small cubes 2. Option d

Case Study

1. a. false b. true 2. 450 mL  3. 90,000 L

4. The box should have a minimum height of 40 cm to pack the 10 boxes

5. Answers may vary.

Chapter 14

Do It Yourself 14A

1. a.  b.

2. a. Cone: Vertices = 1, Edges = 1, Faces = 2

b. Sphere: Vertices = 0, Edges = 0, Faces = 1

c. Square prism: Vertices = 8, Edges = 12, Faces = 6

d. Cylinder: Vertices = 0, Edges = 2, Faces = 3

3. Cylinder

4. a. Cube or Cuboid  b. Sphere  c. Cylinder  d. Cone

5. Cuboid. 6 Flat faces, 8 Vertices and 12 Edges

6.

7. Similarity: 5 faces

Difference: Rohan’s tent has a triangular base, and Simi’s tent has a rectangular base.

Do It Yourself 14B

1. a. Square pyramid b. Cylinder c. Cone  d. Hexagonal pyramid  2. a.

3. a. b.

4. Megha

Do It Yourself 14C

3. Front view Side view Top view

4. 15 building blocks Front view Side view Top view

Do It Yourself 14D 1. a. south b. east c. west  2. 125 km  3. 24 km

4. Cupboard = 2 m, 8 m; table = 6 m, 4 m; desk = 2 m, 6 m

5. 12.5 km  6. Myanmar, Sri Lanka and Pakistan

Do It Yourself 14E

5. Windows at the back and either left or right side.

6. Answer may vary. Sample answer:

Chapter Checkup

1. a. b. c.

Cube Cylinder Cuboid

2. Faces = 1, Vertices = 0, Edges = 0

3. a. Net b. Deep drawing c. Floor plan

4. a. Cylinder: Faces = 3; Edges = 2; Vertices = 0

b. Cube: Faces = 6; Edges = 12; Vertices = 8

c. Cone: Faces = 2;Edges = 1; Vertices = 1

5. a. b. c.

Case Study

1. 2  2. 3  3. person 1- top, person 2 - side, person 3 - front

4. Person 1 should stay away from the edge and hold onto something sturdy.

Chapter 15

Do It Yourself 15A

1. a. 180 minutes b. 240 minutes c. 140 minutes

d. 190 minutes e. 230 minutes f. 270 minutes

2. a. 300 seconds b. 480 seconds c. 550 seconds

d. 620 seconds e 760 seconds f. 950 seconds

3. a. 4 minutes b. 8 minutes c. 5 minutes 50 seconds

d. 7 minutes 20 seconds e. 8 minutes 40 seconds

f. 9 minutes 10 seconds  4. 510 minutes

5. 1 hour 35 minutes  6. Answers may vary. Sample answer. A day has 24 hours. How many minutes does a day has?

6.  Top View Front View Side View

7. a. 32 km b. 64 km c. 120 km d. 200 km e. 256 km

8. Answer may vary. Sample answers.

a. Yes

3

9. 4 doors  10. 3 times.

11. Answer may vary. Sample answer. KITCHEN LIVING ROOM BEDROOM

12. 21 km

Challenge 1. 4  2. Front view Side View Top view

Do It Yourself 15B

1. 1 hour  2. a. 10 hours 50 min b. 1 hour 35 min

c. 11 weeks 1 day d. 3 years 11 months e. 7 weeks 1 day

f. 2 years 6 months

3. 3:15 p.m.  4. 3 hours 15 minutes

5. 3 months 21 days  6. 2 months 15 days

7. 4 years 5 months 25 days  8. 474 minutes

9. Answers may vary. Sample answer. Yohaan cycles from 6:45 p.m. to 8:25 p.m. For how long does he cycles?

Do It Yourself 15C

1. a. ii b. i  2. a. 26°C b. 35°C c. 42°C,  d. 12°C

3. a. 95 °F b. 26.6 °C c. 113°F d. 65 °C  4. a. Srinagar

b. Chennai c. 29.7°C d. 3.8°C 5. 231.8 °F

Chapter Checkup

1. a. 7200 seconds b. 5400 seconds  c. 8400 seconds

d. 400 seconds  2. a. 86 °F b. 79.44 °C  3. 390 minutes

4. 375 minutes  5. 5 pm  6. 6 years 11 months

7. 3 hour 43 minutes 8. 15 August 9. 9 times

10. 9:30 a.m.  11. 8 minutes

Challenge 1. Option b  2. 10:05 a.m.

Case Study

1. a. 20°C 2. b. 4°C 3. 24°C 4. 28°C 5. False

6 Answers may vary.

Chapter 16

Do It Yourself 16A

1. a. 35 b. 60 c. 200  2. ₹25  3. ₹1026  4. ₹36

5. ₹886.2  6. ₹ 13,200

Do It Yourself 16B

1. a. CP b. loss c. greater d. ₹500

2. Your cost price was less than the selling price.

3. a. ₹50 b. ₹45 c. ₹8400 d. ₹1285

4. a. ₹0 b. ₹1340 c. ₹160  5. ₹ 350

6. Answers may vary. Sample answer. The cost price of a toy is ₹1600. What will be the selling price if it is sold at a loss of ₹400?

Do It Yourself 16C

1. ₹28,437   2. Profit, ₹26  3. He made profit. Profit on each kg is ₹50.

4. Neither profit nor loss  5. Loss, ₹100

6.  Bill Date: 05/02/2023

4. a. 35 tickets b. 715 tickets c. 35 tickets

5. Answer may vary. Sample answer.

Q1. What is the number of adult tickets sold in the 4 days?; Q2. What is the difference in the number of children tickets sold on Thursday to that on Sunday.

Do It Yourself 17B 1. a. Food b. ₹25 c. ₹10

7. ₹42,000; ₹2000

Chapter Checkup

1. a. False b. True c. True d. False

2. a. Profit, ₹18 b. Loss, ₹7 c. Loss, ₹22

3. ₹14.75  4. Loss; ₹5  5. Profit; ₹7000

6. 10 Pencils for ₹50  7. 22 chairs at ₹14,300.  8. ₹2200

9.

Bill Date: 06/02/2023 Bill No. 003/1

No.

10. ₹500  11. Answers may vary. Sample answer.

A school owner takes a ₹30,000 loan from the bank to repair his school. He pays back the loan in 20 months. He paid an interest of ₹2000. How much does he pay each month if the payments are equal?

Challenge 1. Statement 1 is true.

2. Divya’s salary was ₹12,500 Case Study

1. 4  2. c  3. d  4. Answer will vary.

Chapter 17

Do It Yourself 17A

1. V-A, V-C

a. 50 students b. 1 5 c. 1 20

5. Answer may vary. Sample answer. How many more students are interested in sports than Maths?

Do It Yourself 17C

1. Wednesday and Thursday

2. Most = Pune; Least = Goa

3. a. 8°C b. Week 1 c. 8°C

4. a. 2017  b. 800 guitars c. 2018

5. Answers will vary. Sample answer.

Q1. What is the total numbers of guitars sold during the given years?

Q2. In which year(s) did Rahul sell more than 600 guitars?

Chapter Checkup

1. a. 15 b. 19 c. 2

2. a. Thursday b. Boys c. 3 pages

3.

4.

9. a. Chocolate b. Blueberry c. 14 children d. 22 children

10. Answers will vary. Sample answer. What is the difference in the number of students who like mango flavour to the one who like blueberry flavour? Challenge 1. 6,10,000 tonnes  2. Option d

Case Study

1. Option b

2. Option c  3.

6. a. Friday b. 65 kg c. 5 kg

7. a. Jaipur b. Ooty c. 15°C d. Bangalore

4. Andhra Pradesh

5. Answers may vary.

Air and Water 9

Chapter Overview

Atmosphere Air Around Us Water in Nature Purifying Drinking Water

Get Set Air and Water

Look at the images and identify the thing (air/water) required for the activity. Write it in the box given below the images.

Atmosphere

A thick layer of air surrounds the Earth, known as the atmosphere. It is held around the Earth by gravity and is made up of gases like oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and others. The atmosphere is essential for life on Earth in the following ways:

1. Provides oxygen: The atmosphere contains oxygen, which all living beings need to breathe.

Drying of clothes

Birds flying

Washing clothes

2. Supports plant life: Plants absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere and use it to produce food through photosynthesis.

3. Protects from harmful rays: The atmosphere shields us from the sun’s harmful UV rays and helps regulate Earth’s temperature.

4. Blocks meteors: It acts as a protective barrier, preventing most meteors from reaching Earth’s surface.

Layers of the Atmosphere

Our atmosphere is divided into five layers—troposphere, stratosphere, mesosphere, thermosphere and exosphere. Let us learn about each of them.

1. Troposphere: Being the first and the innermost layer surrounding the Earth’s surface, it provides air for breathing. This layer contributes to the changes in the weather we experience.

2. Stratosphere: This is the second layer in the atmosphere. Aeroplanes fly in this layer to avoid any weather changes. This contains the ozone layer which protects the Earth’s surface from the harmful ultraviolet rays emitted by the Sun. These rays may cause skin cancer.

3. Mesosphere: This is the third layer of the Earth’s atmosphere. It protects the Earth by burning up meteors as they enter, preventing them from reaching the Earth’s surface.

Discuss!

There are other celestial bodies, like the planet Venus, that have an atmosphere. Do you think life is possible there? Discuss in your class.

4. Thermosphere: This is the fourth layer of our atmosphere. In this layer, the temperature can reach approximately up to 2000˚C. Space shuttles orbit around the Earth in the thermosphere.

5. Exosphere: This is the fifth and the outermost layer. There is no life beyond this layer, as air does not exist. Artificial satellites orbit around the Earth in this layer. This layer opens up to the outer space.

Layers of atmosphere

Name the following layers of the atmosphere.

1. It provides air for breathing.

2. It protects us from the harmful UV rays.

3. It allows artificial satellites orbit around the Earth.

4. It lets the space shuttles orbit around the Earth.

Air Around Us

Air is everywhere around us. We cannot touch or see it, but we can feel it. Air is very important as we need it for our survival. It is used by all living things. For example; plants, animals and human beings need air to breathe.

Composition of Air

Air is a mixture of different gases. Let us learn about them.

Nitrogen: Nitrogen constitutes 78% of the air. Nitrogen cannot be used directly by plants and animals. The bacteria present in the soil help to convert atmospheric nitrogen into its usable form, which can be used by plants. Plants also obtain nitrogen artificially from pesticides and fertilisers. When the animals feed on these plants, they also get the required amount of nitrogen.

Oxygen: It is one of the most crucial components of air. Oxygen constitutes 21% of the air. It is required mainly by living beings for breathing. It is also required for burning.

Think and Tell

All living beings need oxygen to survive. Where does such a large amount of oxygen come from?

Other gases: We know that oxygen and nitrogen together make up 99% of the air. The remaining 1% of air comprises carbon dioxide, argon, water vapour and other gases.

Plants require carbon dioxide to prepare their food during the process of photosynthesis. Argon, a colourless and odourless gas, is used to make light bulbs and fluorescent bulbs. When water gets evaporated from the Earth’s surface, it becomes water vapour. The presence of water vapour leads to changes in weather. The amount of water vapour present in the air is also known as humidity.

Air also consists of hydrogen, helium, ozone, smoke and dust particles in it. Helium is a light gas and it is used to fill balloons.

Investigate and Discover

Aim: To prove that oxygen is required for burning.

Materials Needed: A matchbox or lighter, 1 glass beaker, 2 candles and a table

Method:

Step 1: Under an adult’s supervision, light both the candles and place them upright on a table.

Step 2: Cover one candle with a glass beaker.

Step 3: Observe what happens to both the candles.

Step 4: The candle covered with the glass beaker stops burning after some time. The other one continues to burn.

Findings: When we cover the candle with a glass beaker, the oxygen supply stops. The other candle keeps on burning as oxygen is supplied continuously.

Conclusion: Oxygen is required for burning.

Did You Know?

Living things are not only found in soil and water but also in the air. Bioaerosols are small particles in the air that carry things like bacteria, viruses, pollen or fungi. They can be released from plants, animals and human activities, like coughing or sneezing. Bioaerosols can affect human health, leading to allergies or spreading diseases.

Properties of Air

Oxygen is required for burning.

Error Alert!

It is commonly believed that air is same everywhere. But that is not true. Air quality can vary, depending on location, altitude and pollution levels.

Air is colourless, tasteless and odourless, but it has several important properties.

Air occupies space: Air is matter, so it takes up space. When you blow air into a balloon, the balloon inflates because the air fills and occupies the space inside it. The same happens with things like footballs, tyres and cushions.

odourless: without any smell

Air has weight: An inflated object weighs more than when it is deflated. This demonstrates that air has weight.

Investigate and Discover

Aim: To prove that air occupies space and has mass.

Materials Needed: A deflated balloon and a straw

Method:

Step 1: Take a deflated balloon.

Step 2: Insert a straw in it.

Step 3: Blow into the straw until the balloon gets inflated.

Step 4: Hold the balloon and try to feel its mass compared to when it was deflated.

Findings: The balloon gets inflated and takes the desired shape. It becomes heavier once inflated.

Conclusion: This shows that air occupies space. The balloon also becomes heavy as compared to the deflated one. So, it also shows that air has mass.

Balloon is inflated after filling air into it.

Air exerts pressure: Since air has weight, it pushes against objects in all directions, creating air pressure. This pressure is essential for everyday activities like drinking water or juices with the help of a straw, filling ink in a fountain pen and drawing liquid medicine into a syringe. Let us learn about them by conducting some activities.

Investigate and Discover

Aim: To prove that air exerts pressure.

Materials Needed: A glass, a piece of cardboard and water

Method:

Step 1: Fill a glass completely with water.

Step 2: Place the piece of cardboard over the top of the glass, ensuring there are no air bubbles.

Step 3: Hold the cardboard in place and carefully turn the glass upside down.

inflated: to fill something with air; deflated: to make something smaller in size by letting the air out

Step 4: Slowly release your hand from the cardboard while holding the glass upside down.

Findings: The cardboard stays in place, and the water does not spill out.

Conclusion: This experiment demonstrates that air exerts pressure from below, pushing up against the cardboard and preventing the water from falling.

Water in Nature

About 71% of our Earth’s surface is covered with water. It is obtained from different sources like oceans, rivers, lakes, ponds and wells. Water from different sources evaporates and condenses to form clouds in the upper atmosphere. Clouds become heavier and precipitate. Rainwater goes back to water sources. This cycle is called water cycle. Rainwater acts as the main source of water on the Earth. Water is used for various purposes, such as bathing, washing, cooking and cleaning.

Impurities in Water

We know that water is a universal solvent. This mean it can dissolve a wide range of substances into it. Sometimes, unwanted or harmful substances dissolve in water, making it polluted and unfit for use. These substances are called impurities.

Types of Impurities

Soluble Impurities: These impurities completely dissolve in water. Once mixed with water, we cannot see these impurities with our naked eyes. Some examples of soluble impurities include sugar and salt.

Insoluble Impurities: Unlike, soluble impurities, they do not dissolve in water. They are visible with our naked eyes. They can either float on water or settle down at the bottom. Some examples of insoluble impurities include sand and mud.

Water cycle in nature

Air exerts pressure

Removing Impurities

We have learnt about different types of impurities. Depending on this, different methods are used to remove different types of impurities. Let us learn about them.

Removing Soluble Impurities

Evaporation: In this method, soluble impurities are removed from water by heating. Heating changes water into steam, leaving the impurities behind in the vessel.

Distillation: In this process, water is heated and distilled water is collected on condensation.

The steps used in the distillation process are as follows:

1. The impure water is poured into the round-bottom flask. It is then heated until it starts boiling.

2. On boiling, water changes into steam or water vapours.

3. The produced steam is then passed through the condenser and becomes cool. This changes steam back to water.

4. The pure and clean water is then collected in the receiving flask. This water is called distilled water.

Removing Insoluble Impurities

Distillation

Insoluble impurities are removed by methods like sedimentation and decantation.

Sedimentation and Decantation: These are used to separate impurities like mud and sand, which are heavier than water.

Let us learn how to separate sand from water.

1. Mix some sand in a glass of water.

2. Let it stand undisturbed for some time.

3. After some time, you will observe that sand settles down at the bottom of the beaker. This process is called sedimentation.

Sedimentation and decantation

4. In sedimentation, clean water appears on the top.

5. Now, slowly pour the obtained clean water in an empty beaker. This process is called decantation.

Discuss!

We know that 71% of the Earth is covered with water. Given this, what do you think causes the issue of water scarcity in many places? Discuss your thoughts with your classmates.

Pause and Answer

Tick ( ) the correct alternative in each of the following.

1. Substances that make water unfit for consumption are called impurities/solvents.

2. Soluble/insoluble impurities get completely dissolved in water.

3. Soluble/insoluble impurities can either float or settle down in water.

4. Sugar/sand dissolves in water.

5. Distillation/sedimentation is used to separate insoluble impurities from water.

Purifying Drinking Water

Remember!

We should use water wisely and judiciously.

Water which comes to our houses through pipes and taps is unfit for direct consumption. It consists of various impurities and germs. This makes us fall ill. We suffer from various waterborne diseases like cholera, jaundice and hepatitis after consuming such impure water. So, we need to purify water before consuming. Let us learn about these methods.

Boiling

The boiling temperature of water is 100 degree Celsius. Did You Know?

This is one of the oldest and easiest methods to purify water at home. Water needs to be boiled for 15–20 minutes when its temperature reaches 100 degrees Celsius. In this process, the germs are killed. Once the water cools down, it needs to be stored in clean vessels for consumption. These vessels need to be covered and stored in a clean and dry place. Water filters and

purifiers can be used at home to clean drinking water. Potassium permanganate is also used to treat drinking water as it disinfects and helps prevent diseases.

Before water is supplied to our homes through pipelines, it undergoes purification and filtration using three main methods:

Sedimentation: Water from sources like rivers and lakes is collected in large tanks and left undisturbed for several days. During this time, solid impurities settle at the bottom of the tank. Sunlight also helps kill many germs present in the water. Alum is added to improve the water quality.

Filtration: After sedimentation, the water is filtered through a clean sand bed to remove finer insoluble impurities.

Chlorination: Finally, the filtered water is disinfected with chlorine to kill any remaining germs. Chlorine tablets are readily available and can eliminate most harmful microorganisms in the water, making it safe for use. This treated water is then supplied to homes for domestic purposes.

Do and Learn

Let us make a water filter.

We need a plastic bottle, craft knife, cloth/old sock, sand, pebbles, container, water. Cut the plastic bottle (under an adult’s supervision) and place it in the inverted form over the other half of the bottle. Cover the mouth of the bottle with a cloth/old sock. Add sand and pebbles to the opening of the bottle. Now, slowly add water in it. The water will slowly flow through the opening and will be poured in the bottom part of the bottle.

Wonders of Bharat

India has always stood out in keeping its rivers clean and using innovative ways to preserve natural resources. For example, rainwater harvesting in India began from around 4,000 years ago.

Water filter

Word Splash

atmosphere: a thick layer of air surrounding the Earth

meteors: a small piece of rock in space

orbit: a fixed curved path in which the celestial bodies move bacteria: single-celled micro-organisms

pesticides: chemical substances that are used to kill pests

fertiliser: a natural or chemical substance that is put on land or soil to make plants grow better

solvent: a liquid that can dissolve another substance polluted: the presence of unwanted substances

germs: microbes present in food, water or everywhere

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about the layers of the atmosphere.

Points to Remember

• The Earth is surrounded by a thick layer of air, known as the atmosphere.

• Our atmosphere consists of five different layers.

• Air is a mixture of gases.

• Water is an important part of our daily lives.

• Impurities can be soluble or insoluble.

• Water needs to be purified before consuming.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct option.

A. Which layer of atmosphere contributes to the changes in the weather we experience?

B. Which gas is required for burning?

C. Which gas has the highest composition in air?

Oxygen Argon Nitrogen Carbon dioxide

D. Which of the following methods is used to separate soluble properties from water?

Decantation Sedimentation Distillation Chlorination

2. Fill in the blanks.

100   thermosphere   21   sedimentation

A. Air consists of oxygen in it.

B. When we boil water, it reaches the temperature of degrees Celsius.

C. In method, the heavy impurities settle at the bottom of water.

D. Space shuttles orbit around the Earth in .

3. Write True or False.

A. Air is used by all living things for breathing.

B. There is no life beyond the exosphere.

C. Weather changes happen because of the presence of water vapours.

D. 71% of our Earth’s surface is filled with water.

4. Match the following.

A. Troposphere i. air for breathing

B. Mesosphere ii. airplanes

C. Exosphere iii. burn meteors

D. Stratosphere iv. space shuttles

E. Thermosphere v. artificial satellites

5. Short-answer questions.

A. How is atmosphere useful to us?

B. Name different layers of the atmosphere.

C. Mention the sources and uses of water.

D. What are soluble and insoluble impurities? Give one example of each.

6. Long-answer questions.

A. Prove that an inflated tyre is heavier than a deflated tyre.

B. Briefly explain the different layers of the atmosphere with the help of a diagram.

C. Draw the diagram to show the composition of air and explain it.

D. Explain different water purification methods.

7. Picture-based questions.

A. Identify the process shown in the image.

B. Briefly explain the process.

Challenge (HOTS)

Suggest two ways in which factories can manage their wastes without dumping them in water bodies or releasing them in the air.

Life Skills

Carry out a water conservation drive in your society. Gather all your friends and family members to help you. Check how much water is used by everyone in your community. You can ask your neighbours or look at water bills to get this information. Find out where water is being wasted. Think about how water can be recycled and used for different purposes.

Rocks and Minerals

Chapter Overview

Label the different layers of the earth in the image given below. Get Set

Rocks

We can find rocks everywhere on the Earth. Many of the materials used in construction come from rocks.

Rocks consist of minerals, which are naturally occurring substances within the Earth. The minerals present in rocks differ, giving rocks distinct characteristics in terms of size, shape, composition and formation. In this chapter, we will learn about the different types of rocks based on how they are formed.

Rocks and Minerals

Rocks

Types of Rocks Minerals Fossil Fuels

Types of Rocks

Different types of rocks are formed by different methods. Some rocks are formed due to natural agents, like wind and water, while others are formed from older rocks. Some rocks are even formed due to the cooling of hot lava. Depending on the method of their formation, rocks are grouped into three types:

1. Igneous rocks

2. Sedimentary rocks

3. Metamorphic rocks

Let us learn about each of them in detail.

Igneous Rocks

The word ‘igneous’ means ‘fire.’ Igneous rocks are formed by the cooling of hot molten rock called magma, which lies deep below the Earth’s surface. When a volcano erupts, the hot magma rises and flows onto the Earth’s surface. At this point, it is known as lava. When the lava cools and hardens, it turns into solid rock, which is called igneous rock. Some examples of igneous rocks include granite, pumice and obsidian.

Granite: A Useful Rock

Granite is a hard and tough rock that forms when magma slowly cools down below the Earth’s surface. Its colour ranges from grey to pink, depending on the quantity of feldspar minerals present in it. Granite is hard and tough, so it is widely used for constructing buildings, flooring tiles and countertops.

Pumice: The Light Rock

Pumice is a lightweight igneous rock that can float on water. It is formed from frothy lava that cools down quickly. When the lava cools, the gases that are trapped in the froth create small bubbles, making the rock porous. Pumice is commonly used as a scrubber to remove dead skin from feet, for creating decorative landscapes, and as a building material.

feldspar: a type of mineral froth: bubbles formed in a liquid porous: materials containing pores

A volcanic eruption

Magma

Lava

Granite

Pumice

Obsidian: The Shiny Rock

Obsidian is a smooth and shiny igneous rock formed by the rapid cooling of lava, which prevents the formation of crystal structures. It is usually black or dark in colour, although it can also appear in other colours, such as brown, green or even translucent variations. When obsidian is broken, it forms sharp edges, making it useful for making cutting tools. Its shiny texture also makes obsidian suitable for crafting jewellery and ornaments.

Sedimentary Rocks

We know that certain physical factors, such as wind, water and temperature change, causing rocks on mountains to break down into smaller pieces. These smaller pieces are called sediments. Sediments are carried by rivers and deposited in layers at different locations. Due to repeated deposition, the lower layers of sediments get compacted and cemented over time, hardening into sedimentary rocks. Sandstone, conglomerate, limestone and shale are some examples of sedimentary rocks. Let us learn about each of them.

Sandstone

Sandstone is a sedimentary rock composed of sand-sized particles that are firmly cemented together. It often contains a significant quantity of quartz, which contributes to its durability. Many of India's historical buildings, such as the Red Fort and Qutub Minar, are made of sandstone, showing its use in architecture.

Conglomerate Rock

Conglomerate is a rough and durable sedimentary rock formed when gravel, stones and pebbles are cemented together by sand and minerals. This process results in an uneven texture due to the different sizes and shapes of the embedded particles. Conglomerate rocks typically exhibit different colours, such as grey, brown and orange. They are commonly used in construction and can also be polished for use in jewellery.

durable: strong and long-lasting

Obsidian

Sandstone

Conglomerate

Limestone

Limestone is a sedimentary rock formed from the accumulation of shells, corals and the skeletal remains of tiny sea animals on the seabed. Over time, these materials become compacted and cemented together. Limestone is primarily composed of calcite, a mineral found in the shells of sea animals. It is commonly used in various applications, including the manufacturing of paints, whitewash and cement.

Shale

Shale is a soft sedimentary rock formed by the layering of mud and clay minerals. This rock is found in different shades of grey and sometimes in black, red, green and brown colours. This rock breaks into layers very easily. Shale is used to make cement, tiles and bricks.

Discuss!

Would our lives get affected if there were no rocks on the Earth? Why or why not? Discuss with your classmates.

Metamorphic Rocks

Did You Know?

Chalk is made of limestone. It becomes colourful when different colours are added to it.

Colourful chalks

The word ‘morph’ means ‘to change form’. When igneous, sedimentary or older metamorphic rocks are subjected to the heat and pressure of the Earth, these rocks undergo some physical and chemical changes. This results in the formation of metamorphic rocks. Let us learn about some metamorphic rocks.

Slate

Slate is formed from shale, a type of sedimentary rock. It is dark grey in colour. Like shale, slate also splits into flat layers. Slate is used to make bricks, cement, blackboards and slates.

Gneiss

Gneiss is formed from granite, a type of igneous rock. Due to the presence of different types of minerals in it, gneiss looks striped. It is used as building material.

accumulation: to collect or gather split: to divide into parts

Limestone

Shale

Slate

Gneiss

Marble

Marble is a hard rock formed from limestone, a sedimentary rock. It is usually white in colour. It can be polished and cut to make buildings and statues. Marble is also used for flooring and ornamental purposes.

Quartzite

Think and Tell

Can you think of a monument that is made up of marble?

Quartzite is a hard and weather-resistant rock made of sandstone, a sedimentary rock. Quartzite is generally found in white or grey colours. But it is also available in shades of red, pink, yellow and orange. Quartzite is used in ceramic and glass industries. It is also used to make jewellery and ornaments.

Do and Learn

Find pictures of different monuments that are made up of different types of rocks. Paste them in your scrapbook and mention the names of the rocks used. Make your scrapbook look attractive. Show it to your friends.

Pause and Answer

Fill in the blanks.

1. Igneous rocks are formed by the cooling of hot molten rock called .

2. is a lightweight igneous rock that can float on water due to its porous nature.

3. Sedimentary rocks are formed from the compaction and cementing of over time.

4. is a type of metamorphic rock that is commonly used to make blackboards and slates.

5. is a durable sedimentary rock often used in the construction of historical buildings like the Red Fort.

Minerals

Rocks are made up of chemical substances called minerals. Minerals are formed as a result of the natural processes occurring inside the Earth. These can be simple or complex.

Remember!

Minerals are inorganic in nature. This means that they are not of plant or animal origin. Iron, calcium and potassium are important minerals for all living beings.

Marble

Quartzite

Types of Minerals

Metallic Minerals

Minerals from which valuable metals can be extracted are referred to as metallic minerals, or ores. Examples of such metals include aluminium, iron, copper, gold, and silver. Aluminium, iron, and copper are commonly utilised in construction, the production of electrical appliances, utensils, coins, and train coaches. Precious and expensive metals like gold, silver, and platinum are primarily used to create jewellery.

Non-Metallic Minerals

Minerals that do not contain metals are known as non-metallic minerals. Examples include calcite, mica, and quartz. Coal and petroleum are significant non-metallic minerals derived from rocks deep within the Earth’s surface. These fossil fuels are formed from the remains of ancient plants and animals that have been buried over time.

Magnet

Substances that generally attract iron are called magnets. These can also attract things made up of cobalt and nickel. Magnets are either natural or man-made. Magnetite is the best example of natural magnet. Man-made magnets are generally made of iron, nickel and cobalt. These magnets come in various shapes and sizes. In all magnets, one end is called the North Pole (N) and the other is called the South Pole (S). Like or same poles of a magnet repel each other, while unlike or different poles attract each other.

Investigate and Discover

Aim: To check that magnets attract iron objects.

Materials Needed: A magnet of any shape, some iron nails and a white sheet of paper.

Method: Spread the iron nails on a white sheet of paper and move the magnet over it. Here, we are using a horse shoe-shaped magnet.

Findings: Iron nails stick to the poles of the magnet.

Conclusion: All magnets attract iron objects.

Gold, silver and copper

A bar magnet

Iron nail

Uses of Minerals

Minerals have great importance in our daily lives. Some of these are mentioned below:

1. Gypsum and calcite are used in making building materials, such as concrete and mortar.

2. Minerals, like diamond, emerald and ruby, are rare and expensive and are called gemstones. Such minerals are found in the form of crystals.

3. We obtain some useful metals, like iron and copper, from some minerals. Such minerals are called ores. The metals obtained from these ores are used in making electrical wires, utensils, coins and train coaches.

4. Nitrates and sulphates are used as fertilisers, which help the plants to grow better.

5. We need iron, calcium and sodium for healthy functioning of our bodies. We use rock salt in our food.

Pause and Answer

Give one example of each.

1. Mineral used to make concrete.

2. Mineral used to make electrical wires.

3. Mineral used to make building materials.

4. Mineral used to make ornaments.

5. Mineral that is important for healthy body functioning.

Fossil Fuels

Precious gemstones

Not all minerals are ores. Minerals that usually consist of a high concentration of metals are called ores. Error Alert!

Fossil fuels are the remains of dead plants and animals buried deep under the Earth’s surface millions of years ago. They are mostly found in sedimentary rocks because these rocks form at temperatures and pressures that do not destroy fossil remains. Coal and petroleum are non-metallic minerals obtained from rocks present inside the Earth.

Coal

Coal is a black-coloured fossil fuel formed from dead plants buried with great pressure under the Earth’s surface millions of years ago. It is a solid fuel and extracted from the

Coal

ground. The process used to extract coal is called coal mining. Coal is used to produce electricity, running steam engines, cooking and heating.

Petroleum

Petroleum was formed from the remains of sea plants and animals that perished millions of years ago. These organic remains settled on the ocean floor, where they were gradually covered by layers of sediment. Over time, these remains underwent transformation and became a dark liquid trapped in the pores of rocks, resulting in the formation of crude oil called petroleum. Various products, including LPG, petrol, diesel, kerosene, and lubricating oil, are derived from petroleum. These products, such as diesel, are commonly used as fuels for vehicles and are also utilised in the production of paints and varnishes.

Conservation of Fossil Fuels

Fossil fuels were formed millions of years ago and are not a renewable resource; they will eventually be depleted. Once the reserves of fossil fuels are exhausted, they will no longer be accessible to us. Additionally, the combustion of fossil fuels contributes to pollution. Therefore, it is essential to conserve fossil fuels and explore alternative energy sources such as solar energy, hydropower and wind energy. These alternatives are continuously available and do not contribute to pollution.

Wonders of Bharat

The Taj Mahal is a World Heritage Site located in Agra, Uttar Pradesh, India. It is made of white marble, which is a metamorphic rock. This marble is popular for its luminescent white colour.

Word Splash

lava: molten rock that flows onto the Earth’s surface due to volcanic eruption magma: molten rock found below the Earth’s surface sediments: smaller pieces of rocks formed by the breakdown of mountains magnets: substances that attract iron ores: minerals from which metals are extracted

extract: to take something out crude: anything that is present in its natural form luminescent: (here) seemingly glowing

Taj Mahal

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about rocks.

Points to Remember

• The outer surface of the Earth is made up of rocks.

• Rocks are of three types: igneous sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks.

• Rocks are made up of chemical substances called minerals.

• Coal and petroleum are fossil fuels that are obtained from rocks present inside the earth.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct option.

A. The hot molten rocks that lie deep below the Earth’s surface are called Lava Crater Magma Minerals

B. Metamorphic rocks are formed due to

Chemical changes

Physical changes

Heat and pressure deep inside the Earth

Flowing of lava on the earth’s surface

C. Which of these are used to make a magnet?

Iron and nickel Gold and iron

Gypsum and mica Cobalt and silver

D. A type of white rock that is made of calcite is called Marble Sandstone Limestone Chalk

2. Fill in the blanks.

A. rocks are formed by the cooling of magma.

B. Gneiss is an example of rock.

C. Limestone and shale are examples of rocks.

D. Calcite and quartz are examples of minerals.

3. Write True or False.

A. The colour of a rock depends on the quantity of minerals present in it.

B. Obsidian and graphite are examples of igneous rocks.

C. Pumice is a heavy rock that sinks very easily in the water.

D. Minerals, like diamond and ruby, are called gemstones.

4. Match the following.

A. Granite i. fossil fuel

B. Sandstone ii. igneous rock

C. Slate iii. metallic mineral

D. Coal iv. sedimentary rock

E. Bauxite v. metamorphic rock

F. Quartz vi. non-metallic mineral

5. Short-answer questions.

A. How many types of rocks are there? Name them with an example of each.

B. How is shale different from slate?

C. How are metallic minerals different from non-metallic minerals?

D. Mention some uses of petroleum.

6. Long-answer questions.

A. What are minerals? Mention two uses of metallic minerals.

B. How are sedimentary rocks formed? Mention the characteristics of any two sedimentary rocks.

C. How is coal formed? Mention its uses.

D. Why are fossil fuels considered non-renewable resources? Discuss the importance of finding alternative energy sources.

7. Picture-based questions.

A. What type of rock is shown in the given pictures?

Picture A:

Picture B:

B. How are the rocks shown in the above images different from each other?

C. Mention one use of each rock that you have mentioned above.

Challenge (HOTS)

If you have a pumice, granite and marble, which one do you think will not sink when put in a bucket full of water and why?

Life Skills

Ajay visited the Taj Mahal with his family. He noticed that people were littering around the entrance to the monument. People had also scratched their names on the gateway wall. He felt bad that people were disrespecting a historical monument in this way as it reflected poorly on India. So, he resolved to talk about preserving India's historical monuments to his class after his holidays. What measures would you implement to help preserve them?

Picture A Picture B

11 Matter and Its States

Chapter Overview

Matter and Its States

Matter

States of Matter

Change in States of Matter

Changes in Matter

Solubility of Substances

Get Set

Look at the given pictures. Write ‘S’ for solids and ‘L’ for liquids.

Observe different things in your surroundings. You will see things of different shapes and sizes. For example, buildings, plants, animals, clouds and many other things. All these things occupy space. Anything that has mass and occupies space is called matter. Here, mass is the amount of material present in an object.

Stone

Wood Water Oil

Think and Tell

Matter is made up of small particles called molecules. Molecules are tiny particles that we cannot see with the naked eye. Molecules are made up of atoms. Therefore, atoms are building blocks of matter. For example, water is made up of a large number of water molecules. Each water molecule is further made up of 2 atoms of hydrogen and 1 atom of oxygen.

Name five things that you see in your classroom. Would you call them matter or not?

Atoms are the building blocks of matter.

States of Matter

Depending on the arrangement of their molecules, the matter is present in three states. These are solids, liquids and gases. To understand these three states, you should know that molecules of matter have some spaces between them and they move continuously.

Solids

Molecules of solids are very closely packed. The image given shows molecules of a solid present close to each other with almost no space between them. They cannot move around freely. So, solids have fixed shapes and sizes. These are hard and cannot be compressed. Ice, pencil, apple and trees are some examples of solids.

Liquids

Molecules of liquids are not very closely packed. They have some space between them. They can move around freely as compared to solids. So, liquids can flow easily.

naked: uncovered arrangement: packaging

Arrangement of molecules in a solid.

Arrangement of molecules in a liquid.

Sponge is a solid. However, it can be compressed.

Error Alert!

Liquids don’t have a fixed shape but they take the shape of the container in which they are poured in. Water, tea, milk and oil are some examples of liquids.

Gases

Molecules of gases are very loosely packed. The molecules of a gas have large spaces between them. They can move around freely and fill up the space of the container. So, gases don’t have a fixed shape and size. Air, oxygen and nitrogen are some examples of gases. Arrangement of molecules in a gas.

Pause and Answer

Tick (  ) the correct statements.

1. Nitrogen is an example of a liquid.

2. In gases, molecules are free to move in any direction.

3. Solids have a definite shape.

4. A liquid takes the shape of the container it is poured in.

Change in States of Matter

States of matter are interconvertible. It means that one state of matter can be changed into another. Matter can change from one state to another through heating and cooling. For instance, water turns into water vapour when heated, and ice becomes water when it melts. As this happens, the arrangement of molecules in the material also changes. Let us discuss how.

Evaporation: When you heat water, it turns into water vapour. Water vapour is water in its gaseous form. The process of changing water into gas by heating is called evaporation. When water gets hot, its molecules start to move faster. They break free from their previous arrangement and enter into the air as water vapour (gas).

Condensation: When the freely moving water vapours touch a cold surface, they cool down and form drops of liquid water. The process of changing a gas into its liquid form upon cooling down is called condensation. Cooling reduces the speed of the moving Heating

interconvertible: changed into one another

Evaporation

particles. They become less free and enter the liquid state of matter.

Melting: Ice cubes are solid. They have a fixed shape and are rigid. When ice cubes are kept out of the refrigerator, they melt and form liquid water. The process of changing a solid into its liquid form is called melting. The outer space is warmer than the refrigerator. When placed in a warmer place, the particles of ice cubes move faster. They break down their rigid arrangement and become loosely packed to form liquid water.

Solidification: Water forms ice when it is kept in the freezer. The process of changing a liquid into its solid state upon cooling is called solidification.

So, we can say that heating makes the particles of matter move faster and take up more space. So, the size of matter increases on heating. This increase in the size of matter is called expansion. On the other hand, cooling slows down the movement of the particles. They occupy less space. So, the size of matter decreases upon cooling. This reduction in the size of matter is called contraction.

Changes in Matter

We all see many changes around us. Some examples of changes are the melting of ice cubes, cooking food, the growth of a plant, and the burning of paper. Changes are grouped into two types—physical and chemical changes. Let us learn about them.

Physical Change

A physical change is when a substance changes in its shape, size, or state without forming a new substance. These changes are usually temporary and reversible, like melting ice or folding paper. In a physical change, the material remains the same even though it looks different.

Let’s learn about some examples of physical changes.

Melting of Butter: When we take out butter from the refrigerator and leave it at room temperature, it starts melting. It solidifies when kept back in the refrigerator. There is no change in the taste of the melted butter and the solidified one. Here, the melting of butter does not make a new substance. Therefore, the melting of butter is a reversible change.

Melting of Butter

Inflating and Deflating a Balloon: When we blow up a balloon, it gets bigger (inflates). When we let the air out, it shrinks back to its original shape and size (deflates). This is a physical change because it can be reversed, and no new substance is formed.

Chemical Change

A chemical change is a type of change in which new substances are formed. It cannot be reversed and is a permanent change. Let us learn about some examples of chemical changes.

Cooking Food (Making of an omelette): Take eggs, break them and pour the liquid content onto a hot pan. Once cooked, an omelette cannot be changed into an egg. This results in the formation of a completely new and different substance (here, an omelette). So, cooking an omelette from eggs is not a reversible change. A new substance, an omelette, is formed from raw eggs.

Burning of Wood: When we burn wood, it gets turns into ash. The ash cannot be converted into wood again. So, the burning of wood is a chemical change as it forms a new product and cannot be reversed.

Do and Learn

Choose a place in your garden at home or school. Ask an elder to get you a seedling. Plant the seedlings in the soil. Water it daily. Observe it daily and note down the changes in its size and shape. Repeat this for several days. Can you change the plant into the seedling again? Is the growth of the plant a physical or chemical change? Write down the observations in your notebook

Pause and Answer

Sort the following changes into physical or chemical changes. Fill in the table. burning of coal melting of wax rusting of an iron lock making chapatti from dough tearing of paper cooking of food boiling of egg boiling of water

Physical Changes Chemical Changes

reversible: something which can be changed to its previous form

Inflation and deflation of a baloon

Burning of wood

Making an omelette

Solubility of Substances

Richa wanted to make a glass of lemonade for herself. So, in a glass of water, she added squeezed in two halves of a lemon, added two teaspoons of sugar, and a pinch of salt. These things—the lemon juice, sugar and salt—dissolved in the water and a refreshing drink was ready. If we take lemonade as a solution, then sugar, salt and lemon juice are the solutes, and water is the solvent and the resulting drink is lemonade. Therefore, a solution is formed by mixing one or more solute with the solvent.

Remember!

A solute is a substance that gets dissolved. While a solvent is a substance in which a solute dissolves.

Solubility is the ability of a substance (solute) to dissolve in another substance (solvent) to make a uniform solution. Soluble substances are the solutes that completely dissolve in the solvent. The solutes that do not dissolve in the solvent are insoluble substances. Water can dissolve most of the substances in it. Therefore, it is called a universal solvent.

Types of Solution

Depending on the state of the solute and the solvent, the solution can be of various types.

1. Solids in Liquids: In this type of solution, the solute is solid and the solvent is a liquid, like water. For example, salt in water and sand in water. Here, salt is soluble in water, its molecules find space and fit between the water molecules. On the other hand, sand is insoluble in water and it settles down at the bottom of the container.

2. Liquids in Liquids: In this type of solution, the solute and the solvent are both liquids. The liquids that dissolve in water are miscible. Examples: Milk in water and ink in water. The liquids that do not dissolve in water are immiscible. They make a separate layer when mixed with water. Examples: oil in water, kerosene in water and petrol in water.

uniform: the same all over

Oil in water Ink in water

Salt in water

Sand in water

3. Gas in a Liquid: In this type of solution, the solute is a gas and the solvent is a liquid like water. Oxygen, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and ammonia are some soluble gases (can dissolve) in water. Aquatic animals breathe in the oxygen dissolved in water. Carbonated drinks have carbon dioxide dissolved in water to make them fizzy.

Discuss!

What would happen if you left a bottle of carbonated drink open in the kitchen? Would its taste change or remain the same? Discuss with your classmates and answer.

On shaking and opening the bottle of carbonated drinks, carbon dioxide comes out as bubbles. This happens because the pressure at which the gas was dissolved in the water reduces upon opening the bottle.

Investigate and Discover

Aim: To check the solubility of various solids in water.

Materials Required: Salt, turmeric powder, coffee, chalk powder, sugar, wheat flour, a spoon, water, and some glass containers of the same shape and size

Method:

Step 1: Take different containers and arrange them on a table.

Step 2: Fill half of each container with water.

Step 3: Now add different solids in different containers. Make sure to add only one solid in one container.

Step 4: Once the solid is added, mix it properly with the help of a spoon.

Step 5: Wait for a few minutes and observe the changes. Record the observations in your notebook. Make a table as shown below.

Findings:

Solute added

Observations

1. Salt Dissolves well in the water.

2. Coffee

3. Chalk powder Settles down in the container.

4. Turmeric powder

5. Wheat flour

6. Sugar

Conclusion: Chalk powder, turmeric powder, wheat flour are insoluble in water. Salt, sugar and coffee are soluble in water.

fizzy: containing bubbles of gas

Wonders of Bharat

Gulmarg in Jammu and Kashmir is popularly known as the ‘Winter Wonderland’. It gets heavy snow fall every year. A lot of tourists visit this place for skiing in the winter season.

Word Splash

matter: anything that has mass and occupies space molecules: molecules are small particles that make up matter. atom: particles that make molecules, also known as the ‘building blocks of matter’ expansion: increase in the size of matter upon heating contraction: reduction in the size of matter upon cooling solubility: the ability of a solute to dissolve in a solvent to make a uniform solution soluble substances: the solutes that completely dissolve in the solvent insoluble substances: the solutes that do not dissolve in a solvent miscible: liquid solutes that can dissolve in liquid solvents immiscible: liquid solutes that cannot dissolve in liquid solvents

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to know more about the states of matter.

Points to Remember

• Anything that has mass and occupies space is called matter.

• Matter exists in three states—solid, liquid and gas.

• Different states of matter are interconvertible into each other by heating and cooling.

• There are two types of changes—physical and chemical changes.

• Solutions are formed by dissolving the solute in the solvent.

• The types of solutions depend on the states of solute and the solvent.

Gulmarg

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick (  ) the correct option.

A. Which of the following is not true about solids?

Definite shape

Definite size

B. Which of the following is a physical change?

Melting of ice cream

Digestion of food

C. Which of the following is a chemical change?

Boiling of an egg

Tearing of paper

D. Which of the following is miscible in water?

Oil

Kerosene

2. Fill in the blanks.

Rigid

Loosely arranged molecules

Burning of paper

Rusting of iron

Boiling of water

Cutting of wood

Milk

Petrol

A. The process of changing a liquid into its gaseous form on heating is called

B. The process of changing a gas into its form upon cooling down is called condensation.

C. The process of changing a into its liquid form is called melting.

D. Water is a solvent.

E. Oil and kerosene are in water.

3. Write True or False.

A. Sand dissolves completely in water.

B. Salt settles down at the bottom of the container when mixed in water.

C. Evaporation is changing a liquid into its gaseous form on heating.

D. Changing a gas into its liquid form upon cooling down is called melting.

E. Physical changes are not reversible and form new substances.

4. Short-answer questions.

A. Why cannot we see molecules with the naked eye?

B. What happens when water is placed in the freezer for some hours? What is this process called?

C. What happens when sand is mixed with water?

D. Why do oil and kerosene form different layers in water?

E. Why are carbonated drinks fizzy?

5. Long-answer questions.

A. Differentiate between the three states of matter. Also, draw the diagram for the arrangement of molecules in solids, liquids, and gases.

B. Differentiate chemical and physical changes. Give two examples for each.

C. Define evaporation. How does it differ from melting?

D. Differentiate between soluble and insoluble substances. Give one example of each.

6. Picture-based questions.

A. What does the image show?

B. Why does the balloon inflate?

C. What happens when an inflated balloon is cooled down? Does it contract or expand?

Challenge (HOTS)

Aman left his bicycle outside in the rain for several days. When he checked, he saw that parts of the metal frame had rusted. Is this a physical or chemical change? Explain your answer.

Life Skills

Oil tankers and oil drills often have accidents that cause oil to spill into the ocean and pollute it. Take the help of the internet and/or an adult, teacher and find out:

• How do oil spills affect the fish living in the water?

• What can we do to reduce the use of oil so that there is less chance of oil spill?

• Mention one small step that you would follow to conserve water.

Oil spill

12 Force, Work and Energy

Chapter Overview

Force, Work and Energy

Force: Effects and Types

Work Done

Energy: Forms and Resources

Look at the pictures and write if the force is a push or a pull. Also, in the boxes draw arrows to show the direction of the force. Get Set

Force: Effects and Types

Mia pushed the door of her room open and went to the kitchen. She then pulled out a chair to sit at the table. After breakfast, Mia went outside to play. She kicked the ball, rolling it across the ground. Mia’s morning was full of little actions that all involved force. Whether pushing, pulling or changing the direction of a moving object, she used force to do all of them.

Force is a push or pull that changes or tries to change the motion or position of an object. We use force in various activities. For example, pulling out a chair to sit on, pushing a shopping cart, a carpenter hammering nails into wood, or a person throwing a ball. In each case, an object moves because of the applied force, either pushing or pulling.

Though we can’t see force itself, we can observe its effect on objects. Let’s learn about the effects of force.

Effects of Force

Force can move a stationary object. It can stop a moving object or make an object move faster or slower. It can change the direction of a moving object. Force can also change the shape and size of an object.

Think and Tell

List two activities in which the shape and size of the object is changed by applying force.

its directions.

Pushing a toy car making it move across the floor.

Kicking a football can speed change

Squeezing a sponge changes its shape.

Hitting a ball with a bat can speed it up.

Effects of Force

Types of Forces

There are four main types of forces—muscular force, magnetic force, gravitational force and frictional force. Let’s learn about these types of forces.

Muscular Force

When we use our muscles to push or pull something; we apply muscular force. We can walk, run and jump due to muscular force. Animals such as bulls and horses also use muscular force to pull loads.

Magnetic Force

It is the force applied by magnets. Magnets attract magnetic materials like iron. For example, when iron nails are brought closer to a magnet, the nails are drawn to the magnet.

Each magnet has two poles—a north pole (N) and a south pole (S). Unlike poles (N–S or S–N) attract each other whereas like poles (N–N or S–S) repel each other.

Investigate and Discover

Experiment: To show how magnets attract iron objects.

Muscular force is used to lift weights.

Materials Needed: A magnet of any shape, iron paper clips, a sheet of paper

Method:

Step 1: Place some paper clips on a sheet of paper.

Step 2: Slowly move the magnet towards the paper clips, but don’t touch them. Note what happens.

Findings: When we move the magnet closer to the iron clips, the clips are attracted to the magnet.

Conclusion: This happens due to the magnetic force exerted by the magnet. The above experiment shows how the magnet exerts a magnetic force on iron objects.

repel: to push away

Gravitational Force

Have you ever wondered why ripe apples fall towards the ground, instead of going in any other direction? What happens when you throw a ball in air? It comes back to the ground due to gravitational force. Gravity or gravitational force is the force that attracts all objects towards the centre of the Earth.

Remember!

Gravity is what holds the planets in orbits around the Sun and what keeps the Moon in its orbit around the Earth.

Apple falling on the ground

Sir Isaac Newton was the scientist who first discovered gravity. Did You Know?

Discuss!

Gravitational force is responsible for objects staying on the ground. What will happen if there is no gravitational force?

Frictional Force

Frictional force acts when two objects come into contact with each other. This force opposes the motion of the object. It tends to slow down the moving object and the object gradually stops. The direction of frictional force is always opposite to the direction of the motion of the object.

Frictional force depends on the nature of the surfaces. Rough surfaces offer more friction than smooth surfaces. Frictional force has some disadvantages. Some of them are:

Friction

Frictional force

Friction makes it harder for heavy objects to slide or move across a surface. Friction causes objects to wear away over time. For example, machine parts deteriorate due to friction, which is why regular oiling is needed to reduce friction and keep a machine running smoothly.

Think and Tell

Why does a ball roll smoothly on the floor but not on the grass?

Friction is not always harmful as it slows down or stops objects. It can be very useful. It helps us walk on the floor and hold different objects. If there were no friction, no moving object could ever stop on its own!

Error Alert!

Motion

Pause and Answer

Identify the type of force in each of the following.

1. Lifting a book from the table.

2. A ball thrown upwards comes back to the ground.

3. Iron nails being drawn towards a magnet.

4. Writing on the board with a chalk.

Work Done

The meaning of work in general terms is completely different from how we use the word in science. In science, work is said to be done when the position of an object changes in the direction of force applied on the object.

Let’s look at two examples to understand the concept of work better.

The child applies force to push the box on the ground.

The position of the box changes. Work is done here.

The child applies force to push the wall.

Do and Learn

The wall does not move and its position remains same. Work is not done here.

Safely push or pull different objects present around you. Take an A4 sheet of paper and note the direction in which you applied force and the direction in which objects moved when work was done. Infer the relation between the direction of force and the work done. Share your observations with the class.

Energy: Forms and Resources

Energy is the ability to do work. We require energy for everyday activities like walking, playing, running and reading. The food we eat provides us with this energy, and our food comes from plants and animals. Both plants and animals, in turn, get their energy from the sun. Therefore, the sun is the primary source of energy on Earth.

Forms of Energy

Different forms of energy are found around us. Some of them are:

Heat Energy

Burning of fuel like wood, coal, CNG and LPG releases heat energy. Heat energy is used to cook food, run steam engines and generate electricity. We also get heat energy from the Sun.

Light Energy

The energy we get from light is called light energy. It travels from a source and helps us see things. The Sun is a natural source of light energy. Electric bulbs, tube lights and candles are some human-made sources of light.

Mechanical Energy

It is the energy of an object due to its position or motion. There are two types of mechanical energy: potential energy and kinetic energy.

The energy due to the position of the object is called potential energy and the energy of the object due to its motion is called kinetic energy.

For example, water stored at a height in a dam has potential energy due to its position. But this energy gets converted into kinetic energy when water flows down from a height.

Wind Energy

The power of wind is used to move windmills which in turn produce electricity. The windmills are also used to pump water and run grinding machines.

Solar Energy

It is the energy that we get from the Sun. Devices such as solar cookers and solar heaters convert solar energy into heat energy. Solar panels convert solar energy into electrical energy.

Geothermal Energy

It is the heat energy of the Earth. It is used to keep houses and buildings warm. This energy is used to produce electricity in geothermal power plants.

Bioenergy

It is the energy that comes from plants and animals that were once alive. Wood, animal manure (formed from animal waste) and biogas are some sources of bioenergy. Bioenergy can be used to produce heat and electricity.

Energy Resources

Energy resources can be renewable or non-renewable.

Renewable Energy Resources: These are energy sources that can be used repeatedly without running out. These resources are good for the environment because they cause less pollution than other energy sources. Solar energy, wind energy and geothermal energy are renewable energy resources.

Non-renewable resources: These are energy sources that can run out or take a very long time to form. Non-renewable resources are limited. Once they are depleted, they cannot be replaced within our lifetime. That’s why it is important to use them wisely and find other ways to make energy that won’t run out such as solar and wind energy. Examples of non-renewable energy sources are:

• Coal: It is a black rock that we burn to generate electricity. It is also used in some factories to make steel and cement. It is found deep underground and takes millions of years to form from plants that once lived in swamps. When these plants died, they were buried under layers of soil and turned into coal due to the heat and pressure of the Earth.

• Petroleum (Oil): It is a thick, black liquid, also called crude oil. We use petroleum to make petrol for cars, diesel for trucks and even to heat our homes. It is also used to make products like plastics, fertilisers and medicines. Petroleum is formed from dead plants and animals that lived in the ocean millions of years ago.

Pause and Answer

Write two examples of renewable and non-renewable energy resources.

Renewable resources:

Non-renewable resources:

biogas: a gas formed from the waste of plants and animals swamps: wetlands partially covered with water

Biogas power plant

Coal

Wonders of Bharat

Bhadla Solar Park is one of the largest solar parks in the world. It is located in the Bhadla region of Rajasthan in India. The electricity made by the solar park is sent to homes, schools and offices. This massive solar farm helps generate a significant amount of clean, renewable energy that is sent to many places in India.

Word Splash

gravity: the force that attracts every object towards the centre of the Earth potential energy: the energy due to the position of an object kinetic energy: the energy due to the movement of an object

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about force, work and energy.

Points to Remember

• Force can make an object move, stop or change its direction.

• Work is done when a force moves an object over a distance.

• Energy is available in different forms such as heat energy, light energy, wind energy, solar energy, geothermal energy and mechanical energy.

• Energy resources can be renewable or non-renewable.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct option.

A. Push or pull is an example of: Work Force Energy Strength

B. Solar energy comes from water the Sun wind ice

Bhadla Solar Park

C. When you lift a book, you are using wind energy muscular energy hydro energy biomass energy

D. An example of a non-renewable source of energy is:

Biomass the Sun Petroleum Wind

2. Fill in the blanks.

opposite   rough   geothermal   non-renewable   renewable

A. Friction always acts to the direction of motion.

B. surfaces offer more friction than smooth surfaces.

C. Coal and petroleum are sources of energy.

D. Solar energy and wind energy are sources of energy.

E. energy is the energy of the earth.

3. Write True or False.

A. Friction slows down or stops the motion of objects.

B. Only living things can exert muscular force.

C. Solar panels convert solar energy into electrical energy.

D. Petroleum is formed from dead plants buried under oceans.

4. Short-answer questions.

A. Why does a magnet attract iron nails but not a piece of wood?

B. Write two ways in which friction is useful.

C. List the effects of force.

D. When is work said to be done?

5 Long-answer questions.

A. Explain different types of forces. Give examples of each.

B. What is mechanical energy? How is the energy of stored water in a dam related to the energy of water flowing out of a dam?

C. Write the difference between renewable and non-renewable energy resources with examples.

D. Give reasons for the following:

a. We remain grounded on the Earth’s surface.

b. A moving toy car stops after some time.

c. We should prefer using devices powered by solar energy.

6. Picture-based questions.

A. Which form of energy is used to run the objects shown in the image?

B. Is it a renewable or non-renewable energy source? Explain your answer.

Challenge (HOTS)

1. How would our life be different if there were no friction?

2. What will happen if all the non-renewable sources of energy are depleted?

Life Skills

We should use non-renewable sources of energy carefully because they are limited. It will take the Earth millions of years again to create coal or oil. Also, their overuse causes pollution, including the increase of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, which causes more global warming and climate change, in turn.

1. What steps will you take to use non-renewable sources more efficiently?

2. Make posters to create awareness about the excessive use of non-renewable sources. Include steps that should be taken to use non-renewable sources efficiently. Display the posters in various areas of your school.

Machines Around Us

Chapter Overview

Machines Around Us

Importance of Machines Types of Simple Machines

Simple and Complex Machines

Look at the images given below. Tick ( ) the activities where simple machines are being used. Get Set

Importance of Machines

Have you ever seen a person or a car mechanic changing the tyre of a car? Does he do it manually? No, it’s not possible for a person to lift the car without a machine called jack. It makes his job easier and faster.

manually: something done by hands

Jack

Machines help us in many ways.

• Machines help us do things that we cannot do easily with our hands.

• They reduce the effort it takes to do a task.

• They help us perform the task easily and efficiently.

• They save time and energy.

Simple and Complex Machines

There are two types of machines: simple and complex.

Simple Machines: Simple machines work by changing the direction of the force or by reducing the effort needed to do a task.

Complex Machines: Complex machines are a combination of two or more simple machines working together to perform a task.

Examples in Daily Life

Rhea cut out some pictures using a pair of scissors and pasted them in a scrapbook for her science project. Her elder brother came home from his skating classes. He put his roller skates away and went to drink juice from the refrigerator. Their mother was washing clothes in the washing machine. When their father came from the office, he parked his car in the garage.

As you can see, various machines are being used. Some of them are simple while others are complex. Scissors and roller skates are examples of simple machines while refrigerators, washing machines and cars are complex machines. Some other examples of simple machines in our daily lives are knives, pliers, screws and tongs.

Think and Tell

Can you think of any other complex machine than those mentioned above?

Knife Tongs Simple machines

Washing machine Car Complex machines

Look into your surroundings and observe the machines being used around you. Pick one complex machine such as a fan or a bicycle and find out how many simple machines are used to create the complex machine.

Types of Simple Machines

There are six types of simple machines that make our work easier by allowing us to apply less force. Let us discuss them in detail:

1. Lever

4. Wheel and axle

Lever

2. Pulley

5. Inclined plane

A lever is a straight rod that rests on a fixed point and can be turned around that point. That fixed point is called the fulcrum. The force applied on a lever is called effort. The object that is moved by a lever is called the load. For example, a metal spoon used to open a tin lid acts as a lever. Some other examples of levers are scissors, bottle openers, pliers, tongs and a see-saw.

Investigate and Discover

Aim: To show the working of a lever.

Materials Required: A book, a pencil box, a table and a metal ruler

Method:

Step 1: Take a pencil box and place it on the table.

Step 2: Now, place the metal ruler on the pencil box. The part of the ruler that rests on the pencil box acts as the fulcrum.

Step 3: Place the book on one end of the ruler.

3. Wedge

6. Screw

Load Fulcrum A lever

(a) (b)

Step 4: Gently press the other end of the ruler and observe what happens. Findings: You can life the book by pressing the other end of the ruler.

Conclusion: The above experiment shows the working of a lever.

Based on the positions of the fulcrum, load and effort, levers are categorised into three classes. Let’s learn about them.

• First Class Levers: In these levers, the fulcrum is in the centre of the load and the effort. Examples of such levers are a pair of scissors, seesaws, pliers and hand pumps.

• Second Class Levers: In these levers, the load is placed between the fulcrum and the effort. Examples of second-class levers are bottle-openers, wheelbarrow and nutcrackers.

• Third Class Levers: In these levers, the effort is placed between the load and the fulcrum. Examples of such levers are forceps, tongs and fishing rods.

Pulley

A pulley is a simple machine made up of a grooved wheel with a rope around it. The heavy objects are attached at one end of the rope, while we pull the other end of the rope. It is used to lift or lower heavy objects like drawing water from wells, hoisting flags, and pulling window blinds up. There are two main types of pulleys:

grooved: with narrow cuts on the surface stationary: something at rest

Fulcrum

Seesaw First class levers

Fulcrum

A pair of tongs Third class levers

Fulcrum

A nut cracker Second class levers

1. Fixed Pulley: This type of pulley does not move and is attached to a stationary object like a hook or a wall. It changes the direction of the applied force but does not reduce the amount of force needed. Fixed pulleys are commonly used in flagpoles and water wells.

2. Movable Pulley: This type of pulley is not fixed in place; instead, it moves along with the load, reducing the effort needed to lift the load. They are often used in cranes and tow-away vehicles to lift or drag heavy objects.

Inclined Plane

Have you ever seen a wooden plank being used to load or unload goods from a truck? It is an example of an inclined plane.

An inclined plane is a surface whose one end is raised to an angle while the other end stays on the ground. It requires a lot of effort to lift something straight. But it is easier to push or roll it up an inclined plane. This makes tasks like loading or unloading heavy goods from trucks much easier. Some examples of inclined planes are ramps, slides and sloped roads.

An inclined plane

A slide

A ramp

Wedge

A wedge is a simple machine made up of two inclined planes joined back-to-back, forming a sharp edge. It is used to cut or split objects. Some common examples of wedges are knives, axes and nails.

Wheel and Axle

This simple machine has a circular part called the wheel attached to a smaller rod called an axle. The axle passes through the centre of the wheel. When the axle moves, the wheel turns around it. This simple machine makes tasks easier by reducing the amount of effort needed to move or turn objects. Some examples of wheel and axle are the steering wheel of a car, bicycle pedals, screwdrivers and wheels of roller skates. Wheel and axle

Screw

The weight of the object remains the same when lifted manually or by using machines. Machines simply decrease the force needed to lift or move things.

A screw is a type of inclined plane that is wrapped around a straight, rod-like structure, forming a spiral. It is used to hold things together effectively. Some examples of screws include bottle caps and jackscrews. The attaching end of some light bulbs is also an example of screws. Screws

Wheel

Axle

Error Alert!

A screw driver Skates with wheels

Wonders of Bharat

The Tata Institute of Fundamental Research Automatic Calculator (TIFRAC) was the first computer that was developed in India, at the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research in Mumbai. This machine was in use till 1965.

Word Splash

machine: a device that makes our work simpler and faster lever: a straight rod that rests on a fixed point and can be turned around that point fulcrum: a fixed point around which a lever can be turned effort: the force applied on the lever load: the object that is moved by a lever pulley: a grooved wheel with a rope around it inclined plane: a surface whose one end is raised at an angle while the other end stays on the ground wedge: it is made up of two inclined planes joined back-to-back, forming a sharp edge wheel and axle: it consists of a circular part called the wheel which is attached to a rod called an axle screw: an inclined plane wrapped around a cylinder

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about simple machines.

Points to Remember

• Machines reduce effort, increase speed, and save time and energy.

• Simple machines are machines that work by changing the direction of the force or by reducing the effort needed to do a task. Some simple machines are levers, inclined planes, wedges, pulleys and screws.

• Complex machines are a combination of two or more simple machines working together to perform a task.

• There are three types of levers—first class, second class and third class.

• There are two types of pulleys—fixed and movable pulleys.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct option.

A. Which of the following is a simple machine?

Refrigerator

Car

Washing machine

Scissors

B. Which of the following simple machine has two inclined planes joined together?

Wedge

Lever

Screw

Pulley

C. Which of these is an example of third-class lever?

A pair of tongs

Scissors

See-saw

Nutcracker

D. Which of these is an example of a movable pulley?

Hoisting a flag on a flagpole

Drawing water from a well Towing cars from cranes

E. How many types of levers are there?

One

Three

2. Match the following.

A. Inclined plane

B. Wheel and axle

Fishing rod

Two

Four

C. Pulley

D. Wedge

E. Lever

F. Screw

3. Fill in the blanks.

effort  complex  fulcrum  cylinder  first-class

A. A machine is made up of two or more simple machines.

B. A screw is an inclined plane wrapped around a .

C. The is the point where a lever turns.

D. The force applied on a lever is called .

E. A pair of scissors is an example of a lever.

4. Write True or False.

A. Complex machines are made of only one simple machine.

B. A bottle opener is an example of a second-class lever.

C. A car is a complex machine.

D. There are two types of pulleys.

E. There are three types of levers.

5. Short-answer questions.

A. Give two examples of objects around you that are a wheel and axle.

B. Define the three parts of a lever.

C. How is a screw different from an inclined plane?

D. Why do we use a pulley?

E. What is a wedge? Write two examples of wedges.

6. Long-answer questions.

A. Why are machines important in our lives?

B. Differentiate between a simple and a complex machine. Give two examples of each.

C. Describe different types of pulleys with an example of each.

D. Describe different types of levers with an example of each. Support your answer with diagrams.

Picture-based

A. Which picture shows work being done with less effort. Give reasons for your choice.

B. Name the simple machine being used in the picture you chose. Write its function as well.

Challenge (HOTS)

If you want to lift something heavy, would you choose a pulley or a ramp? Why?

Life Skills

Always use machines with care to avoid injuries. When using tools like scissors, make sure you hold them correctly and cut away from your body. Be cautious while using a knife or a can opener to avoid cutting yourself. If you need to move something heavy, like a loaded wheelbarrow, ask for help if it’s too heavy to push alone. Also, never try to fix a broken machine by yourself—always seek an adult’s help. Remember, using machines carefully will keep you and others safe.

(i)

(ii)

Light and Shadows

Chapter Overview

Light and Shadows

Luminous and Non-luminous Objects

Flow of Light Shadows

Write ‘N’ for natural sources of light and ‘H’ for human-made sources of light. Get Set

Luminous and Non-luminous Objects

Objects that give out light of their own are called luminous objects. Examples of luminous objects found in nature are the Sun and other stars. Luminous objects made by humans are torches, tube lights, candles and electric bulbs.

Objects that do not give out light of their own are known as non-luminous objects. We can see a non-luminous object only when light falls on it. Some examples of non-luminous objects are the Moon, Earth, books, walls, pillows and doors.

Think and Tell

Name three non-luminous objects in your classroom.

Pause and Answer

objects

Non-luminous objects

Sort the given objects as luminous and non-luminous objects. Fill in the table. wall door stars Sun Earth Moon pen firefly electric bulb  tube light

Luminous Objects

Non-luminous Objects

Flow of Light

Have you ever wondered why you can see through some things but not others? Non-luminous objects are composed of different materials. These materials allow different amounts of light to pass through them. There are three types of objects, depending on the amount of light they let through: transparent, translucent and opaque. Let’s learn about these types.

Remember!

Light is a type of energy that helps us see things.

Transparent Materials

Roshni and her brother Rehan were playing when Roshni noticed the beautiful weather outside through their clear glass window. Rehan tells her that they can see clearly because clear glass is a transparent material. Curious, Roshni asks Rehan to explain what transparent materials are!

Luminous

(made by humans)

The materials that allow light to pass through completely, are called transparent materials. We can clearly see through transparent materials. Some examples of transparent materials are clean water and clear glass.

Translucent Materials

The materials that allow light to pass through partially are called translucent materials. Some examples of translucent materials are tissue paper, dirty water and butter paper. When we see an object through translucent materials, it appears blurred.

Opaque Materials

Materials that do not allow light to pass through them are called opaque materials. Some examples of opaque materials are cricket ball, book, wall, door and duster.

Path of Light

All light passess through

Some light passess through

No light passess through

Think and Tell

Is the human body translucent or opaque in nature? Give reasons for your answer.

Light travels in a straight line and cannot bend around objects. You can see this when sunlight passes through a window or when you shine a torch in a dark room. The straight path of light helps us understand how we see objects.

Investigate and Discover

Experiment: To show that light travels in a straight line.

Materials Needed: A candle, matchbox/lighter and a flexible plastic tube

Method:

Step 1: Take a flexible plastic tube that measures around 10 inches.

Step 2: Light a candle with a lighter. (Ask an adult to help you.)

Step 3: Now, point one end of the plastic tube at the source of light. Hold the tube straight.

Step 4: Place your eyes on the other side of the tube. You will see the candle.

partially: only part of blurred: unclear

Step 5: Now, bend the plastic tube and try to look through it. This time you will not see the candle.

Findings: When you try to see through the bent tube, you cannot see the candle. But the candle is visible when the tube is kept in a straight position.

Conclusion: The above experiment shows that light travels in a straight line.

Shadows

A shadow is a dark area formed when an object blocks the path of light. Light sources like the Sun, electric bulbs and torches create shadows is kept. Trees, books, and buildings can make shadows.

For a shadow to form, you need a light source, an object to block the light and a surface for the shadow to appear on.

All objects don’t form shadows. Only opaque and translucent objects form shadows. Transparent objects cannot form shadows. Error Alert!

Features of Shadows

Some features of a shadow are:

• A shadow is always formed on the opposite side of the source of light.

• A shadow is always black, no matter what the colour of the object is.

source

• The shape and size of your shadow change depending on the position of the light source and the surface on which it is formed. In the morning and evening, your shadow is longer because the Sun’s rays fall on you at an angle. At noon,

Formation of a shadow

when the Sun is high in the sky, your shadow is shorter because the Sun’s rays are straight.

Discuss!

Can we see our shadow in a dark room? Why or why not? Discuss with your classmates.

Do and Learn

Shadow changes with the position of light source. Morning Noon Evening

Plan a day at the park. Choose any one object that you find in the park and observe its shadow. Measure the length of the shadows created by the object at different times of the day. Do you observe any change in the lengths?

Wonders of Bharat

Shadow puppetry, known as Tholu Bommalatta, is an ancient form of storytelling, particularly in Andhra Pradesh. This traditional art form uses flat, articulated figures to create shadows on a screen, bringing stories and folklore to life.

Word Splash

luminous objects: objects that give out light of their own non-luminous objects: objects that do not give out their own light transparent: materials that allow light to pass through them completely translucent: materials that allow light to pass through them partially opaque: materials that don’t allow light to pass through them shadow: a dark area formed when an object blocks light from the light source

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about light and shadows.

Points to Remember

• Luminous objects give out their own light, while non-luminous objects don’t.

• Non-luminous objects can be transparent, translucent, or opaque.

• Shadows are formed when an object blocks light from the light source.

• Shadows need a light source, an object to block the light, and a surface to appear on.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct option.

A. Which of the following is a luminous object?

Book Sun Plastic Wood

B. Which of the following is a non-luminous object?

Sun Star Candle Wood

C. Which of the following is an example of a transparent material?

Wooden door

Frosted glass

D. Which of the following materials is opaque?

Tissue paper

E. Light travels in a:

Curved path

2. Fill in the blanks.

Butter paper

Straight line

Clear glass

Metal sheet

Wooden door

Clear plastic

Circular path

Zigzag line

black    transparent   longer   shadows   translucent

A. materials allow light to pass through partially.

B. are formed when an object blocks light.

C. objects don’t form any shadow.

D. Shadows are always .

E. In the morning and evening, shadows are .

3. Write True or False.

A. Opaque materials allow some light to pass through.

B. A transparent object makes a clear shadow.

C. Shadows are formed when light is absorbed by an object.

D. Shadows are colourful and change colour with the object.

E. The length of the shadow is always the same as that of the object.

4. Short-answer questions.

A. How is the Moon different from the Sun?

B. What are the three types of non-luminous objects?

C. How are shadows formed?

D. What happens to the size of a shadow when the light source moves?

5. Long-answer questions.

A. How are luminous objects different from non-luminous objects? Give examples for each.

B. What are transparent, translucent and opaque materials? Give examples of each.

C. Explain how the position of the Sun affects the length and direction of shadows.

D. List any three properties of shadows.

6. Picture-based questions.

A. Identify the object and the source of light in the given image.

B. What do you notice about the shadows? Why do you think that happens?

Challenge (HOTS)

Can you think of a situation where shadows can be helpful in daily life?

Give 1–2 examples.

The Moon and the Eclipse 15

Chapter Overview

The Moon and the Eclipse Moon Around the Earth Eclipses Tides

Phases of the Moon

INTEGRATED Get Set

Solve the following riddles!

You’ll see me at night but never at noon.

I’m not a star, but I’m still a boon.

What am I?

You’ll see me at day and noon but never at night.

I’m a shiny star that shines very bright.

What am I?

Moon Around the Earth

The Moon is the Earth’s closest neighbour in space. Unlike the Sun, the Moon doesn’t have its own light. Instead, it reflects the Sun’s light, which is why it appears bright at night. The Moon is one of the brightest objects in the sky after the Sun.

Located about 3,84,400 kilometres away from Earth, the Moon is smaller than both the Earth and the Sun. It appears similar in size to the Sun because it is nearer to us.

Surface of the Moon

Imagine a dry and dusty playground covered with holes – that’s what the Moon’s surface looks like! Have you ever wondered why the surface of the Moon is rough and uneven? This is because it is made up of rocks. The Moon’s surface is dry, rough, and uneven, and is covered by a layer of dust. It features mountains, lava plains, valleys, and craters. The craters are deep holes created by meteorites colliding with the Moon’s surface. There are millions of these craters, formed billions of years ago. Like Earth, the Moon has gravity, which is about one-sixth compared to Earth’s. The tides in the seas and oceans on Earth are influenced by the Moon’s gravitational force, causing high and low tides.

Atmosphere on the Moon

The Moon does not have an atmosphere like that of the Earth. The Earth’s atmosphere has oxygen, which we need to breathe. The Earth’s atmosphere protects us from the Sun’s harmful UV rays. The Moon, however, has a very thin layer called an exosphere, which is not thick enough to support life or give protection from the Sun’s radiation. This thin exosphere exists because the Moon’s gravity is too weak to hold onto a thicker atmosphere. As a result, there is no air to breathe on the Moon, and the surface is exposed to extreme temperatures (scorching hot days and freezing cold nights). We cannot hear any sound on the moon as it has no air.

Phases of the Moon

Have you ever looked up at the night sky and noticed that the Moon looks different each night? Sometimes it looks like a thin half-circle or sometimes like a full circle. The ever-changing appearance or the shapes of the Moon are called its phases. There are 8 phases of the moon. It takes 29.5 days to completely cycle through all these phases. This is known as the lunar month.

We always see the same side of the Moon because the Moon’s revolution around the Earth and its rotation on its axis occur at the same speed. As the Moon revolves and rotates, it appears to change shape each day, transitioning from a thin crescent to a full moon. This variation occurs because the side of the moon facing us receives different amounts of sunlight as it moves in its orbit around the Earth.

Surface of the Moon

Let’s learn about the different phases of the Moon that appear in its monthly journey.

1. New Moon: The Moon is between Earth and the Sun. Sunlight can’t reach the side facing Earth, so the Moon appears completely dark.

2. Waxing Crescent Moon: The Moon continues in its orbit, and a small crescent becomes visible.The Sun’s light hits a small portion of the side facing Earth, creating a thin lit-up area.

3. First Quarter or Half Moon: Half of the Moon is illuminated by the Sun, appearing as a semi-circle. “First quarter” refers to the Moon being one-quarter through its orbit.

4. Waxing Gibbous Moon: More than half of the Moon is illuminated, but it’s not yet a full circle. The illuminated portion grows larger each night.

5. Full Moon: The Moon is on the opposite side of Earth from the Sun. The side facing Earth is fully lit by sunlight.

6. Waning Gibbous Moon: After the full moon, the illuminated part starts to shrink. The lit portion decreases as the Moon moves toward the third quarter.

7. Third Quarter Moon: Another half of the Moon is illuminated, but it’s the opposite side from the first quarter. The Moon is now three-quarters through its orbit.

8. Waning Crescent: The Moon becomes a thin crescent again, with the curved side facing the opposite direction. The lit area gradually shrinks until the cycle restarts.

Do and Learn

Throughout the month, observe the Moon each night and sketch what you see in a journal. Record the date, time, and details about the Moon’s shape and brightness. This will help you track the gradual changes in its phases.

crescent: the shape of the Moon less than half illuminated illuminated: made bright with light waxing: when the Moon’s apparent shape is thickening waning: when the Moon’s apparent shape is thinning

Phases of the Moon

Pause and Answer

Look at the images given below and identify each phase of the Moon.

Eclipses

An eclipse occurs when the Sun’s light is partially or completely blocked by the Earth or the Moon. Both the Earth and the Moon are composed of rocks, and they do not allow light to pass through. When light hits an opaque object, it casts a shadow. As we know, the Earth revolves around the Sun, while the Moon orbits the Earth. At certain times, the Sun, Moon, and Earth align in a straight line. In this arrangement, the sunlight is obstructed by the celestial object in the middle, causing its shadow to fall on the object that is eclipsed. Depending on which celestial body is blocked, eclipses are classified into two types: solar eclipses and lunar eclipses. Let us learn about each of them.

Solar Eclipse

Imagine the Earth, the Moon, and the Sun in a perfect line. In this eclipse, the Moon comes in between the Sun and the Earth. Due to this, the Moon casts a shadow on Earth’s surface. People standing in the path of this shadow experience a partial or complete blackout of the Sun for a short time.

There are two main types of solar eclipses:

Total Solar Eclipse: The Moon completely blocks the Sun, creating a brief period of darkness during the day. During this eclipse, we cannot see the Sun.

partial: not complete

Remember!

The objects that don’t allow the light to pass through them are called opaque objects. When light falls on such objects, these cast a shadow.

Solar eclipse

Did You Know?

During a solar eclipse, we should not look at the Sun with our naked eyes as it is harmful.

Partial Solar Eclipse: The Moon only covers part of the Sun, so the Sun appears to have a dark bite taken out of it.

During a solar eclipse, two types of shadows are cast by the Moon: the umbra and the penumbra. The umbra is the central, darkest part of the shadow where the Sun is completely blocked by the Moon, causing a total eclipse for those in this area. The penumbra is the outer part of the shadow where only a part of the Sun is covered by the Moon, resulting in a partial eclipse for those in this region.

Think and Tell

During which phase of the Moon can a solar eclipse occur, and why?

Lunar Eclipse

During a lunar eclipse, the Earth is between the Sun and the Moon. The Earth casts a shadow on the Moon, blocking the sunlight that usually reflects off its surface. From Earth, the Moon appears to darken or turn a reddish colour. This happens because of the indirect sunlight filtering through the Earth’s atmosphere. A lunar eclipse typically lasts for about an hour or so.

eclipse

During a lunar eclipse, two types of shadows are cast by the Earth: the umbra and the penumbra. The umbra is the central, darkest part of the shadow where the Moon is completely covered, causing a total or partial eclipse. The penumbra is the outer part of the shadow where only a part of the sunlight is blocked.

There are two main types of lunar eclipses:

Total Lunar Eclipse: The entire Moon passes through the Earth’s umbra, the central, darkest part of its shadow. During a total lunar eclipse, the Moon can appear deep red or coppery.

Partial Lunar Eclipse: Only a part of the Moon passes through the Earth’s umbra, while the rest remains in the penumbra. During a partial lunar eclipse, part of the Moon appears darkened.

Some people observe traditional practices around the time of eclipses. It is important to share that solar and lunar eclipses are natural events caused by the regular movements of the Earth, Moon, and Sun in space. One should not feel scared or anxious.

Lunar

Investigate and Discover

Aim: To demonstrate how a lunar eclipse occurs using simple materials.

Materials Needed: flashlight (to represent the Sun), a small tennis ball (to represent the Moon), and a large ball/globe (to represent the Earth), pen and paper

Method:

Step 1: Turn on the flashlight in a dark room. This flashlight will act as the Sun.

Step 2: Place the larger ball (Earth) a few feet away from the flashlight. Make sure it is in line with the flashlight.

Step 3: Hold the smaller ball (Moon) in your hand.

Step 4: Move the Moon to the opposite side of the Earth, away from the Sun. Now, position the Earth between the Sun and the Moon, making sure the shadow of the Earth falls on the Moon.

Step 5: Observe what happens.

Findings: When a larger ball (Earth) comes in between the flashlight (Sun) and the smaller ball (Moon), it blocks the flashlight from reaching the Moon. Therefore, the larger ball casts its shadow on the smaller ball.

Conclusion: The above experiment shows that the lunar eclipse takes place when the Earth, the Moon and the Sun are present in a line and the Earth comes in between the Sun and the Moon.

Tides

The periodic rise and fall of sea or ocean water is called a tide. The formation of tides occurs due to the Moon’s gravity.

As the Moon orbits the Earth, the side of the Earth facing the Moon experiences the strongest gravitational pull. This causes the water to rise on that side, resulting in high tides along the shores. Interestingly, high tides also occur on the opposite side of the Earth due to the combined effects of the Earth’s rotation and the Moon’s gravitational force. Between these high tides, the water level in the oceans decreases, resulting in low tides (when the water level recedes).

Wonders of Bharat

The town of Kutch in Gujarat is renowned for its breathtaking views of the Moon, especially during the Rann Utsav. The vast white salt desert, known as the Rann of Kutch, reflects the moonlight in a mesmerising way, creating a magical landscape. During full moon nights, the entire salt desert shimmers under the moonlight, offering a unique and unforgettable experience.

Word Splash

of Kutch

meteorites: space rocks that fall on Earth, Moon or other planets exosphere: the thin layer of the Moon’s atmosphere gravity: the force that attracts objects towards the centre of the Earth umbra: the dark part of the shadow penumbra: the part of a shadow that’s a little lighter tides: the rise and fall of ocean levels caused by the Moon’s gravity

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about the phases of the Moon.

Points to Remember

• The Moon has no light of its own. It reflects sunlight which is why it appears bright at night.

• The surface of the Moon is rough and uneven with craters on it.

• The different shapes of the Moon are called its phases.

• An eclipse occurs when the Sun’s light is blocked either by the Moon or the Earth.

• The periodic rise and fall of water due to gravitational forces between the Moon and the Earth is called a tide.

Rann

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct option.

A. During which phase of the Moon is the entire side facing Earth lit up by the Sun?

New Moon Waxing Crescent

Full Moon Waning Gibbous

B. What is the main reason we experience tides on Earth?

The Sun’s gravity pulling on the oceans

The Moon’s gravity pulling on the oceans

The rotation of Earth on its axis

The Earth’s gravity pulls the oceans

C. Which of the following is true about a lunar eclipse?

The Moon is between the Earth and the Sun.

The Earth is between the Sun and the Moon.

The Sun is between the Earth and the Moon.

The Moon completely blocks the Sun.

2. Fill in the blanks.

A. The is the thin layer of gases surrounding the Moon.

B. The different shapes of the Moon we see throughout the month are called its  .

C. A eclipse occurs when the Earth casts a shadow on the Moon.

D. The formation of occurs due to Moon’s gravity.

3. Write True or False.

A. The surface of the Moon is rough and uneven.

B. A solar eclipse occurs when the Moon comes between the Earth and the Sun.

C. Lunar eclipse occurs for a short time duration.

D. The periodic rise and fall of ocean water is called a tide.

4. Circle the correct alternative in each of the following.

A. The Moon / Sun does not have its own light.

B. The Moon has a very thin layer of gases called atmosphere / exosphere.

C. The ever-changing shapes of the Moon are called its phases / tides.

D. The Moon comes in between the Sun and the Earth in solar / lunar eclipse.

5. Short-answer questions.

A. Briefly describe the surface of the Moon.

B. How does the Moon differ from the Earth in terms of atmosphere?

C. Why does the Moon change its shape throughout the month?

D. How does the Moon’s gravity affect the tides on Earth?

6. Long-answer questions.

A. Explain how different phases of the Moon occur.

B. How is a solar eclipse different from a lunar eclipse? Explain with the help of well-labelled diagrams.

C. Differentiate between a partial and a total solar eclipse.

7. Picture-based questions.

A. What is depicted in Image 1?

B. What is depicted in Image 2?

Challenge (HOTS)

Imagine you are planning to observe a solar eclipse from your school playground. What tools or safety measures would you use to safely watch the eclipse?

Image 1

Image 2

Life Skills

The New Moon is a time of new beginnings in many cultures. Let’s explore how people in different parts of India celebrate and acknowledge this lunar phase!

• Start by choosing a city/state (or a few) to research. You can use the map of India to pick a place that interests you or ask an adult to suggest some options.

• Once you have your location(s), use the internet or ask an adult to help you find out:

⸰ How do people in this place celebrate or acknowledge the New Moon?

⸰ Are there any special stories or folktales related to it?

Share your findings with your family or friends!

PROJECT 2 Friction Race!

Objective: Students will understand how different surfaces offer frictional force and apply this knowledge practically.

Materials Needed: Toy car, a pen, a notebook, a ruler, a carpet, a wooden board, a plastic sheet, aluminium foil, a towel

Step 1: Learn about Friction

Understand what friction is and how it affects the movement of objects. Use your textbook or online resources to learn about how different surfaces can create varying levels of friction.

Step 2: Test the Car

Push the toy car on each surface (carpet, wooden board, plastic sheet, aluminium foil and a towel). Observe and note how far the car travels on each surface.

Step 3: Record Distances and Create a Table

Use a ruler to measure the distance. Draw a table in your notebook like this:

Surface Distance covered (cm)

Carpet

Wooden board

Plastic sheet

Aluminium foil

Towel

Fill in the distances you measured for each surface.

Step 4: Share and Discuss

Present your findings recorded in the table to the class. Use your recorded data to describe how friction varies with different materials.

Project Output: Now, you have a table showing how the toy car performed on each surface.

Final Outcome: This hands-on project will help you understand how frictional force affects the movement of objects.

To be read aloud and explained in the mother tongue by the teacher, as needed.

Assessment 2

Read this article. Answer the questions given below.

Exploring Moon!

One night, Aria sat by her window, gazing up at the glowing Moon. She was curious about what it would be like to visit this bright, mysterious place. Her father, noticing her interest, sat down beside her.

“Did you know, the Moon’s surface is full of craters?” he said. “These craters were formed when meteorites crashed into its surface, long, long ago.”

Aria’s eyes widened. “Why doesn’t it look like Earth?” she wondered.

“Well,” her father explained, “the Moon is very different. It has a thin exosphere, so it can’t hold onto heat like the Earth can. During the day, the Moon becomes really hot, but at night, it gets freezing cold. That’s why life can’t flourish there. Imagine living in a place where it’s scorching hot one minute and icy cold the next!”

“Wow,” Aria said, her imagination running wild, “It must be so lonely up there.”

Her father smiled. “Yes, it’s a beautiful but harsh place. That’s what makes it so fascinating. It’s not like home, but it helps us learn more about the universe.”

1. What is the Moon’s surface covered with?

A. Comets

B. Stars

C. Craters

2. Why does the Moon have extreme temperature changes?

A. It has a thin exosphere.

B. It is very close to the Sun.

C. It is made up of ice and snow.

3. Why is life difficult on the Moon? Give two reasons for your answer.

4. Imagine you are an astronaut visiting the Moon. Mention any three items you would bring to stay safe and comfortable, considering the Moon’s surface and atmosphere. Explain your choices in 3–4 sentences.

To be read aloud and explained in the mother tongue by the teacher, as needed.

Craters on the Moon

Model Test Paper - 2

Name of the Student:

Time: 1 Hour

Total Marks: 40

1 Tick () the correct answer. (1 × 5 marks)

A Which of the following methods is used to separate soluble impurities from water?

a Decantation

c Distillation

B How many types of levers are there?

a One

b Two

b Sedimentation

d Chlorination

c Three d Four

C Which of the following is miscible in water?

a Oil

b Milk

c Kerosene d Petrol

D Which of the following is an example of a transparent material?

a Wooden door

c Metal sheet

b Frosted glass

d Clear glass

E When is the entire side of the Moon that is facing Earth lit up by the Sun?

a Waning crescent

c Waxing gibbous

b Full moon

d New moon

2 Fill in the blanks. (1 × 5 marks) shadow  thermosphere  friction igneous fulcrum

A rocks are formed by the cooling of magma.

B always acts opposite to the direction of motion.

C A is formed when an object blocks light.

D The point where a lever pivots is called the .

E Space shuttles orbit around the Earth in the

3 Write ONE word for the following. (1 × 5 marks)

A The ability of a solute to dissolve in a solvent to make a uniform solution

B The force that attracts every object towards the centre of the Earth

C Space rocks that fall on Earth, other planets and the Moon

D Materials that allow light to pass through them partially

E Small pieces of rocks formed by the breakdown of mountains

4 Write True or False. (1 × 5 marks)

A 71% of our Earth’s surface is covered by water.

B The length of the shadow is always the same as that of the object.

C Changing a gas into its liquid form upon cooling down is called melting.

D Friction slows down or stops the motion of objects.

E The periodic rise and fall of the water level in the ocean is called a tide.

5 Picture-based questions. (1 + 1 + 2 marks)

A What does the image show?

B Why does the balloon inflate?

C What happens when an inflated balloon is cooled down? Does it contract or expand?

6 Answer the following questions in short. (2 × 4 marks)

A How is a screw different from an inclined plane?

B Why does the Moon change its shape throughout the month?

C What are soluble and insoluble impurities? Give one example of each.

D Write two ways in which friction is useful.

7 Answer the following questions in detail. (4 × 2 marks)

A How is coal formed? Mention its uses.

B Differentiate between a simple and a complex machine. Give two examples of each.

Prairies—Temperate Grasslands 10

Chapter Overview

Prairies: Temperate Grasslands

Meaning and Types

Location and Climate

Vegetation and Wildlife Economy

Lifestyle and People

Get Set

Find and circle the given words in this word search puzzle.

1. OATS

2. BARLEY

3. WHEAT

4. MAIZE

All of these can be found in North American grasslands called Prairies. In this chapter, we will learn more about them.

Meaning and Types

Grasslands are vast areas of flat land where the main vegetation is different kinds of grasses. In some places, grasslands are located between forests and deserts. There are two kinds of grasslands: tropical and temperate. Tropical grasslands are located between 0 degree and 23.5 degree latitudes in both the Northern and Southern hemispheres.

Temperate grasslands are located between 23.5 degree and 66.5 degree latitudes in the Northern and Southern hemispheres. The climate is hot during summer and cold during winter.

Temperate grasslands are called by different names in different regions. They are called prairies in North America, pampas in South America, steppes in Europe and Asia, downs in Australia and velds in South Africa. Let us learn more about the prairies.

Grasslands are not just flat lands with grass. Grasslands can have rolling hills, and plants such as wildflowers and shrubs.

Location and Climate

The prairies are in North America. They cover parts of Canada, the USA and Mexico. Like other temperate grasslands, the prairies experience hot weather during summer and cold weather during winter. There is moderate rainfall during the summer.

Error Alert!

Pampas

Velds

Downs

Steppes Manchurian

OCEAN

Tropic of Cancer

Equator

Tropic of Capricorn

Arctic Circle

Grasslands of the world

PRAIRIES ROCKY MOUNTAINS

Vegetation and Wildlife

Vegetation

There are many different types of grasses and shrubs that grow in the prairies. The soil is very fertile due to the presence of humus, making it one of the largest farming areas in the world. The green grass turns brown in the autumn. There are not many trees, but a few can be found along the rivers.

Wildlife

Long ago, the prairies were grazing grounds for large herds of bison. However, due to the clearing of land for agriculture, there are fewer bison than before. Coyotes, prairie dogs, hawks and prairie chickens are commonly found in this region.

Do and Learn Prairies

Make a poster on prairie wildlife. You may use the internet for your research. Find out how they are adapted to their environment and how they interact with other animals and plants.

Bison in the prairies

Did You Know?

The prairies are also very important for migratory birds. Many migratory birds stop there for food and rest during their long journey between their summer and winter habitats.

Pause and Answer

Write whether the following statements are true or false.

1. The prairies are in South America.

2. The prairies are one of the largest farming areas in the world.

3. Large herds of bison used to graze on the prairies.

Economy

The main occupation in the prairies is farming. The land was converted into farmlands by the settlers who arrived from Europe. Wheat is the main crop that is grown there. Maize is also grown there apart from wheat. Other crops that are grown here include oats, rye, barley and beans. The prairies are known as the ‘wheat basket of the world’. The USA is one of the largest exporters of wheat.

In the western region of the prairies, cattle are reared on large farms called ranches for meat and dairy products.

The prairies are also rich in minerals. There are large deposits of coal, petroleum and natural gas. Other minerals like gold, silver and potash are also mined here.

It is important to remember that the prairies are home to many different species of animals. Human activities should not be allowed to affect the animals or the environment of the prairies.

Think and Tell

The prairies have large grasslands where many animals live. What do you think would happen if more and more land is used for farming and animals are not allowed to graze there?

Lifestyle and People

The prairies are thinly populated. Farmers and their families, as well as workers, live on very large farms. Almost all farmwork, such as ploughing, sowing, threshing, harvesting and winnowing, is done by machines.

ploughing: turning the soil before sowing seeds threshing: thrashing the grain to separate the edible part from the inedible part winnowing: blowing air through the grain to remove the husk

Wheat field in the prairies

Cattle ranch in the prairies

Wonders of Bharat

The Gir Forest National Park in Gujarat contains tropical grasslands as well as dry deciduous forests. It is famous all over the world as the only natural habitat where Asiatic Lions still live in the wild.

Word Splash

grasslands: vast areas of flat land where the main vegetation is different kinds of grasses prairies: temperate grasslands in North America ranches: large farms where cattle are reared

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about the prairies.

Points to Remember

• Grasslands are vast areas of flat land where the main vegetation is different kinds of grasses.

• The prairies are located in North America. It is one of the largest farming areas in the world today.

• Cattle are reared on large farms called ranches.

• The farms in the prairies are very large. Almost all farm work is done by machines.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. What are the temperate grasslands in South Africa called?

a. Prairies

b. Velds

c. Steppes

B. What substance does the soil in the prairies contain that makes it fertile?

a. Humus

b. Sand

c. Clay

Asiatic Lion in Gir Forest National Park

C. What is the main crop cultivated in the prairies?

a. Maize b. Barley c. Wheat

D. Which type of grasslands are located between 0 degree and 23.5 degree?

a. Tropical b. Temperate c. Polar

2. Fill in the blanks.

grass  ranches  wheat basket  bison

A. Cattle are reared on large farms called .

B. The prairies used to be the grazing grounds for large herds of  .

C. The main vegetation on the prairies is .

D. The prairies are called the of the world as a large amount of wheat is cultivated here.

3. Write True or False.

A. The temperate grasslands in Australia are called downs.

B. Rice is the main crop cultivated on the prairies.

C. Mining is the main occupation on the prairies.

D. Almost all farm work on the farms of the prairies is done by machines.

4. Match the following.

A. South America i. Pampas

B. Eurasia ii. Downs

C. Australia iii. Velds

D. South Africa iv. Steppes

5. Short answer questions.

A. What are temperate grasslands?

B. What are ranches?

C. Name 2 minerals that are found in the prairies.

6. Long answer questions.

A. What are the 2 types of grasslands and where are they found?

B. Explain the climate of the prairies.

C. Why do you think the prairies are thinly populated? Give two reasons.

7. Picture-based questions.

Look at the picture and answer the following questions.

A. Identify the animal in the picture.

B. Where is this animal found?

C. Name any two other animals found in this region.

HOTS

Why do you think machines are needed in to do different kinds of farm work on the prairies? Give two reasons.

Life Skills

The prairies are known for their wide-open spaces, where there is plenty of sunlight and wind. These natural resources can be used to generate clean energy, like wind energy and solar energy. Work with a friend and find out three ways in which farms and homes on the prairies can produce their own energy. You can take help of your elders, books from the library or the internet. Share your findings with the class.

Means of Transport 11

Chapter Overview

Means of Transport

Steam Engine and Modern Means of Transport Land Transport Airways

Waterways

Traffic and Pollution

Get Set

Imagine that you need to visit your friends in your city, in another city and in another country. Draw pictures of the different types of transport you will use to visit each.

In your city

In another city In another country

Salina lived in New Delhi with her parents. One day, they had to travel to Bengaluru for a wedding. Salina and her parents first travelled to the airport using the metro rail. Then, they travelled in an aeroplane to reach Bengaluru. Salina was amazed by how she reached the other side of the country in just a few hours.

Travelling long distances in earlier times was difficult and took a lot of time. People usually walked from one place to another and used animals to carry their goods.

Transport refers to the ways people or goods move from one place to another. Bicycles, scooters, cars, rickshaws, buses, ships, trains and aeroplanes are different means of transport. Choosing any means of transport depends on the distance to be travelled, the money to be spent and the time available.

Steam Engine and Modern Means of Transport

A postal stamp in memory of James Watt

After the invention of the wheel, the most important invention was the steam engine. The first steam engine was built by Thomas Newcomen in 1712. In 1765, James Watt improved the design. A steam engine is a type of heat engine used to perform mechanical work using steam. Earlier steam engines were built to run railway engines and trains. After some time, ships were made that used steam engines. Now, steam engines have been replaced by engines that use diesel and electricity. This has helped trains to run faster and carry more goods and passengers.

Earlier, people found it difficult to travel from one place to another. But today, modern means of transport have made it easier for people to reach distant places. The three modern means of transport are land transport, water transport and air transport.

Do and Learn

With the help of the internet, do research and create a visual timeline showing the evolution of different modes of transportation—from ancient modes (walking, horse-drawn carts, etc.) to modern modes (cars, aeroplanes, electric scooters, etc.).

Land Transport

The movement of goods and passengers on land is known as land transport. This is the mode of transport we use most. People and goods can travel through roadways

diesel: a kind of fuel

Steam engine

and railways from one part of the country to another. Land transport is also cost-effective. Land transport can be divided into roadways and railways.

Roadways

Vehicles such as cars, buses, tractors, etc., are driven on roads, which are built on the surface of the land. After independence, many efforts were made to develop the roadways. India has one of the largest road networks in the world. Many countries have networks of wide, paved roads called highways. Highways connect different cities within a country. They are long, mostly straight roads which do not have sharp curves, turns and roundabouts. This enables people to drive on these roads at speed for long distances. They can reach places faster. In India, national highways, state highways, district roads and village roads have been built to make transportation easier.

A part of India’s highway network is called the Golden Quadrilateral network. It consists of highways that connect four important cities of India—Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, and Kolkata.

Railways

Trains are an important means of transport in many countries. They can transport people and goods over long distances. Railway tracks are built and connected to each other to form a railway network. In India, the first train journey took place between Mumbai and Thane in 1853. Today, India has thousands of trains. The introduction of superfast trains has made movement faster and cheaper than before.

The Gatimaan Express and the Vande Bharat Express are the two of the superfast trains in India.

Metros are trains that run within cities. They run on tracks that are built either underground or on bridges in the city. Metro rail networks were developed to improve the public transportation

Did You Know?

NH 44 is the longest national highway of India. It runs from Sri Nagar to Kanyakumari, covering 4112 km.

cost-effective: of good value as per the amount of money spent network: a system of intersecting roads or railway tracks

Vande Bharat Express

Metro Rail

system in urban areas. They help people move from one place to another without worrying about the traffic. The first city in India to have the metro rail was Kolkata. Now, many cities such as Delhi NCR, Mumbai, Chennai and Bengaluru also have metro rail networks.

Did You Know? Discuss!

What are the benefits of using local transport while travelling within the city? Discuss two reasons with your friend.

Waterways

The Kanyakumari–Dibrugarh Vivek Superfast Express is a special train that travels all the way from Dibrugarh in Assam to Kanyakumari in Tamil Nadu. It is the longest train route in India, taking about 74 hours 35 minutes to cover 4218.6 km.

Since the early days, waterways have been used for transportation. The movement of goods and passengers on water is known as water transport. It is the cheapest means of transport. Heavy goods are carried over long distances on boats and ships. Local water transport such as ferries are used to carry people and goods across rivers and lakes. Water transport can be divided into two types—inland water transport and shipping.

Inland Water Transport

Inland waterways consist of rivers, canals and backwaters. Inland waterways in India have been used for transportation since ancient times.

Shipping

India has a very long coastline. It has thirteen important ports. Ships are used to transport goods from one port to the other. Goods are also exported and imported to India on ships. This is known as overseas shipping.

backwaters: part of a river or sea where the water remains still

Steamers carrying passengers A cargo ship

Pause and Answer

Name the following.

1. He built the first steam engine in 1712.

2. The network of wide, paved roads in many countries.

3. Local water transport which carries people and goods across rivers and lakes.

Airways

Air transport is the fastest mode of transport. It enables the movement of goods and people over long distances by means of helicopters and aeroplanes. It is also the most expensive means of transport due to the high cost of fuel. Aeroplanes take off from airports. Most big cities have airports. Airways can be used to travel to the most distant and remote areas especially where there are no roadways or railways. During natural disasters like floods and landslides, airways can be used for rescuing people and distributing food, water and medicines. There are many popular airlines in India such as Air India, Indigo, Spice Jet, Go Air, etc. They run many domestic and international flights.

Traffic and Pollution

Think and Tell

Why do you think airways are particularly helpful during natural disasters like floods and landslides?

Transport is essential for human survival as it saves time and energy while moving from one place to another. At the same time, the vehicles we use can also harm the environment. Vehicles emit harmful gases which pollute the air. These gases damage the environment and contribute to global warming. To prevent this, electric buses, trains, and cars have been introduced. The number of vehicles in each household is increasing and our roads cannot carry so many vehicles. This leads to major traffic

Aeroplane

Helicopter

issues, especially in big cities. One way to prevent this is to improve public transport. Good quality public transport will ensure that fewer people will use their private vehicles. Spreading greater awareness about using public transport and carpools can help save the environment.

Wonders of Bharat

The world’s highest motorable road is called Umling La. It is located in Ladakh. It is at a height of 19,024 feet.

Word Splash

transport: the ways in which people, animals or goods move from one place to another steam engine: a type of heat engine used to perform mechanical work using steam highways: long roads that connect different cities in a country superfast trains: a passenger train that travels very fast overseas shipping: import and export of goods through ships global warming: increase in the temperature of the earth’s surface due to gases such as carbon dioxide

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about means of transport.

Points to Remember

• The three modes of transport are land transport, water transport and air transport.

• National highways, state highways, district roads and village roads are a part of our road network.

• Water transport can be divided into two groups—inland water transport and shipping.

• Airways are the fastest mode of travel and are also used during natural calamities to rescue people.

• Vehicles cause air and noise pollution.

• An important way to reduce traffic congestion and pollution is to develop the public transport system.

Umling La

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. Which of these is the cheapest means of transport?

a. Train

b. Aeroplane c. Ship

B. Which of these is the fastest mode of transport?

a. Ship

b. Train c. Aeroplane

C. Which is the best mode of transport for sending relief supplies to areas affected by natural disasters?

a. Train

b. Bus c. Helicopter

D. Where was the first metro rail built?

a. Delhi

b. Mumbai c. Kolkata

2. Fill in the blanks. railways   aeroplane   wheel   James Watt

A. The discovery of the made travelling easier.

B. improved the design of the steam engine in 1765.

C. transport many people and goods across long distances on land.

D. An is the fastest means of transport.

3. Write True or False.

A. Inland waterways have been used in India since ancient times.

B. Transporting goods by train is cheaper than ships.

C. The metro rail is the fastest train in India.

D. Steam engines have been replaced by engines that use diesel and electricity.

4. Match the following.

A. Important public transport i. Ship

B. Means of transport in water ii.  Aeroplane

C. Fastest means of transport iii. Vande Bharat

D. Superfast train iv. Metro rail

5. Short answer questions.

A. What are the three modes of transport?

B. Why is road transport considered to be the most convenient?

C. When and where was the first railway line built in India?

D. What is overseas shipping?

6. Long answer questions.

A. What are two advantages of air transport over the other means of transport?

B. What are the two types of waterways? How are they different?

C. How do you think metro rails have helped reduce pollution in big cities like Delhi and Kolkata? Give two reasons.

7. Picture-based questions.

Look at the picture and answer the following questions.

A. What do you observe in the image?

B. How does this impact people’s health?

C. What steps should be taken to protect the environment? Give any two.

HOTS

1. Why do you think waterways are still a preferred means of transport for goods in some parts of the world despite the advancements in land and air transport? Write any two points.

2. Highways are generally long, straight roads which do not have sharp curves, turns and roundabouts. Why do you think highways are built this way? Explain in two points.

Life Skills

Transportation is one of the biggest contributors to pollution due to the smoke from cars, planes and other vehicles. Make a poster to spread awareness about pollution from vehicles and to encourage the use of public transport as a means to control pollution. Give your poster a title. Display it in your class.

Means of Communication 12

Chapter Overview

Get Set

We all use communication in our daily lives. Here are some fun riddles about communication. See if you can crack them!

1. I can carry a message across the world, from the comfort of your home. With just a few clicks, you can send letters, pictures and more. What am I?

2. I’m a box that speaks without a mouth and listens without ears. I can share news and music with people far and near. What am I?

3. I orbit around the Earth and help you see sports and news from distant lands. Without me, long-distance signals would be a challenge. What am I?

Communication is the way people share ideas, thoughts, feelings or information. This can occur through various methods, such as telephone calls, face-to-face conversations, text messages or television. Communication can be spoken, such as in a conversation, or written, such as in an email or letter.

All living beings communicate with each other, even without language. For example, a dog barks at strangers, a baby cries when it needs something, and so on. In ancient times, people communicated using gestures and signs. As they grew smarter, they created languages. In the past, messages were sent over long distances using pigeons and horses. This process became easier with the introduction of postal services.

Personal Communication

Pigeon carrying a message

We frequently communicate with our family and friends through various methods. In the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, more reliable and faster means of communication were developed. Let’s explore the different methods of personal communication.

Postal Service

Letters are sent through the postal system . India Post is the largest postal network in the world with 154,965 post offices. We can send letters, parcels, postcards and money orders by post. Additionally, post offices provide a service called Speed Post , which ensures the fast delivery of letters or parcels to any city in India. Private companies also provide courier services.

Telephone

Telephones that are used at home and at work are a convenient and fast way to communicate. Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone in 1876. STD (Subscriber Trunk Dialing), lets us call people in other cities in India, and ISD (International Subscriber Dialing) lets us call people in other countries.

gestures: body signals reliable: dependable

Post office in India

Alexander Graham Bell

Fax

Faxing is used to send pictures or written messages instantly. It sends documents over the telephone, and the fax machine prints a copy of the document. The machine is connected to the phone line.

Email

Today, email, or electronic mail, is a fast and convenient way to send messages instantly. To send or receive emails, you need an email account. Emails are sent through computers or laptops connected to the internet. With advancements in technology, you can now also send emails using smartphones or tablets with internet access.

Did You Know?

The first email was sent by Ray Tomlinson in 1971, and it was a test message.

When we send a text message or an email, it does not go directly to the receiver. It goes through a network of satellites and servers that eventually deliver the message to the receiver. Error Alert!

Smartphones

Cell phones and smartphones have made communication even easier as they can be taken anywhere. Smartphones allow us to share pictures and music files, make phone calls and send and receive emails. We can also send text messages using SMS (Short Messaging Service) on our mobile phones.

Video Calls

Sunita lives in Faridabad, while her cousins live in Pune. Once a week, she talks to them on a video call. Video calls enable people to see each other while talking. One popular and free service for video chatting is Skype.

Do and Learn

Create a chart with four sections, each representing a different communication method. Add pictures for each type and write one sentence on the impact they have.

enable: allow or activate

Fax Machine

Video call

A smartphone

Pause and Answer

Choose the correct answer.

1. In ancient times, people used pigeons/postcards to communicate over long distances.

2. Bharat/India Post is the name of India’s postal system.

3. Telephones/Smartphones let us send pictures and make voice calls.

Mass Communication

Mass communication involves sharing information with many people at the same time. For example, magazines, books and newspapers convey ideas to a wide audience simultaneously. The invention of cinema, television and radio has transformed mass communication. Let us learn more about some methods of mass communication.

Newspapers and Magazines

Johannes Gutenberg from Germany invented the printing press. The first printed newspaper was released in Germany around 1605. Magazines and newspapers provide information and news about developments around the world. Today, e-newspapers, or digital versions of newspapers are available and can be read on tablets, laptops and smartphones.

Think and Tell

Radio

Radio was invented by the Italian scientist, Guglielmo Marconi. Jagadish Chandra Bose demonstrated that radio signals could be transmitted over long distances without

simultaneously: at the same time demonstrated: shown or proven transmitted: sent or conveyed

Johannes Gutenberg

Guglielmo Marconi

wires. Radio stations broadcast educational programs, news and entertainment from around the world. It is the cheapest means of communication that reaches even remote areas.

Television

Television was invented by the Scottish inventor John Logie Baird in 1926. It is more popular than radio because it lets viewers see the various programs instead of just hearing them. Television channels broadcast news, and show entertainment and educational programs. They also provide live coverage of cultural events and sports.

Internet

Today, the internet keeps us informed about events happening around the world. It is a powerful and efficient means of mass communication. It provides a vast amount of information on any topic. For these reasons, it is often referred to as the Information Superhighway.

Cinema

We have all seen films. Did you know that films are also a means of communication? The first film was shown in 1895. It did not have any dialogues. Talking films were introduced about 25 years later. Today, cinema is a major form of entertainment and also spreads social messages. Documentary films provide detailed information and are used for educational purposes.

Social Networking

Social networking is a modern way to communicate over the internet. It allows individuals to connect with friends and family through services, such as Facebook, Instagram and WhatsApp. Users can send videos, pictures and messages to their contacts. Anyone who is 18 years and above can join these platforms. Social networking is also valuable for accessing and sharing information during emergencies and disasters. Social media must be used with caution and care. A lot of unlawful activities happen on social media. We must stay safe from such activities.

efficient: productive with optimal use of resources disasters: terrible events causing great damage

Smartphone with social media apps

Old TV and old radio from the 1960s

Satellite Communication

Sending television and radio signals to far off places was difficult due to the curved surface of the Earth and buildings, which can interfere with signals. This issue was solved with satellite communication. Satellites are electronic devices launched into space by rockets, where they orbit around the Earth. Signals are sent from the Earth to the satellites, which then send them back to cover a larger area. Due to satellites, we can watch football and cricket matches from different countries. Satellites also help transmit computer and telephone signals to and from other countries.

Wonders of Bharat

ISRO has significantly advanced satellite communications in India through its INSAT and GSAT series. These satellites have enhanced telecommunication, broadcasting and internet services, boosted connectivity and enabled remote education, telemedicine and efficient disaster management.

Word Splash

postal system: the network of post offices for sending and receiving letters, parcels, etc.

India post: India’s national postal service

speed post: express mail service

STD: used for calling people in other cities within India

ISD: used for international phone calls

SMS: text message sent using mobile phones

information superhighway: vast and fast information network documentary films: films meant to educate or spread awareness

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about means of communication.

Points to Remember

• Communication is the way people exchange ideas and information through talking, texting or watching television.

• Mass communication spreads information to large audiences through various methods, including newspapers, radio, television and the internet.

• Cinema and social networking have changed how we share news and connect with people worldwide.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. Which of these was a means of communication used in earlier times?

a. Carrier Pigeons

b. Postal System

B. What is the internet also known as?

a. Educational Path

c. Information Superhighway

C. Satellites are launched into the space using

a. Rockets

b. Airplanes

D. Radio was invented by the Italian scientist

a. Galileo

b. Graham Bell

c. Radio

b. Knowledge Network

c. Satellite launcher

c. Marconi

2. Fill in the blanks. telephone   mass communication   documentary   communication

A. The way people share ideas, thoughts and feelings is called .

B. Graham Bell invented the in 1876.

C. Sharing information with many people at the same time is called .

D. The type of film that provides detailed information for educational purposes is called a .

3. Write True or False.

A. A newspaper is a form of social networking.

B. Johannes Gutenberg from Germany invented printing.

C. STD is used to call people in other countries.

D. Skype helps to send and receive text messages.

4. Match the following.

A. John Logie Baird i. Printing

B. Guglielmo Marconi ii. Radio

C. Johannes Gutenberg iii. Television

D. STD iv. Other Indian cities

5. Short answer questions.

A. What is meant by mass communication?

B. What is a fax machine? Why is it used?

C. What is Speed Post?

D. What is a documentary film?

6. Long answer questions.

A. What is satellite communication? What are its advantages?

B. How has the invention of the internet transformed communication?

7. Picture-based questions.

Look at the pictures and answer the following questions.

A. Which of the two will deliver the news faster?

B. Which of the two needs a satellite to work?

HOTS

Name a situation where the written form of communication, like a letter or an email, would be more suitable than a verbal or face-to-face form of communication, like phone calls or Skype. Justify your answer.

1.

2.

Community Connect

With your parents, visit the post office nearest to where you live. Talk to a postal worker in the post office. Ask them about the different stages in the journey of a letter. Ask them how technology has helped the postal system.

Life Skills

Write an email to your friend, telling them about your favourite film. You can add a description of the film, telling him/her about what all you liked about the movie, like the story, the conclusion, your favourite scene, etc.

The Age of Machines 13

Chapter Overview

The Age of Machines

Discovery of Metals

Mass Production and the Industrial Revolution

Discovery of Electricity

Get Set

How old were you when you learnt how to ride a bicycle?

How did you learn? Talk to your partner and share any one interesting experience from that time.

Bicycles are also machines. Let us learn about machines in this chapter.

Machines are tools that help to make our work easier. They come in many types, from simple ones, like scissors and bicycles, to more complex ones, such as computers and robots. Today, we live in the ‘Age of Machines’ because they are a big part of our daily lives. They help us travel, communicate, build, and solve problems. From the washing machine in our homes to the satellites in space, machines have transformed how we live and work. A robot

transformed: changed something to a state which is very different from its original one

List any 10 machines that you use at your home. How do these machines help you? Share with the class.

Discovery of Metals

Early humans lived in jungles. They used simple stones or tools made from stones to hunt animals. With time, humans discovered metals and began using them to make better tools. The first metal discovered by humans was copper. It is believed that copper was discovered more than 10,000 years ago with its earliest use seen in Iraq. Then, around 6000 years ago, humans discovered bronze by mixing copper and tin. It was stronger than copper.

Stone tools of early humans

After bronze, humans discovered iron. It was stronger than copper and bronze and so it was used to make even better tools and weapons. Iron tools could be used to cut trees and clear the land for farming and hunt more easily than with either copper or bronze tools. The discovery of iron helped humans to progress in several ways.

Mass Production and the Industrial Revolution

As humans progressed, they invented the wheel. Once the wheel was invented, carts pulled by humans and animals followed. This continued until about 300 years ago when the steam engine was invented.

With the steam engine, humans could replace animal and human effort with machines. The steam engine could transport larger quantities of goods and a greater number of people over longer distances in less time.

Steam was used to run other big machines too. This helped produce more goods of higher quality at a lower cost than handmade goods. With better quality and cheaper prices, the demand for the goods started to increase. This was the beginning of the factory system. A factory is a place where large amounts of goods are produced quickly using big machines. Factories were set up in cities. Many people from the rural areas travelled to cities to work in factories. Slowly the cities grew bigger and the number of factories increased.

Steam engine

The advancement from handmade goods to machine-made goods is called the Industrial Revolution. The Industrial Revolution began in Britain in the 18th century. It is called a revolution because it brought about large-scale changes in society and the life of people.

Did You Know?

John Lombe’s silk mill is considered to be the first factory in Britain. It was built between 1718 and 1721.

Pause and Answer

Tick (✓) the correct statements.

1. Copper was discovered around 5,000 years ago in different parts of Africa.

2. Humans used bronze tools for farming and ploughing the fields.

3. Steam engines helped to run big machines.

4. The first factory was established in Germany.

Discovery of Electricity

We have learnt about steam engines. How did they produce steam? Coal was burnt in the steam engines as fuel to produce steam. Coal is an important source of energy. Large amounts of coal are also used to produce electricity in power plants. Coal is available in mines but it takes millions of years to form. Therefore, there are limited quantities of coal. Another source of energy is petroleum which is also called 'oil from the Earth'. Like coal, it is limited in quantity.

An alternative to these was found around 200 years ago by Alessandro Volta who used a small battery to produce an electric current in a wire. Over time, different types of generators were made, to produce electricity. However, these generators use coal, diesel and petrol. Burning these to generate electricity leads to pollution.

a substance which is used to provide heat or power

First factory in Britain

Today, several alternate sources of energy are being used that do not cause pollution. The heat and light of the sun is harnessed with solar panels to produce solar energy. This is then used to generate electricity. Windmills are used to produce wind energy. Hydroelectricity is electricity produced using the flowing water of rivers. It is produced using dams.

Solar panels for generating solar energy

Do and Learn

With your partner, find out the names of any five dams in India. Also, find out the names of the rivers they are built on.

Wonders of Bharat

The Darjeeling Himalayan Railway in West Bengal has a train that still runs using a steam engine. It is called a ‘toy train’ because it is smaller than the usual trains.

Word Splash

machine: tools that makes our work easier

factory: a place where large number of goods are produced quickly using big machines industrial revolution: the advancement from hand-made goods to machine-made goods

solar energy: use of the heat and light of the sun to generate electricity hydroelectricity: the electricity produced from flowing water of rivers

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about the history of machines.

dams: walls which are built across rivers to control their flow and collect the water

Sardar Sarovar Dam, Gujarat

Windmills in Thar Desert, Rajasthan

Toy train

Points to Remember

• Machines make our work faster and easier.

• The first metal discovered by humans was copper.

• Coal was burnt in steam engines as fuel to produce steam.

• Alternative sources of energy are solar energy, wind energy and hydroelectricity.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. Which of the following was the first metal discovered by humans?

a. Iron

b. Bronze c. Copper d. Gold

B. Which metal helped in the growth of agriculture?

a. Bronze

b. Iron

c. Copper d. Silver

C. Which of these is a non-polluting source of electricity?

a. Wind

b. Diesel

c. Petrol d. Coal

D. In which of these countries did the Industrial Revolution begin?

a. France

2. Fill in the blanks.

b. Britain

c. Germany d. India

cheaper  stone  factories  hydroelectricity

A. Initially, humans used tools.

B. were established where steam-driven machines were used.

C. Electricity produced by the force of flowing water is known as  .

D. During the Industrial Revolution, goods became and the demand increased.

3. Write True or False.

A. Tools made of iron were stronger than tools made of copper and bronze.

B. The steam engine was discovered after the Industrial Revolution.

C. The Industrial Revolution brought changes in the culture, lifestyle and economic lives of the people.

D. Bronze was the second metal to be discovered.

4. Short answer questions.

A. Define the term machines.

B. How was bronze made?

C. What is a dam?

D. What was steam engine used for?

5. Long answer questions.

A. Write a short note on the Industrial Revolution.

B. Why do we need alternate sources of energy? Give two examples of alternate sources of energy.

6. Picture-based questions.

A. What is shown in the image?

B. How does it produce energy?

C. Does it cause pollution? Why or why not?

HOTS

John was a weaver in eighteenth-century Britain. He made items at home which he sold in his village. He then got a new job in a factory that had recently been set up in a city.

Write about any two changes he would have experienced between his way of working in his village and in the factory?

Life Skills

With the help of your parents or elders at home, learn to use one machine safely. It can be anything like a microwave, a juicer, an electric kettle, a camera or a washing machine. Once you have learnt how to use it, help your parents with household work using that machine.

The First War of Independence 14

Chapter Overview

The First War of Independence

India as a Trade Centre

Formation of the East India Company

Discontent Among Indians

The Revolt of 1857

Get Set

Every year on 15 August, we celebrate Independence Day. We also celebrate the contributions of our freedom fighters on this day. Can you name any two freedom fighters of India?

India as a Trade Centre

Since ancient times, India has attracted many traders. Arabs and Europeans traded with India for spices, gold, pearls and silk. India was a very prosperous country at that time. India also traded with other countries, such as Greece, Rome, Arabia, Persia, Egypt and Sumatra.

In 1498, Vasco da Gama, a Portuguese explorer, sailed around Africa and discovered a new sea route from Europe to India. He arrived in Calicut, Kerala.

Map not to Scale

Route followed by Vasco Da Gama

The Portuguese mainly traded in spices and items like cotton, textiles and other valuable goods. After the Portuguese, the Dutch, the French and the English traders arrived. They made trading centres along the entire coastline of India which they called factories. They built them like strong forts to protect them from attack. Since so many countries wanted to trade with India, they soon began fighting to gain control of the trade.

The British established the East India Company in the year 1600 to trade in India. At that time, their aim was only trading, especially in spices and textiles.

Pause and Answer

Circle the correct word.

1. Vasco da Gama arrived in Kochi/Calicut.

2. The Europeans established factories that were built like forts/markets.

3. The British established the East India Company in the year 1700/1600.

Formation of the East India Company

After gaining control of the trade, the British made a lot of profit and used this money to develop industries in Britain. This helped in the Industrial Revolution in Britain. They made clothes, tools and other things much faster and in bigger amounts. Because of this, the British needed a lot of raw materials and a market to sell the huge amounts of goods they were making. They thought India could provide them with both.

To succeed in this plan, they began to gain more control over India. They started taking advantage of the weakening of the Mughal Empire and the constant fighting between different regional kingdoms. In 1757, the British, led by commander Robert Clive, defeated Siraj-ud-Daulah, the Nawab of Bengal, in the Battle of Plassey. With this, they became very powerful in Bengal, and from then on, they began expanding their control over India.

weakening: to become weaker regional: belonging to a particular region

Robert Clive Siraj-ud-Daulah

East India Company, Surat

Did You Know?

By 1800, the East India Company had its own army, which was more than twice the strength of the British army at that time.

Discuss!

What do you think would have happened to the East India Company had the Mughal Empire not become weak and there was no fighting between the regional kingdoms in India?

Discontent Among Indians

The British made many rules that helped them at the cost of Indians. They used unfair means to become rich, such as by exploiting farmers. The British made Indian farmers grow special crops like indigo and cotton. These crops were very important for British factories in England. But, the British paid the farmers very little for their hard work. In addition, they sold the finished products back to the people in India for a lot of money! This made the farmers poor and unhappy. Indians were also taxed very heavily.

The British also sold clothes made in their factories. These clothes were of better quality and cheaper than the clothes made by the local Indian weavers. Because of this, many Indian factories closed, and many workers lost their jobs. Indian traders, who bought and sold things, also suffered because of the unfair British trade rules.

The British not only took over the economy, but also made new rules to take control of the Indian kingdoms. One of these rules said that if a king died without a child, the kingdom would be taken over by the British. Many Indian kingdoms came under British rule in this way which made the Indian rulers very angry.

All of this led to growing discontent against the British. People started to forget their fears and rise up against them.

discontent: feeling of dissatisfaction or unhappiness with a situation

Indigo factory in Bengal

Pause and Answer

Tick (✓) the correct statements.

1. Farmers were happy with the British.

2. Clothes made in British factories were cheaper.

3. Robert Clive defeated Siraj-ud-Daula.

4. The Battle of Plassey took place in 1787.

The Revolt of 1857

The British had introduced a new kind of rifle in their army. To load these rifles, the soldiers had to bite the ends of the cartridges. These cartridges were greased, and the soldiers believed that they were greased with cow fat and pig fat. For Indian soldiers in the army, this was a matter of great concern. Hindus considered cows sacred, and Muslims considered pigs unclean. So biting something covered in the fat of these animals angered both.

Due to growing anger among Indian soldiers, an Indian soldier named Mangal Pandey attacked a British officer near Calcutta (now called Kolkata) on 29 March 1857. As punishment, the British hanged Mangal Pandey on 8 April 1857. This angered the Indian soldiers even more, and on 10 May 1857, Indian soldiers shot British officers in Meerut and took control. Then, they marched to Delhi and convinced Bahadur Shah Zafar, the last Mughal emperor, to join their revolt against the British. This was the beginning of the First War of Independence. It is also known as the Revolt of 1857 or the Sepoy Mutiny.

Mangal Pandey Tantya Tope Nana Sahib Begum Hazrat Mahal Rani Lakshmi Bai

The news of the revolt quickly spread and more leaders joined it from different parts of India. Nana Sahib and Tantia Tope in Kanpur, Begum Hazrat Mahal in Awadh, and Rani Lakshmi Bai in Jhansi all became a part of it. Rani Lakshmi Bai died fighting a battle at the age of 29 years in Gwalior.

With their larger armies and modern weapons, the British eventually suppressed the revolt. Unfortunately, many Indians supported the British to end the revolt. Mughal Emperor Bahadur Shah Zafar was sent into exile in Burma where he died in 1862.

The British were alarmed by this revolt, and the British government under Queen Victoria took direct control of India in 1858. This ended the rule of the East India Company. Queen Victoria declared herself as the Empress of India and appointed a Viceroy to govern India on her behalf.

The revolt of 1857 ended, but it taught Indians the importance of unity. They understood that if they were united, they could defeat the British and gain independence.

Wonders of Bharat

The Mutiny Memorial in New Delhi was initially built in 1863 to honour those who fought on the British side during the Revolt of 1857. In 1972, it was re-dedicated to the memory of those Indians who lost their lives fighting the British.

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to know more about what happened during Sepoy Mutiny.

Word Splash

industrial revolution: time when people started using machines to make things instead of making them by hand.

taxes: money that people pay to the government economy: system of a country which people follow to buy and sell goods and services to earn money cartridges: a metal or cardboard tube that contains a bullet revolt: a fight against those in power

suppressed: stop or control something forcefully exile: forced to stay out of one’s country

Queen Victoria

Mutiny Memorial, New Delhi

Points to Remember

• Arabs and Europeans traded with India for spices, gold, pearls and silk.

• India also traded with other countries, such as Greece, Rome, Arabia, Persia, Egypt and Sumatra.

• In 1498, Vasco da Gama discovered a new sea route from Europe to India.

• The Indian soldiers opposed the use of cartridges that were greased with the fat of cows and pigs.

• The Revolt of 1857 is also called the First War of Independence.

• The rule of the East India Company came to an end in 1858, and the British government took direct control of India.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. Who was the last Mughal emperor to fight against the British in Delhi?

a. Bahadur Shah Zafar

b. Begum Hazrat Mahal

B. The East India Company was formed in the year

a. 1498

C. The Revolt of 1857 started in

a. Meerut

2. Fill in the blanks.

b. 1757

b. Awadh

c. Nana Sahib

c. 1600

c. Jhansi

viceroy the First War of Independence indigo and cotton Awadh

A. The revolt of 1857 is also known as .

B. The British forced Indian farmers to grow crops like .

C. Begum Hazrath Mahal led the revolt of 1857 in .

D. Queen Victoria appointed a on her behalf to govern India.

3. Write True or False.

A. The Dutch were the first group of traders to reach India by sea.

B. Mangal Pandey attacked a British soldier in Calicut.

C. Indians were forced to pay high taxes to the British.

D. The revolt of 1857 was a huge success.

E. The rule of East India Company came to an end in 1858.

4. Match the following.

A. Rani Lakshmi Bai i. Kanpur

B. Bahadur Shah Zafar ii. Delhi

C. Tantia Tope iii. Awadh

D. Begum Hazrath Mahal iv. Jhansi

5. Short answer questions.

A. Name any two countries that traded with India in ancient times.

B. Name any three things for which the Arabs and Europeans traded with India.

C. Who fought the Battle of Plassey against the East India Company?

D. What happened to Mangal Pandey after he started the revolt?

6. Long answer questions.

A. Why did the soldiers protest against the use of greased cartridges?

B. Why did the British government take control of India from the East India Company?

7. Picture-based questions.

Look at the picture and answer the following questions.

A. What is the name of this famous freedom fighter?

B. Where did she die?

C. How old was she when she died fighting against the British?

HOTS

Do you consider the revolt of 1857 a success or a failure? Give reasons for your answer.

Life Skills

Choose one freedom fighter of India who inspires you the most. Collect information about them and share that with your class in the form of a poster or a speech.

Struggle for Independence 15

Chapter Overview

Struggle For Independence Social Reformers

Civil Disobedience Movement

The Rise of Indian Nationalism Jallianwala Bagh Quit India Movement

Partition of Bengal and Swadeshi Movement Non-cooperation Movement

Mahatma Gandhi Joins the Struggle Simon Commission

Indian National Army

India Becomes Free

Get Set

Look at the picture. Write the names of these famous Indian leaders.

Let us learn more about the Indian struggle for independence.

Social Reformers

Remember!

Raja Ram Mohan Roy is known as the “Father of Modern India” because of his efforts to bring about positive changes in Indian society.

We learnt about the Revolt of 1857 in the previous chapter. Indian society had several evil practices at that time, for example, sati, child marriage, the caste system and killing of female newborn babies. Many educated Indians wanted to change the society to end these practices. These people were social reformers, like Swami Dayanand Saraswati, Raja Ram Mohan Roy, Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar, Sir Syed Ahmed Khan and Savitribai Phule.

The Rise of Indian Nationalism

After the Revolt of 1857, the people of India realised that the British did not care for them, and they understood the value of their freedom. They were upset with unfair taxes, bad treatment, and laws that favoured the British.

Think and Tell

Why is it important to remove evil practices from a society?

To address this, the Indian National Congress (INC) was formed in 1885 by leaders like A. O. Hume, Dadabhai Naoroji and W. C. Bonnerjee. The INC aimed to bring Indians together.

The INC had two groups: Moderates and Extremists. The Moderates, like Dadabhai Naoroji and Gopal Krishna Gokhale, wanted slow change through peaceful talks with the British. The Extremists, like Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Bipin Chandra Pal and Lala Lajpat Rai, wanted quicker action and used protests to push for change.

caste system: a system of discrimination in the Hindu society based on people’s birth

Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar Dayanand Saraswati

Indian National Congress

Raja Ram Mohan Roy

Dadabhai Naoroji

Did You Know?

Bal Gangadhar Tilak raised the famous slogan, “Freedom is my birthright, and I shall have it.” He also started a newspaper called Kesari and wrote against British rule in India to arouse a feeling of nationalism among the people.

Partition of Bengal and Swadeshi Movement

The growing nationalism among Indians made the British worried. They realised that if Indians united, they could put an end to British rule. To stop the Indians from standing together, the British came up with the idea of dividing Indians based on religion. During that time, the Bengal region had the strongest feeling of nationalism. In 1905, the British divided Bengal into two different parts on the basis of religion—one part belonged to the Hindus and the other to the Muslims.

The partition of Bengal caused anger among the Indians and protests started against the British. This led to the rise of the Swadeshi Movement. ‘Swadeshi’ means 'one's own country'. In this movement, people boycotted the products that were produced by the British and started using the products that were produced in India. There was mass participation of women and students, and goods that were produced by the British, mainly clothes, were burnt publicly. The movement started in Bengal and slowly spread throughout the country.

The British tried to end the movement using force, beating people mercilessly, and imposing fines on them. The movement against the division of Bengal was successful, and the British were forced to unite Bengal again.

After the partition of Bengal, many young Indians began taking more severe steps to fight against the British. They were ready to lay down their lives for the nation. They were called revolutionaries. Some important revolutionaries of India were Bhagat Singh, Chandrashekhar Azad, Khudiram Bose, Raj Guru, Sukhdev and Udham Singh.

Statues of Bhagat Singh, Raj Guru and Sukhdev in New Delhi

protests: actions that show that you do not like or approve of something boycott: to refuse to take part in something that you strongly disapprove nationalism: feeling of love and a sense of attachment to one’s country

Bipin Chandra Pal Lala Lajpat Rai

Bal Gangadhar Tilak

Do and Learn

Find out about the life of Bhagat Singh using the internet or library books. Write 5 lines about his life in your notebook.

Pause and Answer

Circle the correct word.

1. Educated Indians/Uneducated Indians were aware of the unfair practices and customs.

2. Bal Gangadhar Tilak was a famous leader from the extremist/moderate group of INC.

3. The founder of the Indian National Congress was A. O. Hume/Bipin Chandra Pal.

Mahatma Gandhi Joins the Struggle

After World War I, Indian soldiers who had fought on behalf of the British got no recognition and British rule became even harsher. After Mahatma Gandhi returned to India from South Africa in 1915, he visited several parts of the country. He wanted to learn more about Indians and their situation. Mahatma Gandhi noticed that the people of India were living in poor conditions and that the caste system had divided people. He noticed that some people were considered untouchables and were treated badly. This shocked him. He realised that Indians needed to treat each other equally and with respect. Towards this aim, he travelled around the country and spoke against the practice of untouchability. This won him the support and respect of the common people.

Jallianwala Bagh

In 1919, the British passed a law called the Rowlatt Act. This law allowed them to arrest and jail people without a trial if they thought they were planning to protest. Many Indians felt this law was unfair and protested against it. One terrible event during this time was the Jallianwala Bagh massacre. On April 13, 1919, a large crowd gathered peacefully in Jallianwala Bagh in Amritsar to protest against the Rowlatt Act. A British

untouchables: group of people who were considered low and polluting by other groups massacre: killing lot of people without any fault of theirs

A statue of Mahatma Gandhi in South Africa

officer, General Dyer, ordered his soldiers to fire on the crowd. Hundreds of people were killed, and this made many Indians angry. In response to these unfair actions, Mahatma Gandhi started the Satyagraha Movement. Satyagraha means “holding fast to the truth.” Gandhi encouraged people to protest peacefully by refusing to follow unfair laws, but without using violence. This movement helped to unite Indians in their fight for freedom.

Non-cooperation Movement

Bullet marks at Jallianwala Bagh

The incident at Jallianwala Bagh convinced Mahatma Gandhi and the people of India that India should be free from British rule. Gandhiji then launched the Non-cooperation Movement. People of India were asked not to cooperate with the British. The Indians working in the British government resigned, lawyers boycotted courts and students boycotted the schools. The movement spread throughout India, and everyone participated. Gandhiji was arrested by the British but was later released. Due to Gandhiji’s arrest, a police station was set on fire by the people at Chauri Chaura. It killed many policemen. Gandhiji regarded this incident a failure of the movement, and he called it off.

The Non-cooperation Movement was joined by many young leaders like Jawaharlal Nehru, Subash Chandra Bose and Abul Kalam Azad. They participated actively in the movement.

Simon Commission

In 1928, the British Government decided to make some changes in the governance of India. They appointed the Simon Commission under Sir John Simon to suggest changes. The commission did not have any Indian members. This angered the people and the commission was opposed. Indians protested and used the slogan ‘Simon Go Back’.

At this time, the Indian National Congress decided to demand Purna Swaraj or complete independence for India.

cooperate: to work with someone to achieve something

Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru

Maulana Abul Kalam Azad

Protest against the Simon Commission

Civil Disobedience Movement

The Civil Disobedience Movement was started by Mahatma Gandhi in 1930 to fight against British rule in India. Gandhiji asked Indians not to pay British taxes, especially the tax on salt.

As a protest against the salt tax, he began his peaceful march from Sabarmati Ashram, Ahmedabad, to Dandi. Gandhiji’s followers and many others joined the march. This march is also known as the Dandi March. Gandhiji and his followers broke the Salt Law, which did not allow Indians to make their own salt. Gandhiji and his followers made salt in Dandi, which led to his arrest.

The movement spread across the country, and many people joined the movement to show the British that India wanted freedom. Even though many were arrested, the Civil Disobedience Movement brought Indians together in their fight for independence.

Pause and Answer

Tick (✓) the correct statements.

1. The Dandi March broke the Salt Law.

2. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad participated in the Non-cooperation Movement.

3. The Rowlatt Act was passed in 1919.

Quit India Movement

World War II (1939–1945) was a global war involving many countries, including Britain, Germany, Japan, and the United States. During this war, India was still under British rule. The British involved India in the war without asking the Indian leaders, which made many Indians unhappy.

In 1942, during the World War II, Mahatma Gandhi launched the Quit India Movement. This movement demanded that the British leave India immediately.

Gandhiji discussing Quit India Movement with Jawaharlal Nehru

The Dandi March

Think and Tell

If you could ask one question from a freedom fighter, what would it be?

The slogan “Do or Die” was used, encouraging people to fight for freedom peacefully but firmly. Many leaders, including Gandhi, were arrested, and protests took place all over the country. Even though the British did not leave right away, the Quit India Movement brought India closer to independence by showing the strong desire for freedom. Eventually, after the war ended in 1945, the British realised they could no longer control India, and India gained independence in 1947.

Indian National Army

Subhash Chandra Bose was a brave leader in India’s freedom struggle. Unlike others who wanted peaceful protests, Bose believed in fighting the British with force.

In 1943, the Indian National Army (INA), or the Azad Hind Fauj, was formed to fight for India’s independence.

Subhash Chandra Bose led the INA in battles against the British, hoping to free India. Although the INA didn’t fully succeed, Bose’s efforts inspired many Indians. He is remembered as a brave leader who played an important role in India’s journey to independence. Bose’s famous slogan was “Give me blood, and I will give you freedom.”

India Becomes Free

Discuss!

Did the INA play an important role in India’s freedom struggle?

After the end of the Second World War, the British decided to end their rule in India and leave. The Quit India Movement and the courage of the Indian National Army had shaken them.

However, their Divide and Rule Policy was successful in dividing Hindus and Muslims in India. The Muslim League, under Mohammed Ali Jinnah, demanded a separate nation for Muslims. Mahatma Gandhi tried to prevent this division but did not succeed.

On 15th August 1947, India became free, and two nations were formed: India and Pakistan.

Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru was elected as the first Prime Minister of India, and Dr Rajendra Prasad became the first President of India. With this, a new era in the history of India began.

divide and rule policy: a strategy of the British to divide the people of India

Subhash Chandra Bose

Wonders of Bharat

The Sabarmati Ashram was Mahatma Gandhi’s home from 1917 to 1930, and thus, it is an important place in the Indian struggle for freedom. It is situated on the banks of the Sabarmati river in Ahmedabad, Gujarat. Today, people from all over the world visit the ashram to pay their respect to Mahatma Gandhi.

Word Splash

Ashram

social reformers: people who try to improve the society by removing evil practices from it moderates: a group of leaders in the INC who wanted slow change through peaceful talks with the British extremists: a group of leaders in the INC who wanted quicker action and used protests to push for change

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about the Quit India Movement.

Points to Remember

• The Civil Disobedience Movement was started by Mahatma Gandhi in 1930.

• The Non-cooperation Movement was joined by many young leaders, like Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru, Netaji Subash Chandra Bose, etc.

• In 1942, during the World War II, Mahatma Gandhi launched the Quit India Movement.

• On 15th August 1947, India became free and two nations were formed: India and Pakistan.

Sabarmati

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. Who formed the Indian National Army?

a. Subhash Chandra Bose b. Mahatma Gandhi

c. A. O. Hume d. Gopal Krishna Gokhale

B. When was the Indian National Congress formed?

a. 1857 b. 1885 c. 1895

C. Who was a social reformer in India?

a. Bhagat Singh b. Raja Ram Mohan Roy c. Raj Guru

2. Fill in the blanks.

Divide and Rule  Subash Chandra Bose  Dadabhai Naoroji  Raj Guru

A. used the slogan “Give me blood, and I will give you freedom.”

B. The Policy was used to divide the Hindus and Muslims in India.

C. was a revolutionary.

D. was a moderate leader in the INC.

3. Write True or False.

A. The Jallianwala Bagh Massacre was ordered by General Dyre.

B. The Extremists believed in peaceful talks with the British government.

C. The Kesari newspaper was started by Bipin Chandra Pal.

D. Dr Rajendra Prasad was the first Prime Minister of India.

4. Match the following.

A. Bhagat Singh i. Revolutionary

B. A. O. Hume ii. Dandi March

C. Civil Disobedience Movement iii. Do or Die

D. Quit India Movement iv. Formation of INC

5. Short answer questions.

A. Name any two social reformers of India.

B. What is the meaning of Purna Swaraj that was demanded by the INC?

C. Name the main leader of the Muslim League.

6. Long answer questions.

A. Write one difference between the Moderates and Extremists of the INC.

B. Explain the Quit India Movement.

C. Give one reason why Indians protested against the Simon Commission.

7. Picture-based questions.

Look at the picture and answer the following questions.

A. Where is it located?

B. How is this place related to India’s struggle for freedom?

HOTS

Which movement was of the greatest impact against the British, in your opinion? Give reasons to support your answer.

Life Skills

Make a poster about India’s freedom struggle. You can paste pictures of freedom fighters, mention the important movements, the year in which they took place, etc. Give your poster a title. Display your poster in class.

Great Achievers of India 16

Chapter Overview

Great Achievers of India

Leaders Scientists

Social Reformers

Get Set

Read this verse from the poem, “Where the Mind is Without Fear” by Rabindranath Tagore.

“Where the clear stream of reason

Has not lost its way into the dreary desert sand of dead habit.

Where the mid is led forward by thee Into ever-widening thought and action.

Into that heaven of freedom

My father, let my country awake.”

Rabindranath Tagore was not only a great poet but he also played an important role in bringing about changes that made Indian society better. In this chapter, we will learn more about some great people who have made a difference in the Indian society and in our lives.

Leaders

Throughout India’s rich history, many remarkable individuals have shaped our nation. They have contributed to our nation’s progress and unity. These leaders came from different backgrounds but worked towards making India a better place.

Dr B. R. Ambedkar

Dr Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar was a great leader who fought for fairness and equality for everyone in India. He was a lawyer and scholar who believed that education could make everyone equal. Dr Ambedkar fought against the unfair treatment and discrimination faced by people. He became the Law Minister of India in 1947 and helped write the Constitution of India. He made sure the Constitution included rules to protect everyone’s rights, no matter who they were. We should respect people and treat every person equally, irrespective of their caste, gender or religion.

Sarojini Naidu

Sarojini Naidu was a brave woman who fought for the freedom of India and for women’s rights. She was the first Indian woman to become the president of the Indian National Congress. She was also appointed as the governor of Uttar Pradesh. She was sent to prison three times because she opposed the British. She also accompanied Mahatma Gandhi to London for the Round Table Conference. She was a scholar of literature and a poet. She was called the “Nightingale of India”.

Do and Learn

With the help of the internet, find out about another famous female Indian leader from the Indian Independence Movement. Say two things about her in your class.

remarkable: special, amazing and outstanding discrimination: treating people unfairly because of who they are based on their gender, age or race literature: writings, such as story, poem or play, which are considered artistic and valuable

Bhimrao Ambedkar

Sarojini Naidu with Mahatma Gandhi in London

Vallabhbhai Patel

Many leaders joined Mahatma Gandhi in the fight against the British. Vallabhbhai Patel, also known as Sardar Patel, was one of these leaders. He was a lawyer and one of the significant leaders in the Indian National Congress. He led a successful protest against increased taxation in the town of Bardoli, which earned him the title “Sardar,” meaning leader. After joining Gandhi, he used non-violent methods to fight for freedom. After independence, he played an important role in uniting almost 500 princely states into India. For his determination and strength, he was also called the “Iron Man of India”.

Pause and Answer

Circle the correct answer.

1. B. R. Ambedkar/Sarojini Naidu fought for equal rights for everyone.

2. Sardar Patel/Sarojini Naidu joined Mahatma Gandhi in the Round Table Conference held in London.

3. B. R. Ambedkar/Sardar Patel was called as the “Iron Man of India”.

Scientists

Curiosity and knowledge have improved our daily lives through great discoveries. From studying stars to finding new medicines and creating technology, scientists have made important contributions.

Jagadish Chandra Bose

Sir Jagadish Chandra Bose was a famous scientist. He was known for his work in the fields of plant physiology and physics. He did amazing experiments with plants and showed that they can feel things just like animals do. He also worked with radio waves and invented an instrument similar to a radio detector, which helped the field of physiology in later years.

curiosity: wanting to know or learn about something physiology: a branch of science that deals with the functions and activities of living organisms

Sir J. C. Bose with his pupils at Bose Institute

Sardar Patel with Gandhi in a Congress working committee

Homi Bhabha

Homi Jehangir Bhabha was another great Indian scientist. He developed India’s important science programs which helped in the industrial growth of India. He also founded important research institutes like the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research to help other scientists in their studies.

C. V. Raman

C. V. Raman was an Indian scholar who received the Nobel Prize in physics. He made important discoveries in light, showing that when light passes through a clear material, it changes slightly. His study was later called the Raman Effect. He was also awarded the Bharat Ratna in 1954. C. V. Raman founded the Indian Academy of Sciences and was an inspiration to many young scientists.

Did You Know?

28 February is celebrated as National Science Day in India every year.

Social Reformers

Since ancient times, India has seen many undesirable practices among its people. Young girls were often married early. Widows were often treated badly by their families. They were expected to burn themselves after their husband’s death in a practice known as sati. Child marriage, illiteracy and the caste system were some common issues. Brave people who come forward to fight against evil social practices to make things better for the people are known as social reformers.

Rabindranath Tagore

Rabindranath Tagore believed strongly in education. He started a school called Shantiniketan where children learnt from books, nature and art. He also spoke out against old customs like idol worship and sati, which he thought were harmful.

inspiration: strong motivation to do something because of another person illiteracy: not being able to read or write

Dr Ambedkar and Homi Bhabha together at Siddharth College

C. V. Raman

Rabindranath Tagore

Did You Know?

We all know that the National anthem of India was written by Rabindranath Tagore. The National anthem of Bangladesh was also written by Tagore. He has also set the tune for the Sri Lankan national anthem.

Swami Vivekananda

Swami Vivekananda shared Tagore’s passion for education. He joined a group called the Brahmo Samaj, which aimed to end child marriage and ensure that everyone could read and write. He helped develop the Ramakrishna Mission to teach people and improve their lives. Vivekananda believed that women were crucial for society’s progress and encouraged them to take part in everything. His ideas about education and treating everyone fairly still inspire people around the world today.

Annie Besant

Annie Besant was originally from Britain, but later she became an Indian citizen. She worked hard to make India better in many ways. She strongly believed in education for all, establishing schools and colleges to spread modern learning. She also helped people in need and supported the fight for India’s independence from British rule. In 1916, she started the Indian Home Rule League to push for Indians to govern themselves. She was the only British woman to lead the Indian National Congress, where she played a significant role in India’s journey to freedom.

Think and Tell

Education was an important issue that was taken up by many social reformers. Why do you think education is important?

Wonders of Bharat

Tata Institute of Fundamental Research (TIFR) in Mumbai is a centre for scientific research and education. It highlights Homi Bhabha’s groundbreaking work in physics and nuclear science.

Swami Vivekananda

Annie Besant

Tata Institute of Fundamental Research

Word Splash

leader: a person who inspires others to follow them

Constitution of India: a document that explains how India’s government works and the rights and duties of its people

governor: a person who represents the government in a state or territory and oversees its administration

scientist: a person who studies science

social reformer: a person who works to improve society

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about many other leaders of India.

Points to Remember

• Leaders like Dr Ambedkar, a lawyer and scholar, fought for justice and equality.

• Sarojini Naidu also known as the “Nightingale of India” was the first Indian woman to lead the Indian National Congress and serve as a state governor.

• Sardar Patel, a lawyer and important leader in India’s freedom struggle, united princely states after independence and was known as the “Iron Man of India”.

• Sir Jagadish Chandra Bose showed that plants can feel and invented a radio detector.

• C. V. Raman, India’s first Nobel laureate in science, discovered the Raman Effect.

• Social reformers like Tagore and Swami Vivekananda aimed to change old customs, promote education and fair treatment, while Annie Besant’s work in education and the fight for India’s freedom greatly improved the country.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. Who helped write the Constitution of India?

a. Rabindranath Tagore

b. Dr Ambedkar

B. Who was called the “Iron Man of India”?

a. Sardar Patel

c. C. V. Raman

b. Swami Vivekananda

c. J. C. Bose

C. Who was the first Indian female leader of the Indian National Congress?

a. Annie Besant b. Sarojini Naidu c. Indira Gandhi

D. The Ramakrishna mission was developed by a. Swami Vivekananda b. Sardar Patel

c. Rabindranath Tagore

2. Fill in the blanks.

J. C. Bose  Shantiniketan  Homi Bhabha  Annie Besant

A. Tagore built a school called  .

B. Tata Institute of Fundamental Research was founded by  .

C. proved that plants can also feel things like animals.

D. started the Indian Home Rule League to push Indians in governing themselves.

3. Write True or False.

A. Rabindranath Tagore became the leader of the Indian National Congress.

B. JC Bose worked on radio waves and found a radio detector like instrument.

C. Sarojini Naidu was called the “Nightingale of India”.

D. Swami Vivekananda was the founder of the Ramakrishna Mission.

4. Match the following.

A. Sardar Patel i. Shantiniketan

B. Sarojini Naidu ii. Nightingale of India

C. Rabindranath Tagore iii. Iron Man of India

D. Homi Bhabha iv. Nuclear energy

5. Short answer questions.

A. Why was Sardar Patel given the title ‘Sardar’?

B. What C. V. Raman discover?

C. What is Homi Bhabha’s contribution to India?

D. Write any two contributions of Annie Besant.

6. Long answer questions.

A. What was the role of Rabindranath Tagore and Swami Vivekananda in the field of education?

B. What steps did Dr Ambedkar take to bring equality among the people of India?

7. Picture-based questions.

Look at the picture and answer the following questions.

A. What is the name of this freedom fighter?

B. What was her role in the Indian National Congress?

C. Which title was she given?

HOTS

In what ways do you think the role of social reformers was equally important as freedom fighters in India’s freedom struggle? Give two reasons.

Community Connect

Along with your parents and neighbours, organise a session by elders of your area/society/neighbourhood about the contributions of our leaders and reformers during India’s freedom struggle.

Life Skills

Find out the names of five Indian scientists apart from the ones you have studied in this chapter with the help of the internet. Find out about their inventions and contributions towards India’s development and society. Make a note of your findings and share them with your friends.

The Birth of the UN 17

Chapter Overview

The Birth of the UN World Wars

Formation of the UN Objectives of the UN

Structure of the UN

Get Set

Read this passage.

Aarav and Ria were playing a game at school when a disagreement arose between them about the rules for winning. Both of them argued, and neither of them wanted to back down. Their teacher listened to both sides and asked them to play another match. This time, their teacher made clear rules for both of them.

Do you think the teacher played an important role here? Share your thoughts with your class.

Just like the teacher resolved the fight between Aarav and Ria, the United Nations, an organisation, also solves disputes between countries around the world. Many times, disputes can turn into war. The United Nations works to prevent these wars and maintain peace in the world.

World Wars

World War I (1914–1918) and World War II (1939–1945) were two major wars that involved many countries. In both wars, people fought because they wanted more

power and control over the world. The wars caused a lot of damage, destroying cities and leaving millions homeless. Thousands of soldiers and civilians lost their lives.

During World War II, something very tragic happened in two Japanese cities, Hiroshima and Nagasaki. To end the war, the United States dropped two atomic bombs on these cities in 1945. The explosions were so destructive that they destroyed most city and killed nearly everyone who lived there. Even those who survived were badly injured, and the effects lasted for years.

Both world wars showed how terrible wars can be. The wars ended, but the destruction left a deep mark on those who lived through it.

After World War II, countries around the world agreed that they needed to work together to stop wars from happening again. This is why the United Nations (UN) was created—to help countries solve problems peacefully and avoid the suffering caused by the world wars.

Formation of the UN

In 1945, leaders from 50 countries met at San Fransisco, USA, and signed an important document called the UN Charter. This document outlined the goals and rules for United Nations (UN). Four months later, the UN came into existence on 24 October 1945. Its headquarters are in New York, USA.

The main goal of the UN is to maintain peace in the world and help countries solve problems without going into war.

The UN Charter guides the actions of all member countries, encouraging them to cooperate, be fair and find peaceful solutions to conflicts.

The UN also helps people in need by providing, provides food, medicine and education, and works to protect human rights. Human rights are basic rights that every person has, regardless of their country or religion.

Thanks to the UN, countries can come together to discuss their problems and work towards making the world safer for everyone.

Destruction in Hiroshima after the atomic bomb was dropped

UN Headquarters, USA

Flag of United Nations

Objectives of the UN

The main objectives of the United Nations are:

1. The UN works to stop wars and help countries settle their differences peacefully.

2. The UN ensures that everyone is treated fairly and that their basic human rights are respected.

3. The UN helps people in need by giving food, water and medical care during emergencies.

4. The UN helps countries develop in ways that protect the Earth and fight climate change.

5. The UN ensures countries follow agreed-upon rules to keep things fair and peaceful.

The United Nations was not the first organisation that was formed to prevent wars. After World War I, the League of Nations was formed to promote peace between nations, but it failed as the World War II broke out.

Structure of the UN

The UN is divided into six main organs, each with different functions.

1. The General Assembly: The General Assembly is where all member countries meet to discuss world issues. Every country has one vote, regardless of its geographical area. They discuss important topics, like peace, health and human rights. While they cannot force countries to follow their decisions, they make suggestions to improve the world.

2. The Security Council: The Security Council is the most important organ of the UN. It is responsible for maintaining peace and security. Its meetings take place whenever there is a possibility of war. Nations can raise complaints against each other in the Security Council. All members are required to follow its decisions. There are 15 members in total: five permanent members (the USA, the UK, France,

Error Alert!

Food distribution by UN

UN General Assembly meeting

UN Security Council meeting

Russia and China) and ten non-permanent members who are elected for two years. Permanent members have veto power, which means they can overrule or reject a decision made by the majority.

3. The International Court of Justice: The International Court of Justice is the UN’s court. It is located in The Hague, Netherlands. It helps settle disputes between countries over issues like land or resources. The court listens to both sides and makes fair decisions on international law. Judges from different countries work in the court to ensure justice for all.

Do and Learn

With the help of the internet, make a list of Indians who have served as judges in the International Court of Justice.

4. Secretariat: The Secretariat is like the UN’s office. It helps with all the administrative work, such as planning and organising. They handle paperwork, organise meetings and carry out decisions made by the UN. They also research important global issues, like climate change or education. The Secretary-General leads this organ, making sure everything runs smoothly. António Guterres is the Secretary-General of the UN at present.

5. Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC): The Economic and Social Council helps countries improve their economies and take care of their people. It focuses on promoting international cooperation on issues like education, healthcare and clean water.

6. Trusteeship Council: The Trusteeship Council helps areas called “trust territories” become independent countries. Now that all trust territories are independent, it no longer meets regularly but is still there, if needed.

India Gate in New Delhi was built in the memory of soldiers who sacrificed their lives in World War I.

António Guterres, the present Secretary-General of the UN

The International Court of Justice

Wonders of Bharat

India Gate

Word Splash

UN charter: a document that guides all UN member countries human rights: basic rights for all people as humans, no matter which country they belong to or the religion they follow veto power: power to refuse a decision or to stop an action

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about the UN headquarters.

Points to Remember

• The United Nations came into existence on 24 October 1945.

• The UN has six main organs, which have different functions and responsibilities.

• The UN Charter guides the actions of all member countries, encouraging them to cooperate, be fair and find peaceful solutions to conflicts.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. In which of these cities did the USA drop an atomic bomb ?

a. Tokyo

b. Osaka

c. Hiroshima

B. Which of the following is the primary objective of the Security Council?

a. To prevent war and maintain peace

b. To help the poor countries by giving them money

c. To protect the rights of the people living in different nations

C. Which of the following country is not a permanent member of the Security Council?

a. Brazil

b. China

c. France

2. Fill in the blanks.

The Hague  New York  Secretary General

A. The UN Headquarter is in  .

B. The leads the UN Secretariat.

C. The International Court of Justice is located at  .

3. Write True or False.

A. All members have veto power in the General Assembly.

B. 30 nations adopted and signed the UN charter.

C. The Trusteeship Council does not meet anymore.

D. ECOSOC works with other organisations to improve the quality of life for people around the world.

4. Match the following.

A. The International Court of i. Permanent members of the Justice Security Council

B. The General Assembly ii. Administrative work of the UN

C. The Secretariat iii. Court of the UN

D. Veto iv. Where all countries meet in the UN

5. Short answer questions.

A. Name the five permanent members of the Security Council.

B. What is the work of the Secretariat?

C. What does the International Court of Justice do?

6. Long answer questions.

A. How did the UN come into existence?

B. What are the objectives of the UN?

C. How has the presence of the UN helped the world?

7. Picture-based questions.

Look at the picture and answer the following questions.

A. How many members does this organ of the UN have?

B. What is the special power that some members have in this organ?

HOTS

Imagine you are a representative of a small country in the United Nations. You have an important issue that you want the UN to address, such as promoting education for all children. Which organ of the United Nations would you approach first, and why?

Life Skills

Use the internet or the library to find out the meanings of different objects and colours in the UN flag. Then, draw the UN flag on a chart paper and label what each part means. Display your poster in the class.

The Working of the UN 18

Chapter Overview

The Working of the UN

Special Agencies Achievements

India and UN

Get Set

Can you solve the riddle given below? It is about an organ of the UN.

I help keep peace when fights break out, With 15 members, there’s no doubt. Five have a special “veto” say, To stop the danger, keep war away.

In the previous chapter, we studied about the formation of the UN, its objectives and its structure. In this chapter, we will learn about some special agencies that help the UN carry out various activities, such as healthcare, education, agriculture and nutrition.

Special Agencies

The United Nations (UN) has special groups called agencies that help make the world a better place. Each agency focuses on different problems, like helping people get

enough food, providing education or protecting the environment. These agencies work together to solve global issues and improve lives everywhere.

United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF)

UNICEF helps children around the world. It provides food, clean water, education and healthcare to children in need, especially during emergencies. UNICEF also works to protect children’s rights and ensure they grow up safe, healthy and happy.

Think and Tell

Why is it important to provide food, clean water and education to children in need, especially during emergencies like earthquakes or floods.

United Nations, Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)

UNESCO helps countries improve education, protect cultural and historical sites, and encourage science and learning. It promotes peace by bringing people from different cultures together to understand each other better. The UNESCO World Heritage Site is a special place, like a building or natural area, that is important to all people because of its history, culture or beauty.

Do and Learn

With the help of the internet or the library, find the names, pictures and the location of any three UNESCO World Heritage Sites in India.

World Health Organization (WHO)

WHO works to improve health worldwide. It helps countries fight diseases, provides vaccines and promotes healthy living. WHO also works to ensure everyone has access to clean water, safe food and good healthcare, especially in times of crisis.

Did You Know?

The WHO was founded on April 7, 1948. World Health Day is celebrated every year on this day.

UNESCO headquarters, France

Logo of UNICEF

WHO office in Europe

Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO)

FAO helps fight hunger by improving farming and food production. It teaches farmers how to grow more crops, protect the environment and share food fairly. It also works to ensure everyone has enough nutritious food to eat.

International Labour Organisation (ILO)

ILO focuses on improving working conditions for people around the world. It helps ensure workers have safe jobs, fair wages and good rights. The ILO also works to stop child labour and ensures that all workers are treated fairly and equally.

Achievements

The United Nations has achieved many things, like helping to end wars and maintaining peace in many countries.

It provides food, clean water and medicine to people in need. The UN also provides food and clean water to people during emergencies, like natural disasters.

The UN protects children’s rights, fights diseases and works to improve education and the environment worldwide. Through UNICEF, the UN helps children get education and vaccination. The World Health Organisation (WHO), another UN agency, helped fight diseases like smallpox and continues to work on improving global health.

Think and Tell

Why is it important to ensure peace in the world?

However, not everyone agrees that the UN is a successful organisation. It is because the UN was unable to stop the invasion of Iraq, the conflict in Syria or the Rwandan genocide. Some developing countries feel that the UN is less concerned about their growth compared to more developed nations. The dominance of the permanent members in the Security Council and their veto power have also been questioned many times by other countries.

invasion: when one country’s army enters another to take over that country by force genocide: large-scale killing of a particular group of people

International Labour Organization

Providing vaccines to children

Pause and Answer

State True or False.

1. UNICEF was established in 1949.

2. WHO was established before World War I.

3. The main objective of FAO is freedom from hunger.

4. The Security Council is a special agency of the UN.

India and UN

India became a member of the UN in 1945. India has helped the UN maintain world peace on many occasions. Some contributions of India to the UN are:

• India has been a part of the UN peacekeeping forces in Sudan and the Middle East.

• India has served as a non-permanent member of the UN Security Council many times. India is demanding a permanent membership along with other nations to make the UN more democratic.

• As a developing country, India has raised issues concerning developing countries at multiple forums within the UN.

• India has supported the freedom struggle of other countries and raised their issues at the UN. For example, it opposed apartheid in South Africa and raised this issue multiple times at the UN.

• Many Indians have served in important positions in the UN. India, along with special agencies of the UN, works tirelessly for human development.

Wonders of Bharat

Elephant Caves, near Mumbai, were declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1987. They are a collection of cave temples dedicated to Lord Shiva.

peacekeeping: to ensure peace in the world

Discuss!

Do you think India will be able to contribute more to the UN if it is made a permanent member of the UN Security Council?

democratic: people having a say in the governing of an organisation or a country

Elephanta Caves

Word Splash

UNESCO World Heritage Site: a special place, like a monument or natural area, that is important to all people because of its history, culture or beauty

apartheid: a discriminatory practice that treats one group of people as socially and legally inferior to the another group

Explore More!

Scan the QR code to learn more about how UNICEF helps children.

Points to Remember

• The UN protects children’s rights, fights diseases and works to improve education and the environment worldwide.

• UNICEF helps children around the world.

• India has supported the freedom struggle in other countries and raised their issues at the UN.

Chapter Checkup

1. Tick ( ) the correct answer.

A. Which UN agency works to educate children?

a. UNICEF

b. FAO

B. Which UN agency declares the World Heritage Sites?

a. UNESCO

b. ILO

C. Which UN agency helps workers?

a. FAO

b. ILO

c. UNESCO

c. FAO

c. WHO

2. Fill in the blanks.

A. teaches farmers how to grow more crops.

B. is a specialised agency of the UN that works for the development of the working class.

C. helps nations preserve their culture.

D. helps countries fight diseases, provides vaccines and promotes healthy living.

3. Write True or False.

A. India is a permanent member of the UN Security Council.

B. The UN has always failed to prevent a war.

C. World Health Day is celebrated every year on 17 April.

D. India opposed apartheid in South Africa.

4. Short answer questions.

A. Why was UNICEF established?

B. What is the work of the ILO?

C. What is the purpose of FAO?

5. Long answer questions.

A. Write a short note on UNESCO.

B. What are some of the failures of the UN? Explain using two examples.

C. What is the contribution of India to the UN? Give any four points.

6. Picture-based questions.

Look at the picture and answer the following questions.

A. What is the full form of this agency?

B. List a few ways in which this agency helps in making the world a better place.

HOTS

Imagine a nation is facing a shortage of food because of no rainfall. The production of food has also decreased due to the lack of irrigation. Which UN agency can support the nation? What are the two ways in which the UN agency can help the nation?

Life Skills

The World Health Organization celebrates World Health Day every year on a particular theme. Find out the theme for this year and make a scrapbook on this theme. Display your scrapbook in the class.

PROJECT 2

Timeline of Communication

Objective: Students will create a visual timeline to explore the evolution of communication methods over the last 25 years in India.

Materials Needed: A chart paper for the timeline; printed or hand-drawn images of various communication methods; markers, coloured pencils, glue and scissors

Step 1: Research Phase

Do a research about the different methods of communication used in the last 25 years in India and what impact they had on the lives of people. You can use the internet or speak to your elders. Some of the examples are radio, letters, fax, social media, emails etc.

Step 2: Create the Timeline

Draw a large timeline for the last 25 years on the chart paper. Mark the years clearly on the timeline.

Step 3: Describe the Evolution

On the timeline, paste the images of modes of communication in the chronological order. Write their names too. Alongside the images, write short descriptions explaining the importance of each communication method and how it affected society. You can also write about the advantages and disadvantages of each method.

Project Output: Now you have your own timeline for the evolution of modes of communication. Present it to the class. Share some interesting insights.

Learning Outcome: This hands-on project will help you understand the progress of communication methods in India, and their significance in shaping our lives.

To be read aloud and explained in the mother tongue by the teacher, as needed.

Assessment 2

Read this article. Answer the questions given below.

Live Coverage of the Olympic Games in Paris

The world was glued to their television screens as the Olympic Games in Paris was broadcast live to millions of homes across the globe.

Thanks to satellite communication, people from different countries can watch in real time any event that happens in any corner of the world. Viewers in India, the United States, Japan, and even remote regions enjoy the coverage of sports such as swimming, gymnastics and athletics. This incredible broadcast is made possible through satellites that orbit the Earth. These satellites send signals to television stations and devices, allowing for live coverage within seconds. The use of satellite technology has made the world smaller by connecting people through shared events like the Olympics. Before satellites, it would have been impossible to watch events happening far away in real-time.

1. What makes it possible for people around the world to watch the Olympic Games live?

a. Telephone lines

c. Postal service

2. What is not true for satellite communication?

a. It is the fastest mode of communication.

b. It allows for live coverage of events.

c. It can be used for global broadcasts.

d. It reduces the number of TV channels.

b. Satellite communication

d. Newspapers

3. Name three modes of communication where satellites play an important role.

4. Inventions are happening every day. What do you think can be the future of satellite communication? Explain your viewpoint in a few lines.

To be read aloud and explained in the mother tongue by the teacher, as needed.

Model Test Paper - 2

Name of the Student:

Time: 1 Hour

Total Marks: 40

1 Tick () the correct answer. (1 × 5 marks)

A What is the main crop cultivated in the Prairies?

a Barley

c Rice

b Maize

d Wheat

B In which city of India was the first metro rail built?

a New Delhi

c Bengaluru

C Who formed the Indian National Army?

a A. O. Hume

c Subhash Chandra Bose

b Kolkata

d Mumbai

b Gopal Krishna Gokhale

d Bhagat Singh

D What was the first metal discovered by humans?

a Bronze

c Gold

b Iron

d Copper

E Which of these countries is a permanent member of the UN Security Council?

a Japan

c France

b India

d Sweden

2 Fill in the blanks. (1 × 5 marks)

A Begum Hazrat Mahal led the revolt of 1857 in .

B The Prairies are called the of the world.

C Alexander Graham Bell invented the in 1876.

D is a specialised agency of the UN that works for the development of the working class.

E Tata Institute of Fundamental Research was founded by

3 Write ONE word for the following.

A The electricity produced from the flowing water of rivers

B Long roads that connect different cities in a country

C Large farms where cattle are reared

D A discriminatory practice that treats one group of people as socially and legally inferior to another

E Express mail service

4 Write True or False.

A The metro rail is the fastest train in India.

B The Industrial Revolution began with the invention of the steam engine.

C ECOSOC helps countries improve their economies and take care of their people.

D The newspaper Kesari was started by Bipin Chandra Pal.

E ISD stands for International Subscriber Dialling.

(1 × 5 marks)

(1 × 5 marks)

5 Picture-based questions. (1 + 2 + 1 marks)

A What is shown in the image?

B How does it produce energy?

C Name any one other form of renewable energy.

6 Answer the following questions in short. (2 × 4 marks)

A What does the International Court of Justice do?

B What are temperate grasslands?

C Why is road transport considered to be the most convenient?

D What is the meaning of Purna Swaraj?

7 Answer the following questions in detail. (4 × 2 marks)

A What steps did Dr Ambedkar take to bring equality among the people of India?

B What is satellite communication? What are its advantages?

Underwater Wonders

The ocean is home to many plants and animals, but there is more! The world under the ocean is also full of wonderful sites.

Great Barrier Reef

Location: Northeast coast of Australia

Ocean: Pacific Ocean

This site has the world’s largest coral reef with around 400 types of coral and 1,500 species of fish. It is even visible from space. It was declared a World Heritage Site by UNESCO in 1981. Turtles, whales and clownfish are some of the sea animals found here.

Mariana Trench

Location: Close to the Mariana Islands

Ocean: Pacific Ocean

The Mariana Trench has the Challenger Deep, the deepest point on Earth. It is around 11 km deep, about 2,500 km long and 70 km wide. It is very dark and cold in the trench. The pressure is extremely high. However, we can still find some deep-sea animals, like snailfish, in the trench.

Mid-Atlantic Ridge

Location: From the south of the North Pole to Bouvet Island

Ocean: Atlantic Ocean

The Mid-Atlantic Ridge is an underwater mountain range discovered in the 1950s. It covers around 16,000 km. There are many active volcanoes beneath the ridge. A short stretch of the ridge above the surface also makes up islands like Iceland and the Azores.

Sistema Sac Actun

Location: In the Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico

Ocean: Near the Caribbean Sea, Atlantic Ocean

It is the longest underwater cave system in the world. The length (as measured until 2024) is over 371 km. It has around 226 entrances, hidden chambers, crystal-clear waters and unique wildlife, like the blind cave fish, which are a treat for explorers.

Wonders of the ocean such as the Great Barrier Reef are being severely affected by global warming and pollution. We must work towards reducing global warming and oceanic pollution in order to keep our oceans beautiful and clean.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 In which oceans are these wonders located?

a Mariana Trench

b Mid-Atlantic Ridge

c Great Barrier Reef

d Sistema Sac Actun

2 Which country or island is closest to these underwater wonders?

a Great Barrier Reef

b Mariana Trench

c Sistema Sac Actun

3 Write the correct measure of the following with units.

a Length of Sistema Sac Actun:

b Length of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge:

c Depth of the Challenger Deep:

4

Which underwater wonder is it?

a It is the deepest point on Earth.

b It is an underwater mountain range in the Atlantic Ocean.

c It is the world’s longest underwater cave system.

d It is the world’s largest coral reef.

Sports Stadiums

A stadium is a closed area that has rows of seats and is used for events like sports, concerts and exhibitions. Let us learn about some amazing sports stadiums around the world.

Narendra Modi Stadium in Gujarat, India, is the world’s largest stadium by area. It is built on 63 acres of land and has a capacity to host more than 1.3 lakh people. Inaugurated in February 2021, it is the biggest cricket venue ever built.

The Panathenaic Stadium is a historical stadium that hosted the first modern Olympic Games in 1896. It is located in Athens, Greece. It is the only stadium in the world made completely of marble.

Ohio Football Stadium in Columbus, USA is known as the Horseshoe Stadium because of its unique shape. It is the fifth largest stadium in the world by capacity.

Rungrado 1st of May Stadium, in Pyongyang, North Korea, is the biggest stadium in the world by capacity. It can host more than 1.5 lakh people. It is mainly used for football but is also designed to host many other sports, such as athletics. It is shaped like an open parachute.

The Float at Marina Bay in Singapore is the world’s first and largest floating stadium. It has mainly hosted football matches. The floating platform is made of steel.

Docklands Stadium in Melbourne, Australia is the only stadium in the world with a removable roof. It is also known as the Marvel Stadium.

Use the internet to find the oldest stadium in India.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Write the country in which these stadiums are located.

a The Panathenaic Stadium:

b Ohio Football Stadium:

c Narendra Modi Stadium:

d Docklands Stadium:

e The Float at Marina Bay:

f Rungrado 1st of May Stadium:

2

Read the features and name the stadiums.

a The stadium that hosted the first modern Olympic Games:

b The only stadium in the world with a removable roof:

c The largest cricket stadium in the world:

d The stadium that is shaped like a horseshoe:

e The world’s biggest stadium by capacity:

f The world’s first and the largest floating stadium:

3 Fill in the blanks.

a Docklands Stadium is also called the Stadium.

b The world’s largest stadium by capacity can host more than people.

c The world’s largest stadium by area is built on of land.

d The Panathenaic Stadium hosted the first modern Olympic Games in .

e Stadium is also called the Horseshoe Stadium because of its shape.

f Rungrado 1st of May Stadium is shaped like an open .

Indian Satellites, 2024

Satellites are objects that orbit a planet or a star in space. Satellites give us information from space that we can’t get on the ground. India has launched many satellites for discoveries and other purposes. Let us learn about some of the satellites India launched in 2024.

XPoSat Satellite

XPoSat is a space observatory satellite.It was launched by the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) on 1 January 2024, using a spacecraft, PSLV-C58.

This satellite helps ISRO study the x-rays emitted by stars and other celestial bodies. It carries a special machine, POLIX, which measures the direction and amount of rays emitted by the space objects. The POLIX was developed by the Raman Research Institute (RRI) and the U R Rao Satellite Centre (URSC).

INSAT-3DS Satellite

INSAT-3DS is a weather satellite that orbits Earth. It was launched by the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) on 17 February 2024, using a spacecraft, GSLV-F14.

This satellite helps to predict the weather. It can observe changes in the land and oceans from space. It was launched to provide improved weather forecasts and to help warn people about natural disasters such as storms and floods.

Use the internet to find the other Indian satellites that were sent to space in 2024.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Name the spacecrafts that were used to launch these satellites.

a XPoSat

b INSAT-3DS

2 Write the dates when these satellites were launched.

a XPoSat

b INSAT-3DS

3 Fill in the blanks.

a INSAT-3DS is a satellite.

b XPoSat is a satellite.

c XPoSat helps the ISRO study the emitted by stars and other celestial bodies.

d POLIX measures the and of rays emitted by the space objects.

e POLIX was developed by the and the U R Rao Satellite Centre (URSC).

f INSAT-3DS warns people about .

g INSAT-3DS can observe changes in the and from the space.

h INSAT-3DS was launched to provide improved forecasts.

5 R’s of Waste Management

We all produce waste every day, such as food wrappers, old toys or used paper. We can manage the amount of waste we generate by following the 5 R’s of waste management.

Refuse is simply saying ‘NO’ to the things we do not need. We should refuse to buy or accept products such as single-use plastic items or plastic bags that harm people, animals and our environment.

Reduce the use of things that add to the waste. This is about being mindful of what and how much we need. For example, we should carry our own bags and water bottles when we go out rather than buying new ones.

Reuse things instead of throwing them away. It includes repairing things instead of replacing them. For example, one should replace plastic straws with reusable metal straws.

Recycling is a process to change waste into usable products. If it is not possible to refuse, reduce or reuse, only then send the item for recycling. Items such as plastic bottles, metal cans and paper can be recycled.

Repurpose waste items that are meant for one purpose but can be used in other ways too. For example, use a waste plastic bottle to grow plants. This is also known as upcycling. It requires creative thinking.

Learn about this R too!

Rot

Plant and animal waste decays or rots easily. These can be added to the soil to make compost.

Recycling Saves Trees

Most of the paper we use comes from trees. Producing recycled paper takes less energy and water than producing new paper. So, each time we send paper for recycling, we help to save trees.

Managing waste properly is important to keep the environment safe and the earth clean. It also helps protect plants and animals.

Practice Time

1 Write the 5 R’s of waste management.

2 Which R of waste management am I?

a I tell you to avoid buying things you don’t need.

b I tell you to find a different use for a waste item.

c I tell you to use fewer things that add to waste.

d I tell you to use things again instead of throwing them away.

e I am a process that can change waste into new, usable materials.

3 HOTS Fill in the correct R’s of managing waste.

a We must (refuse/recycle) the use of plastic bags.

b We can (recycle/reuse) an empty jam jar to store salt.

c We can (reuse/rot) vegetable peels to make compost.

d We can (recycle/repair) a slightly broken table instead of replacing it.

e We can (refuse/repurpose) a cup with a broken handle as a pen holder.

f We can (rot/recycle) crushed and broken plastic bottles to make new things.

g A metal water bottle is better than plastic as it can be (refused/reused).

h We must replace tissue paper with cloth towels as they can be (reused/repaired).

Historical Monuments of India

India has many monuments of historical importance that include palaces, forts and temples.

Qutb Minar Delhi

As of today, this tower is 72.5 m tall. This makes it one of the tallest historical towers in Asia. It was first built around the 13th century. The site is also home to several other monuments such as the Tomb of Iltutmish and the Iron Pillar of Delhi.

Agra Fort Agra, Uttar Pradesh

It is a large fortress of red sandstone. It was started by Akbar in 1565 and took eight years to build. The complex of the fortress includes Jahangir’s Palace, the Pearl Mosque and the Diwan-i-Khas. It was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1983.

Gateway

of India Mumbai, Maharashtra

Located at the waterfront of the Arabian Sea, this archshaped structure was built by the British in 1924. It was viewed as the symbol of entry and exit to India. Now, it is a favourite picnic spot for locals and tourists. It is 26 metres tall.

Charminar Hyderabad, Telangana

As the name suggests, this monument has char (four) minars (towers), one on each of the four corners of the structure. Located in the heart of the city, this monument was built in 1591. Over the years, it has become a symbol of the city.

Hawa Mahal Jaipur, Rajasthan

This five-storey palace was built using red sandstone by Maharaja Sawai Pratap Singh. It was completed in 1799. It served as a viewing screen for the women of the royal Rajput families. They could view the vibrant and colourful bazaar of Jaipur through it.

Sanchi

Stupa Sanchi, Madhya Pradesh

It is one of the best-preserved ancient stupas in India. It is said that it was originally built in the 3rd century BCE by the Mauryan emperor Ashoka. It is surrounded by four carved gateways showing the life of Lord Buddha. It was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1989.

Konark Temple Konark, Odisha

Located near the shore of the Bay of Bengal, this temple represents the Hindu sun god Surya’s chariot, led by a group of seven horses. Its structure includes 24 wheels at the base. It was built in the 13th century.

Mysuru Palace Mysuru, Karnataka

This place is in a fort complex. The palace was built between 1897-1912. It is now a museum and a major tourist attraction. It includes 12 temples which make up the complex.

All these monuments are very important to the history and cultural heritage of India. We should not damage them while visiting.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Name the states of India where the monuments are located.

a Konark Temple

c Agra Fort

e Mysuru Palace

b Qutb Minar

d Hawa Mahal

f Sanchi Stupa

2 Read the features and name the monuments.

a It has four carved gateways, depicting the life of the Buddha.

b This 72.5 m high tower is located in Delhi.

c This arch-shaped structure is on the waterfront of the Arabian Sea.

d This five-storey palace is built with red sandstone.

e This temple represents the chariots of the sun god, Surya.

f Its construction was started by Akbar in 1565.

3 Match the following monuments and their features.

a Became a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1983

b 12 temples make up this complex

c Has one minar on each corner of the structure

d Was viewed as the symbol of entry and exit to India

First Female Leaders

Many female leaders have played a key role in changing and inspiring the world as we know it today. Here are some of the first female leaders from around the world.

Pratibha Patil

(First Female President, India)

She was a lawyer and a politician, who became the first female president of India from 2007 to 2012. She served as the Governor of the state of Rajasthan in 2004.

Kamala Harris

(First Female Vice President, USA)

In January 2021, she became the first female vice president of the United States of America (USA). Harris has been known for raising important issues such as the increase in the minimum wage, healthcare and immigration.

Claudia Sheinbaum

(First Female President, Mexico)

Claudia Sheinbaum became the first female president of Mexico in October 2024. She is an environmental engineer. She was also the Mayor of Mexico City from 2018 to 2023.

Indira Gandhi

(First Female Prime Minister, India)

She served as the prime minister of India from 1966 to 1977 and again from 1980 until 1984. She was the daughter of Jawaharlal Nehru, the first Prime Minister of India. She was known for her strong leadership and determination, leading India through several political and social changes.

Christine Lagarde

(First Female Managing Director, IMF)

She is a French lawyer and politician, who was the first woman to become the finance minister of France. She also served as the first female Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) from 2011 to 2019.

Kim Campbell

(First Female Prime Minister, Canada)

She served as the 19th prime minister of Canada from June to November 1993. Even though her tenure was brief, Campbell made history as the first and the only woman so far to hold the highest office in the country.

Sirimavo Bandaranaike

(First Female Prime Minister, Sri Lanka)

In the general election of 1960 in Ceylon (now Sri Lanka), Sirimavo became the first female prime minister of not just her nation but of the world. She left office in 1965 but returned to serve again from 1970 to 1977, and then again from 1994 to 2000.

Women leaders are making a big difference in the world today. They are good at solving problems, thinking creatively and working well in teams.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Write the names of these first female leaders.

a The first female prime minister of India:

b The first female prime minister in the world:

c The first female vice president of the USA:

d The first female managing director of the IMF:

e The first female president of India:

f The first female president of Mexico:

2 Write the tenure/tenures during which these female leaders served.

a Kim Campbell:

b Sirimavo Bandaranaike:

c Pratibha Patil:

d Christine Lagarde:

e Indira Gandhi:

3 Write True or False.

a Pratibha Patil served as the governor of West Bengal.

b Sirimavo Bandaranaike served as the prime minister of Sri Lanka for three terms.

c Kim Campbell was the first female prime minister of the USA.

d Claudia Sheinbaum was the mayor of Mexico City from 2018 to 2023.

e Christine Lagarde was previously the finance minister of France.

5 C’s of Communication

There are five principles that we should keep in mind in order to communicate effectively. These are called the 5 C’s of communication. Let us learn more about them.

The information should be concrete— accurate, free of errors and taken from trusted sources. One should double-check all the facts and figures before communicating, thus making the message reliable. We should use precise words to convey meaning properly.

We should be direct, brief and to the point. We should try to use as few words as possible to communicate our ideas in a concise manner.

We should use simple language to ensure that our message is clear. We should not use too many abbreviations (short forms) or complicated words. Instead, we should use simple vocabulary and break down our complex ideas in a clear manner.

Communication should be cohesive

This means that it should be logical. The information should have a flow of thought. It should not be jumbled up, as that would lead to confusion and divert the attention of the audience from the main message.

We should provide complete information that supports our idea when we are communicating. We should not provide only bits and pieces of information since that makes our message unclear.

We should follow the 5 C’s of communication to ensure that our messages are understood properly, reduce errors and build trust.

Concrete Coherent

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Tick ( ) the options that are a part of the 5 C’s of communication.

a Clear

c Courageous

e Concise

g Coherent

2 Write True or False.

b Concrete

d Complete

f Conscious

h Costly

a We should use as many words as possible while communicating.

b Our information should have a flow of thought.

c We should only provide bits and pieces of information in a single communication.

d We should be direct and to the point while communicating.

e We should use many abbreviations and complicated words while communicating.

3 Write ‘yes’ if the person is communicating effectively, and ‘no’ if they are not.

a Arnav uses long and difficult words in all of his sentences.

b Neerja ensures that her speech has a flow and is logical.

c Aarush provides all the relevant information in a single message.

d Preeti does not check whether her information, facts and figures are correct before communicating.

Common Diseases and Their Symptoms

Some diseases are very common and we are all affected by them at some point in our lives. Let us learn more about these diseases.

Influenza is a viral infection of the nose, throat and lungs. It spreads very easily from one person to another. It spreads through airborne droplets that are released when an infected person coughs or sneezes. The primary symptoms of influenza are a runny nose, sore throat, sneezing and fever. It can also cause headaches and fatigue (tiredness).

Dengue is a viral infection, also called the breakbone fever. It spreads through the bites of infected Aedes mosquitoes. Its symptoms include a high fever, headache, muscle and joint pain and skin rashes. It can also cause nausea and vomiting. In severe cases, dengue can be a life-threatening disease. It is important to consult a doctor for treatment.

Chickenpox is a disease that causes itchy rashes all over the body. It lasts for around four to seven days. It spreads from one person to another very easily. The symptoms of chicken pox include fever, headache, itching and red spots all over the body. Chickenpox can be prevented by a vaccine called varicella which is given to children at a young age.

Conjunctivitis is a disease that causes irritation and infection in the eye. It is also called pink eye. It spreads very easily through contact with an infected person. The symptoms include pain, redness, itching and swelling of the eyes.

We should always cover our mouths with a handkerchief while coughing and sneezing so that we don’t spread diseases to other people.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Identify the diseases from the given symptoms.

a Red spots on the body

b Muscle and joint pain

c Redness of the eyes

d Runny nose

2 Write True or False.

a Dengue is spread by sneezing.

b Conjunctivitis is also called blue eye.

c Dengue can be a life-threatening disease in severe cases.

d Influenza spreads through water.

e Chickenpox causes itchy rashes all over the body.

3 Fill in the blanks.

a Chickenpox can be prevented by a vaccine called .

b is also called the breakbone fever.

c A runny nose and sore throat are the primary symptoms of .

d Conjunctivitis is also called .

e Dengue spreads through the bites of infected mosquitoes.

4 HOTS A young boy named Ricky has recently been experiencing redness and itching in his eyes. His mother noticed that his eyes are also swollen and that he often rubs them. Given these symptoms, determine the most likely condition Ricky might be suffering from.

Ricky might be suffering from .

Classical Dance Forms of India

The classical dance forms of India have been a part of its culture for a very long time.

Kathak

This dance is practised in most states of northern India. The word Kathak is derived from katha (story). So, Kathak is a way of storytelling through dance. It is often performed by both men and women.

Odissi

This dance is from Odisha. It is mainly performed by women. It originated from temples, so the movements express stories and ideas of Hindu gods and goddesses. It is a very expressive dance and has a lot of mudras (gestures).

Bharatanatyam

This dance is from Tamil Nadu. It originated from an ancient book written on drama, called the Natyashastra. Its name comprises how it is performed: Bha + ra + ta + natyam = Bhavam (expression) + ragam (melody) + talam (rhythm) + natyam (dance).

Mohiniyattam

This dance form is also known as the dance of Mohini (an incarnation of Lord Vishnu). It is a solo dance form of Kerala. The performance involves delicate body movements and graceful expressions. The songs are mostly a mix of Sanskrit and Malayalam.

Manipuri

This dance is from Manipur. It shows dramas based on the love between Radha and Krishna. The male dancer wears a crown adorned with peacock feathers. The female dancers wear a dolllike costume called a potloi.

Kuchipudi

This dance is from Andhra Pradesh. Earlier, it was performed only by males. Now, it is mainly performed by females. The male dancers wear a dhoti, while the female dancers wear a saree. The performance includes acting and singing, along with dancing.

Kathakali

This dance originated from Kerala. It was traditionally performed by males. The costumes and make-up include painted masks and huge headdresses. The performances mainly depict stories from the Ramayana and Mahabharata.

Sattriya

This dance is from Assam. It is usually performed by male monks in monasteries. The main theme of this dance is the stories of Radha and Krishna.

Dancing requires a lot of energy and fitness. It is a very good form of exercise.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Name the classical dances from the following states.

a Kerala

c Assam

e Tamil Nadu

2 Match the following.

b Odisha

d Andhra Pradesh

f Manipur

3

a Bharatanatyam

b Kathak

c Mohiniyattam

d Sattriya

Read the features and name the dance forms.

a This dance includes songs sung in Sanskrit and Malayalam.

b This dance is performed by male monks.

c The make-up of this dance includes headdresses and painted masks.

d This dance originated from the temples and has a lot of mudras.

e This dance depicts stories from the Ramayana and Mahabharata

f This dance originated from an ancient book called the Natyashastra.

The United Nations

The United Nations (UN) is an international organisation founded in 1945, after World War II.

The UN is one place where all the countries come together to discuss common problems like poverty and climate change; and find solutions for them. The UN aims to make the world a better place.

The headquarters of the UN is located in New York, USA.

Six Main Organs of the UN

The six main organs of the UN were established in 1945 when the organisation was founded.

• General Assembly

• Security Council

• Trusteeship Council

• Economic and Social Council

• International Court of Justice

• UN Secretariat

Some Specialised Groups of the UN

The UN’s membership has grown from 51 Member States (countries) in 1945 to 193 Member States by 2024.

The Secretary-General

The Secretary-General is the chief administrative officer of the UN. António Guterres of Portugal is the current Secretary-General of the UN and the 9th occupant of the post. He took up the post on 1 January 2017.

The General Assembly

It is the largest organ of the UN. All 193 Member States of the UN are represented in the General Assembly. Every year in September, all the UN members meet in the General Assembly Hall in New York.

The UN also runs various agencies, funds and programmes that work to improve aspects such as health, agriculture, education, culture and tourism across the world.

United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) World Health Organization (WHO)

United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)

United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) World Food Programme (WFP) World Tourism Organization (UNWTO)

The United Nations works to maintain peace and harmony amongst all the countries of the world. It promotes cooperation between countries. We should learn these values and apply them to our lives.

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Fill in the blanks with the correct answer.

a The year in which the UN was founded:

b The number of main organs of the UN:

c The number of member countries of the UN in 2024:

d The largest organ of the UN:

e The location of the UN headquarters:

f The Secretary-General of the UN in 2024:

2 Tick ( ) the main organs of the United Nations.

a The General Assembly

b The Security Council

c International Monetary Fund

d The Trusteeship Council

e International Labour Organization

f The UN Secretariat

3 Write the full forms of these UN agencies.

a WHO:

b UNEP:

c WFP:

d UNESCO:

e UNICEF:

f UNWTO:

Yoga and Meditation

Yoga and meditation are ancient practices that keep our bodies and minds healthy.

Yoga

Yoga is a way to train and control both our body and mind. We perform a series of movements and poses. These poses are called asanas. There are many different types of asanas. The word yoga comes from the Sanskrit word yog meaning union. So, yoga is about the union of body and mind.

21 June is celebrated as International Yoga Day

How do we practise yoga?

Yoga has different asanas. These asanas are done in a flow by focussing on the correct posture and breathing techniques.

Some Yoga Asanas

Meditation

Meditation is a practice where we focus our mind and help calm our mind. We use different ways to focus, think deeply, and clear our thoughts. It can benefit our emotional well-being and overall health. It is also performed to gain spiritual awareness.

Some Benefits of Yoga

• Builds muscular strength

• Improves flexibility

• Increases our balance

• Regulates our breathing

• Strengthens our organ systems

Some Benefits of Meditation

How do we practise meditation?

While meditating, we sit, close our eyes and relax. We take slow, deep breaths and monitor our thoughts. It is a quiet time for the mind.

• Helps us relax and stay calm

• Enhances our thoughts

• Gives us peace

• Regulates our breathing

Yoga and meditation are powerful practices that promote physical, mental and emotional well-being. Create a poster on the benefits of yoga and meditation.

Vrikshasana Trikonasana Ardha Chandrasana Padmasana

Practice Time

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

1 Read the following sentences and write if they are for yoga or meditation.

a It has different asanas.

b In this, one monitors their thoughts.

c It is a quiet time for the mind.

d It is the union of the body and the mind.

2 Fill in the blanks.

a Yoga is a way to train both our and .

b The word yoga comes from the Sanskrit word meaning .

c During yoga, we perform poses which are called .

d Meditation is also performed to gain awareness.

e While meditating, we sit, close our eyes and .

3 Write the names of any four yoga asanas. , , , .

4 Write True or False.

a Yoga strengthens our organ systems.

b Meditation helps to regulate our breathing, while yoga does not.

c Yoga helps to increase our balance.

d Meditation helps us to relax and stay calm.

e Meditation builds muscular strength.

f Yoga helps to improve the flexibility of the body.

Digital Payments

We see people buying things at a store and using their phones or cards to pay instead of using cash. This is called digital payment. Let us learn more about it.

Digital Payment

Digital payment is a method of paying for goods and services without using cash or coins. Digital payments are fast, safe and easy. They help to keep track of where our money is spent.

Some Types of Digital Payments

UPI

UPI (Unified Payments

Interface) is a system where we can instantly send money from one bank account to another using a mobile application. We need to link our bank account to the mobile application. We need the other person’s mobile number, or a unique QR code or a unique ID to transfer money.

Credit and Debit Cards

Both credit and debit cards let us pay for our purchases using a machine. When we use a debit card the purchase amount is paid from the money that is in our bank account. Credit cards allow us to borrow money from the bank to pay for goods or services, but we have to pay it back later.

Online Banking

Online banking allows us to send money from one bank account to another using a website or a mobile application. We can also manage our bank accounts through online banking. We can only use our own bank’s web or mobile application for online banking.

We need to be careful about scams when we make digital payments. One should always ensure that the website or application we are using is secure and trustworthy.

Practice Time

1 Write True or False.

Scan this QR code to see the quiz.

a UPI takes a lot of time to transfer money from one bank account to another.

b We cannot keep track of our money while using digital payments.

c Digital payments are safe, quick and easy.

d We need the bank account details of the other person when using UPI.

e Debit cards let us pay with the money that is already in our bank account.

2 Fill in the blanks.

a Digital payments mean paying for goods and services without using .

b UPI stands for .

c To use UPI, we need to link our to the mobile application.

d A allows us to borrow money from the bank to pay for something, but we have to pay it back later.

e We can manage our bank accounts using .

3 HOTS Identify the type of digital payment used in the following situations.

a Arun asked the shopkeeper for a QR code and used it to pay him.

b Ishika asked her friend to send her bank account details to send the money.

c Vaibhav asked the waiter for a machine and used it to pay the restaurant bill from the money in his account.

Answers

13. Underwater Wonders

1. a. Pacific Ocean  b. Atlantic Ocean

c. Pacific Ocean  d. Atlantic Ocean

2. a. Australia  b. Mariana Islands  c. Mexico

3. a. 371 km  b. 16000 km  c. 11 km

4. a. Challenger Deep  b. Mid-Atlantic Ridge

c. Sistema Sac Actun  d. Great Barrier Reef

14. Sports Stadiums

1. a. Athens  b. United States of America

c. India  d. Australia  e. Singapore

f. Pyongyang

2. a. Panathenaic Stadium

b. Docklands Stadium

c. Narendra Modi Stadium

d. Ohio Football Stadium

e. Rungrado 1st of May Stadium

f. The Float at Marina Bay

3. a. Marvel  b. 1.5 lakh  c. 63 acres

d. 1896  e. Ohio Football Stadium

f. parachute

15. Indian Satellites, 2024

1. a. PSLV-C58  b. GSLV-F14

2. a. 1 January 2024  b. 17 February 2024

3. a. weather  b. space observatory

c. light  d. direction, amount  e. Raman Research Institute  f. natural disasters

g. land, oceans  h. weather

16. 5 R’s of Waste Management

1. Refuse, Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Repurpose

2. a. Refuse  b. Repurpose  c. Reduce

d. Reuse  e. Recycling

3. a. refuse  b. reuse  c. rot  d. repair

e. repurpose  f. recycle  g. reused h. reused

17. Historical Monuments of India

1. a. Odisha  b. Delhi  c. Uttar Pradesh   d. Rajasthan  e. Karnataka

f. Madhya Pradesh

2. a. Sanchi Stupa  b. Qutb Minar

c. Gateway of India  d. Hawa Mahal

e. Konark Temple  f. Agra Fort

3. a. Has one minar on each corner of the structure  b. Became a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1983  c. Was viewed as the symbol of entry and exit to India

d. 12 temples make up the complex

18. First Female Leaders

1. a. Indira Gandhi  b. Sirimavo Bandaranaike

c. Kamala Harris  d. Christine Lagarde

e. Pratibha Patil  f. Claudia Sheinbaum

2. a. June to November 1993  b. 1960 to 1965, 1970 to 1977 and 1994 to 2000  c. 2007 to 2012  d. 2011 to 2019  e. 1966 to 1977 and 1980 to 1984

3. a. False  b. True  c. False  d. True

e. True

19. 5 C’s of Communication

1. a.  b.  c.  d. 

e.  f.  g.  h. 

2. a. False  b. True  c. False

d. True  e. False

3. a. no  b. yes  c. yes  d. no

20. Common Diseases and Their Symptoms

1. a. Chickenpox  b. Dengue  c. Conjunctivitis

d. Influenza

2. a. False  b. False  c. True

d. False  e. True

3. a. varicella  b. Dengue  c. influenza

d. pink eye  e. Aedes

4. Conjunctivitis

21. Classical Dance Forms of India

1. a. Kathakali  b. Odissi  c. Sattriya

d. Kuchipudi  e. Bharatanatyam

f. Manipuri

2. a. Mohiniyattam  b. Bharatanatyam

c. Sattriya  d. Kathak

3. a. Mohiniyattam  b. Sattriya  c. Kathakali

d. Odissi  e. Kathakali  f. Bharatanatyam

22. The United Nations

1. a. 1945  b. Six  c. 193

d. General Assembly  e. New York, USA

f. Antonio Guterres

2. a.  b.  c. 

d.  e.  f. 

3. a. World Health Organization

b. United Nations Environment Programme

c. World Food Programme

d. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

e. United Nations International Children’s Fund

f. United Nations World Tourism Organization

23. Yoga and Meditation

1. a. Yoga  b. Meditation

c. Meditation  d. Yoga

2. a. body, mind  b. yog, union  c. asanas

d. spiritual  e. relax

3. Vrikshasana, Trikonasana, Ardha Chandrasana, Padmasana

4. a. True  b. False  c. True  d. True

e. False  f. True

24. Digital Payments

1. a. False  b. False  c. True

d. False  e. True

2. a. cash or coins

b. Unified Payments Interface

c. bank account

d. credit card

e. online banking

3. a. UPI  b. Online Banking  c. Debit Card

About the Book

Introducing WISDOM, a 21st-century product for the learners of grades 3 to 5. It includes all curricular areas—English, Mathematics, Science, Social Science and General Knowledge. WISDOM is aligned with the NEP 2020 in terms of its design principles, and fulfils all recommendations of the NCF 2023.

Key Features

Product Package

• Semester Books

• Uolo App

• Teacher Guide

• Focus on HOTS and Critical Thinking: Intellectually stimulating questions designed to encourage deep, analytical, critical and evaluative thought processes

• Digital Aids: Animated talking books, interactive quizzes for additional practice and curated learning videos

• Experiential and Applicative Learning: Projects and activities designed for real-life settings, like lab activities and community projects, to enable the development and practice of life skills

• Rootedness to India: Examples from India’s unique culture and history, linked to each topic, to inculcate a sense of pride and love for the nation

• Model Assessments: Test papers designed to evaluate the understanding of core concepts and the application of skills

About Uolo

Uolo partners with K-12 schools to provide technology-enabled learning programs. We believe that pedagogy and technology must come together to deliver scalable learning experiences that generate measurable outcomes. Uolo is trusted by over 15,000+ schools across India, Southeast Asia and the Middle East.

ISBN 978-81-980880-3-1